48 Bai Tap Anh Van 12

Unit 1; HOMELIFE
TEST 1
Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. share b. rare c. are d. declare
2. a. cooks b. loves c. joins d. spends
3. a. advises b. raises c. devises d. goes
4. a. teacher b. children c. chore d. school
5. a. hurry b. under c. pressure d. rush
Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
6. He has been very interested in doing research on _______ since he was at high school.
a. biology b. biological c. biologist d. biologically
7. Are you sure that boys are more _______ than girls?
a. act b. active c. action d. activity
8. It is generally believed that "Men make _______ house and women make _______ home".
a. Ø / Ø b. a / an c. the / the d. an / the
9. Most doctors and nurses have to work on a _______ once or twice a week at the hospital.
a. solution b. night shift c. household chores d. special dishes
10. We enjoy _______ time together in the evening when the family members gather in the
living room after a day of working hard.
a. spending b. caring c. taking d. doing
11. It is parents' duty and responsibility to _______ hands to take care of their children and give
them a happy home.
a. shake b. hold c. join d. take
12. He is a _______ boy. He is often kind and helpful to every classmate.
a. frank b. lovely c. obedient d. caring
13. Doctors are supposed to _______ responsibility for human life.
a. do b. take c. rush d. join
14. _______ sure that you follow the instructions carefully.
a. Believe b. Try c. Do d. Make
15. Sometimes Mr. Pike has to work very late _______ night to do some important experiments.
a. in b. at c. for d. on
16. Peter was _______ a hurry to go so he did not stop to greet me.
a. in b. on c. with d. over
17. It _______ it is parents' responsibility to take good care of their children.
a. commonly says that b. commonly to be said that
c. is commonly said that d. is commonly saying
18. Most children enjoy _______ with their parents and sibships.
a. play b. to play c. playing d. played
19. He studies _______ his two brothers.
a much better than b. more better than
c. more good than d. very better than
20. _______ the eldest child, he works hard to help his parents support the family.
a. Be b. Is c. To be d. Being
21. They _______ for 3 hours when the storm suddenly broke.
a had been running b. have been running
c. are running d. will be running
22. No matter what happens next I _______ help you.
a. am b. have c. will d. would
23. I _______ come to the conclusion that nowadays nobody cares about anything.
a. will b. had c. do d. have
24. I assumed you _______ paying for the repairs until the end of last year.
a. have been b. was been c. are being d. had been
25. _______ get tired of answering the same questions every day?
a. Have you ever b. Had you ever c. Do you ever d. Are you ever
26. She _______ working on that manuscript for 2 years now.
35
a. will be b. has been c. had been d. is
27. I _______ there once a long time ago and _______ back since.
a. went / have not been b. go / am not
c. have gone / was d. was going / had not been
28. She _______ trying to pass her driving test but fails every time.
a. kept b. is keeping c. had kept d. keeps
29. I _______ complete silence now while I try this experiment.
a. am wanting b. want c. did want d. have wanted
30. The students _______ by Mrs. Monty. However, this week they _______ by Mr. Tanzer.
a. are usually taught / are being taught
b. usually teach / are teaching
c. have usually been taught / have been teaching
d. were usually teaching / are teaching
Error Identification.
31. Stayeds strong, family members have to be engaged in each other's lives (to stay)
32. Sometimes all it takes is a few minutes to help you and your family members feelings more
in touch with each other. (feed / to feed)
33. Meal time is a great time for family members to talk about thats is going on in their lives.
(what)
34. Meal time also gives children a chance to learn how some of their favorite dishes makings.
(made)
35. Playing games together is teachable moments to share lessons about sportsmanship,
teamwork, perseverance, and to bes tolerant of others. (being)
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Jean spent her first few years in Hooper and her family moved to Otsego early in her life.
She was only ten when her father died unexpectedly, leaving her mother to raise and support
their family alone. Her mother soon went to work outside the home to provide for the family, and
Jean, being one of the oldest, had to help care for her younger siblings. Although she had much
responsibility at home, Jean thoroughly enjoyed school and was an excellent student. She went
on to graduate 10th in her class at Otsego High School in 1953.
While still in high school, Jean met a young man named Charles "Chuck" Holly, at a dance
in Alamo; and they were quite taken with each other. Over the next few years, their love for
each other blossomed and they were married on February 24, 1953, while Jean was still in
school. At the time, Chuck was serving his country in the military, and had come home on leave
to marry his sweetheart. Unfortunately, shortly thereafter, he was sent overseas to serve in
Korea for the next fifteen months.
Upon his discharge, the couple settled into married life together in the Plainwell, Otsego
area. To help make ends meet, Jean went to work at the collection bureau in Kalamazoo for a
while, before taking a job at the cheese company in Otsego. In 1964, Chuck and Jean were
overjoyed with the birth of their son, Chuck, who brought great joy into their lives. Jean
remembered how her mother was always gone so much working after her father died and she
did not want that for her son, so she left her job to devote herself to the role of a mother.
36. Before Jean's father passed away, her mother used to _______.
a. work outside the home b. be a housewife
c. support the family alone d. work as a secretary
37. Which is not referred to Jean?
a. She was a responsible girl.
b. She never helped her mother with household chores.
c. She often did well at school. '
d. She went to high school.
38. Jean's husband was a _______.
a. teacher b. dancer c. soldier d. servant
39. Jean _______.
a. served in the military b. lived in Korea for fifteen months
c. had a daughter d. got married when she was a student
36
40. Which is not true about Jean?
a. She disliked staying at home and taking care of her child.
b. She worked outside the home before she had a child.
c. She was very happy when she got a baby.
d. She quit her job to look after her baby.
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
There are many reasons (41) _____ taking regular time with our family is important:
It (42) _____ a place to listen, teach,.learn, and (43) _____ ourselves freely and safely.
It provides (44) _____ to discuss family joys, issues, and problems.
Family members can practice skills in a non-threatening (45) _____.
Families are a (46) _____ part of our society and the fabric of our communities - we spend
(47) _____ time together to get our feelings (48) _____ belonging, our values, support and
understanding.
It helps (49) _____ family members together and feel safe in today's world where (50)
_____ can lead to family disintegration
41. a. that b. why c. when d. which
42. a. creates b. invents c. develops d. makes
43. a. think b. show c. express d. say
44. a. opportunities b. conditions c. situations d. circumstances
45. a. air b. nature c. space d. atmosphere
46. a. attractive b. real c. deep d. basic
47. a. a b. an c. the d. no article
48. a. in b. of c. on d. for
49. a. keep b. keeping c. kept d. with keeping
50. a. push b. press c. pressure d. pull
TEST 2
Choose the word which is stressed differently from the rest.
1. a. hospital1 b. mischievous1 c. supportive2 d. special1
2. a. family1 b. whenever2 c. obedient2 d. solution2
3. a. biologist2 b. generally1 c. responsible2 d. security2
4. a. confident1 b. important2 c. together2 d. exciting2
5. a. possible1. b. university3 c. secondary1 d. suitable1
6. You are old enough to take _______ for what you have done.
a. responsible b. responsibility c. responsibly d. irresponsible
7. These quick and easy _______ can be effective in the short term, but they have a cost.
a. solve b. solvable c. solutions d. solvability
8. John is _______ only child in his family so his parents love him a lot.
a. a b. an c. the d. no article
9. According to the boss, John is the most _______ for the position of executive secretary.
a. supportive b. caring c. suitable d. comfortable
10. She got up late and rushed to the bus stop.
a. came into b. went leisurely c. went quickly d. dropped by
11. Billy, come and give me a hand with cooking.
a. help b. prepared c. be busy d. attempt
12. Whenever problems come up, we discuss them frankly and find solutions quickly.
a. .happen b. encounter c. arrive d. clean
13. What are the _______ of that country? - I think it is some kinds of cheese and sauces.
a. drinks b. beverages c. grains d. special dishes
14. Peter tried his best and passed the driving test at the first _______.
a. try b. attempt c. doing d. aim
15. Where is Jimmy? - He is ____ work. He is busy ____ his monthly report.
a. on / for b. in / about c. to / through d. at / with
16. With greatly increased workloads, everyone is _______ pressure now.
a. under b. above c. upon d. out of
17. We are not allowed _______ jeans at school.
37
a. wear b. to wear c. wearing d. worn
18. Sometimes I do not feel like _______ to my sibling about my troubles.
a. talk b. to talk c. talking d. talked
19. The worker was _______ his boss expected, so he was offered a raise.
a. more hard-working b. as hard-working than
c. more hard-working than d. more hard-working as
20. John _______ a respectful and obedient student.
a. said to be b. is said c. is said being d. is said to be
21. I love _______ films but I seldom find time to go the cinema.
a. see b. saw c. seen d. seeing
22. In the last hundred years, traveling _______ much easier and more comfortable.
a. becomes b. has become c. became d. will become
23. In the 19th century, it _______ two or three months to cross North America by covered
wagon.
a. took b. had taken c. had taken d. was taking
24. In the past the trip _______ very rough and often dangerous, but things _______ a great
deal in the last hundred and fifty years.
a. was / have changed b. is / change
c. had been / will change d. has been / changed
25. Now you _______ from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.
a. are flying b. would fly c. will fly d. can fly
26. When Carol _______ last night, I ______ my favorite show on television.
a. was calling / watched b. called / have watched
c. called / was watching d. had called / watched
27. By this time next summer, you _______ your studies.
a. completes b. will complete c. are completing d. will have completed
28. Right now, Jim _______ the newspaper and Kathy _______ dinner.
a. reads / has cooked b. is reading / is cooking
c. has read / was cooking d. read / will be cooking
29. Last night at this time, they _______ the same thing. She _______ and he the Newspaper.
a. are doing / is cooking / is reading
b. were doing / was cooking / was reading
c. was doing / has cooked / is reading
d. had done / was cooking /read
30. When I _______ home last night, I _______ that Jane _______ a beautiful candlelight
dinner.
a. had arrived / discovered / prepared
b. was arriving / had discovered / was preparing
c. have arrived / was discovering / had prepared
d. arrived / discovered / was preparing
Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one.
31. They are not allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
a. Their parents do not want them to go out in the evening.
b. Their parents never let them to go out in the evening.
c. Going out in the evening is permitted by their parents.
d. Although their parents do not allow, they still go out in the evening.
32. Although my parents are busy at work, they try to find time for their children.
a. My parents are so busy at work that they cannot find time for their children.
b. Busy at work as my parents are, they try to find time for their children.
c. My parents are too busy at work to find time for their children.
d. My friends rarely have time for their children because they are busy at work.
33. His eel soup is better than any other soups I have ever eaten.
a. Of all the soups I have ever eaten, his eel soup is the best.
b. I have ever eaten many soups that are better than his eel soup.
c. His eel soup is the worst of all soups I have eaten.
d. His eel soup is good but I have ever eaten many others better.
34. She gets up early to prepare breakfast so that her children can come to school on time.
38
a. Despite her getting up early to prepare breakfast, her children cannot come to school on
time. .
b. Because she wanted her children to come to school on time, she gets up early to
prepare breakfast.
c. If she does not get up early to prepare breakfast, her children will not come to school on
time.
d. Unless she gets up early to prepare breakfast, her children will not come to school on.
35. The last time I went to the museum was a year ago.
a. I have not been to the museum for a year.
b. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
c. My going to the museum lasted a year.
d. At last I went to the museum after a year.
Every family has its quirks. Mine is no different. I was born in an Italian- American family in
1973. We follow the classic stereotype. My father works and my mother stays home with the
kids. There are certain things that we remember from our childhood: phrases, jokes, movies.
But one piece of advice that sticks with me from an early age comes from my mother.
"Don't finish your food or you will never get married." It was an illogical jump from the idea
that a "lady" is not a glutton and therefore will not finish the food on her plate or take the last
cookie off of the platter. A "lady" especially a young lady must never appear hungry. If she did,
she would not be an ideal candidate for a wife.
To this day, I do not finish what is on my plate and I will never eat the last of anything.
It is not a conscience thing. When 1 think about it, 1 make a point to finish the food on my
plate, there is still some teenage rebellion against mom in this thirty-four year-old body, but the
thought of not finishing is so ingrained that I rarely think about it.
When my husband and I are at dinner, he will gesture to something on the table and say,
"Finish your food" and 1 will respond, "I can't, I'll never get married." That always makes him
laugh and say, "So what have these last six years been?" But for me it is something special that
I will carry around with me - something that is my family. My brother remembers the phrase and
he admits that in his dating days he did watch to see if any of the girls would take the last piece
of pie or pizza. I think he fell in love with his fiancé because she would eat whatever she wanted
to and do not worry about anyone judging her for it. As I embark on starting my own family, I
wonder what I will tell my daughter. Will I encourage her to finish every last piece? Or will I
continue to the legacy of my mother and tell her not eat the last piece lest she not get married?
Will she one day laugh to her girlfriends about her mother leaving one granola bar, one piece of
cheese, or one rice cake alone in their bags?
36. The writer's mother never let her eat the last piece of food on her plate.
a. True b. False c. No information
37. All the mothers in the world never let t4eir daughter eat the last piece of food on their plate.
38. The writer often eats up all she has on her Plate and up to now she is still single.
39. The writer does not believe in what her mother has said but she considers her mother's
words something special.
40. The writer has two sons.
On December 10, 2006, I was going through some hard time. The landlady did not want to
release the house any more so I had to (41) _____ and only had one month to find a place.
Because Christmas was coming and it was difficult for me to (42) _____ a suitable
accommodation. I had only some money (43) _____. I could not buy a Christmas tree and some
presents for my three boys, (44) _____ I had to use the money to find a place to live. Tome, it
broke my heart as I could not prepare the Christmas for my three boys. I have been their only
parent since my husband (45) _____ away two years ago. I was so sad and everything was
getting on my nerves. Although I managed to solve the problem myself I could not help (46)
_____ my sons about the things. When I suddenly woke up at midnight, I found my eldest son
39
was sitting (47) _____me. He kissed me and said, "Don't worry, Mum. We love you very much
and always stand by you (48) ____ happens." At the moment I started weeping, grabbed him
and kissed him. His words and love made me (49) _____ all about what I was stressing about.
In fact ever since that moment, I have realized that I can overcome any problems thanks to
my sons' love. The most important thing of my life is that my boys are safe and healthy, and
they bring me joy all the time. The memory (50) _____ me that nothing really matters, when I
have the love of my children.
41. a. transfer b. convert c. move d. change
42. a. notice b. watch c. find d. see
43. a. leave b. to leave c. leaving d. left
44. a. because b. although c. as though d. if
45. a. passes b. passed c. has passed d. was passing
46. a. tell b. to tell c. told d. telling
47. a. by b. next c. over d. up
48. a. whenever b. whatever c. whoever d. however
49. a. forget b. to forget c. forgot d. forgetting
50. a. remembers b. minds c. reminds d. misses
TEST 3
1. a. hands b. parents c. chores d. boys
2. a. brothers b. weekends c. problems d. secrets
3. a. clothes b. cloths c. roofs d. books
4. a. enjoys b. feels c. takes d. gives
5. a. attempts b. shares c. looks d. beliefs

6. He was looking at his parents _______, waiting for recommendations.
a. obey b. obedience c. obedient d. obediently
7. The interviews with parents showed that the vast majority were _______ of teachers.
a. support b. supportive c. supporter d. supporting
8. Billy has been seriously ill, and he was taken to _____ hospital yesterday
a. a b. an c. the d. Ø
9. My husband and I both go out to work so we share the _______.
a. happiness b. household chores c. responsibility d. employment
10. You should not burn _______. You had better dig a hole and bury it.
a. dishes b. lab c. garbage d. shift
11. He was very respectful at home and _______ to his parents.
a. responsible b. caring c. obedient d. lovely
12. One of Vietnamese traditions is a belief in _______ families and in preserving their cultures.
a. wealthy b. secure c. safe d. close-knit
13. He was _______ when I had those problems and said whatever I did he would stand by me.
a. supportive b. exciting c. busy d. dull
14. He was determined to give his family a secure and solid _______.
a. base b. floor c. basement d. ground
15. It's hard work looking _______ three children all day.
a. after b. up c. to d. through
16. When my mother is busy preparing dinner, my father often gives a hand _______ tidying the
living room.
a. on b. with c. for d. about
17. I put your keys in the drawer _______ they cannot get lost.
a. because b. let alone c. instead of d. so that
18. Alex is busy _______ for his exams.
a. to study b. studied c. studying d. studies
19. She is never willing _______ any personal question.
a. answer b. to answer c. answering d. answered
20. _______ a doctor, you have to meet some certain requirements of the medical college.
40
a. To become b. Become c. Becoming d. Became
21. Sam _______ to change a light bulb when he _______ and _______.
a. was trying / slipped / fell b. tried / was slipping / falling
c. had been trying / slippe d / was falling d. has tried / slips / falls
22. Every day I _______ up at 6 o'clock, _______ breakfast at 7 o'clock and _______ for work at
8 o'clock
a. get / eat / leave b. have got / eating / leaving
c. got / ate / left d. will get / have eaten / left
23. Yesterday, I _______ for work late because I _______ to set my alarm.
a. had left / forgot b. was leaving / was forgetting
c. left / had forgot d. had been leaving / would forget
24. By the time we _______ to the train station, Susan _______ for us for more than two hours.
a. will get / has been waiting b. got / was waiting
c. got / had been waiting d. get / will wait
25. I _______ for this company for more than thirty years, and I intend to stay here until I
_______ next year.
a. am working / will retire b. am going to work / am retiring
c. work / am going to retire d. have been working / retire
26. My mother always the first _______ up and the last _______ to bed.
a. getting / going b. to get / going c. getting / to go d. to get / to go
27. I _______ you last night after dinner, but you _______ there. Where _______ you?
a. was calling / are not / are b. called / were not / were
c. had called / had not been / were d. called / have not been / are
28. The Titanic _______ the Atlantic when it _______ an iceberg.
a. was crossing / struck b. had crossed / was striking
c. crossed / had struck d. is crossing / strikes
29. _______ to come over for dinner tonight?
a. Do you want b. Are you wanting
c. Have you wanted d. Will you want
30. What _______ at this time tomorrow?
a. will you do b. will you be doing
c. will you have done d. will you have been doing
Choose the best sentence that can be made from the words given.
31. Family rules / important / teach children values / respect for themselves and others.
a. Family rules are important, teaching children values and respect for themselves and
others.
b. Family rules are important which teach children values and respect for themselves and
others.
c. It is family rules are important because they teach children values and respect for
themselves and others.
d. Family rules are important. They teach children values and respect for themselves
and others.
32. Family rules / help / raise children / run a household / easier and smoother.
a. Family rules help to raise children but run a household easier and smoother.
b. Family rules help raise children or run a household more easier and smoother.
c. Family rules that help raise children and run a household easier and smoother.
d. Family rules help raise children and run a household easier and smoother.
33. My mother / definitely a traditional stay-at-home woman / offer / us / great love and a strict
upbringing.
a. My mother is definitely a traditional stay-at-home woman, offers us great love and a strict
upbringing.
b. My mother is definitely a traditional stay-at-home woman, who offers us great love
and a strict upbringing.
c. Because my mother is definitely a traditional stay-at-home woman so she offers us great
love and a strict upbringing.
d. As definitely is my mother a traditional stay-at-home woman, but she offers us great love
and a strict upbringing.
41
34. everyone in my family / do the share / household chores.
a. Everyone in my family has to do the share of household chores.
b. Everyone in my family, they must do the share of household chores.
c. As everyone in my family has to do the share of household chores. .
d. To everyone in my family, we have to do our share of household chores.
35. We / not allow / go out in the evening / make / finish all homework / go to bed.
a. We do not allow going out in the evening and make finish all homework before going to
bed.
b. We are not allowed to go out in the evening and are made to finish all homework
before going to bed.
c. We are not allowed to go out in the evening so we are made to finish all homework before
going to bed.
d. Although we are not allowed to go out in the evening but we are made to finish all
homework before going to bed.
I was born to dance. I've been dancing all my life, ever since my mother, who gave up a
dancing career on the stage when she married my father, picked me up and twirled me around
as an infant. As much as I loved dancing with her, her greatest gift to me was her "unconditional
love" during her lifetime.
My parents divorced after only 5 years of marriage, but my father remarried a lovely lady
who also loved to dance. They used to take me to a dancing club where I would listen to the
music and watch them dance-occasionally my stepmother, Mary, invited me to dance.
I also met my wife, Charlotte, in a dancing party. I danced with her for about 15 minutes,
and during that brief span, I realized that I fell in love with her. We kept dancing throughout our
marriage. My earliest memories of dancing with my daughters started when I came home from
work to our small home in Marblehead, Massachusetts, and my daughter Laura was about 3
years old. It was very relaxing for me. to turn on the record player, pick up Laura in my arms,
and dance her around the room!
Our family danced a lot. My daughters, Laura and Anne, and I continued to dance on every
occasion. One favorite memory I have of dancing with Laura and Anne was when I took each of
them when they were seniors in high school to the Daddy-Daughter dance. We won both dance
competitions!
As their father, I have tried to provide my daughters with unconditional love, as my Mother
provided to me, endless emotional and loving support, and good educations and life
experiences which have helped prepare them for happy and successful adult lives. Being a
father who is worthy of their love and respect, I consider fatherhood a privilege, not an
entitlement.
In 1994, my oldest daughter Laura gave me a lovely book, which I still have, entitled
"Fathers and Daughters." My Father's Day suggestion to every father is to dance with your
daughters at every opportunity. It will not only bring you closer, it will give them memories of you
“to hang onto" long after we are gone.
36. Of the characters mentioned in the passage, who did not like dancing?
a. Mary b. Laura c. Anne d. No one
37. The writer _________.
a. could not dance well
b. had a devoted mother
c. had not met his father since his parents divorced.
d. did not like to dance with his step mother
38. Which sentence is not true?
a. He used to go to a dancing club with his father and step mother.
b. The writer had two daughters.
c. The writer enjoyed dancing with his daughters.
d. The writer never danced with his step mother
39. Which is not referred to what the writer provides his daughters with?
a. the arts of dancing c. endless emotional and loving support
b. unconditional love d. good educations and life experiences
40. The writer _________ fatherhood.
42
a. underestimates b. appreciates c. dislikes d. disapproves of
Jean was the warmest, kindest lady (41) _____ always volunteered her time, her effort and
her love. (42) _____ a warm smile, a kind word or a listening ear, she was destined to make her
mark in the hearts of her (43) _____ family and friends. They were her greatest (44) _____
throughout her eleven-year struggle with cancer, which gave her the (45) _____ to never give
up. When it came to her leisure time, Jean enjoyed (46) _____ some shopping and having (47)
_____ lunch with her two children. She also liked to shop at the supermarket, particularly to buy
clothes for her sons and grandchildren. For Jean, having a happy family (48) _____ having
heaven in her heart and angels in her life. She truly cherished everyone in her life! (49) _____
gave Jean the greatest joy was sharing herself with her family and friends, offering them the
most precious thing she (50) _____ her time. It is a gift none of them will ever forget.
41. a. which b. that c. whom d. whose
42. a. On b. In c. For d. With
43. a. cherish b. cherishable c. cherished d. cherishingly
44. a. support b. admire c. desire d. arm
45. a. courage b. courageous c. courageously d. encourage
46. a. do b. to do c. doing d. done
48. a. mentioned b. meant c. showed d. expressed
49. a. What b. That c. This d. Which
50. a. belonged b. rented c. possessed d. borrowed
UNIT 2 : CULTURAL DIVERSITY

TEST 1
1. a. naked b. looked c. booked d. hooked
2. a. concerned b. raised c. developed d. maintained
3. a. appeared b. agreed c. coughed d. loved
4. a. sacrificed b. trusted c. recorded d. acted
5. a. laughed b. weighed c. helped d. missed

6. London is home to people of many _______ cultures.
a. diverse b. diversity c. diversify d. diversification
7. John cannot make a _______ to get married to Mary or stay single until he can afford a
house and a car.
a. decide b. decision c. decisive d. decisively
8. My mother used to be a woman of great _______, but now she gets old and looks pale.
a. beauty b. beautiful c. beautifully d. beautify
9. My father phoned me to say that he would come _______ home late.
10. At last they divorced after ten years of _______ marriage.
11. A curriculum that ignores ethnic tensions, racial antagonisms, cultural _______ and religious
differences is pot relevant.
a. diversity b. contacts c. barriers d. levels
12. Some researchers have just _______ a survey of young people's points of view on
contractual marriage.
a. sent b. directed c. managed d. conducted
13. It is not easy to ________ our beauty when we get older and older.
a. develop b. maintain c. gain d. collect
14. Many young people have objected to _______ marriage, which is decided by the parents of
the bride and groom.
a. agreed b. shared c. contractual d. sacrificed
43
15. All parents are _______ to at least try to behave in ways that will give their own children an
important protection
a. decided b. supposed c. followed d. rejected
16. It is thought that traditional marriage _______ are important basis of limiting divorce rates.
a. appearances b. records c. responses d. values
17. Affected by the Western cultures, Vietnamese young people's attitudes _______ love and
marriage have dramatically changed.
a. for b. with c. through d. towards
18. Sometimes she does not agree _______ her husband about child rearing but they soon find
the solutions.
a. for b. on c. with d. of
19. The young are _______ more concerned with physical attractiveness than elderly people.
a. much b. as c. many d. as much as
20. It will take more or less a month to prepare for the wedding.
a. approximately b. generally c. frankly d. simply
21. The number of the participants in the survey _______ 250 students for Oxford University.
a. are b. was c. were d. have been
22. The grass was yellow because it _______ all summer.
a. does not rain b. has not rained c. had not rained d. would not rain
23. Many people even wonder these days _______.
a. what marriage is b. what is marriage
c. what marriage was d. what was marriage
24. The lights _______ out because we _______ the electricity bill.
a. have gone / did not pay b. will go / did not paid
c. go / would not pay d. went / had not paid
25. _______ Tom Cruise's last movie? Yes, I _______ it three days ago
a. Have you ever seen / saw b. Did you ever see / have seen
c. Had you ever seen / would see d. Will you ever see / saw
26. In the past, people _______ to the beach more often.
a. have gone b. used to go c. were going d. had gone
27. Soon, people _______ most of the time at home.
a. will work b. are working c. have worked d. work
28. I _______ a terrible accident while I _______ on the beach.
a. see / am walking b. saw / was walking
c. was seeing / walked d. have seen / were walking
29. After all, she _______ him since her childhood.
a. knows b. knew c. was knowing d. had known
30. We _______ touch since we _______ school three years ago.
a. lost / have left b. have lost / leave
c. have lost / left d. were losing / had left
Error identification.
31. While preparing for your wedding, keepings in mind that this is just the first step in your
future lives of love together. (keep)
32. Marriage is a life-long journey together, which is not simply a boat you get on together and
gettings off when it does not work out. (get)
33. It is important to note that such a happy marriage does not come about
by accident, but it had takens years of dedicated work to bring this kind
of relationship into existence. (takes)
34. There are dangerous times in a marriage, especially when the wife can
come to feel suchs overburdened that she decides to end the relationship. (so)
35. Once you can overcome your difficulty, the problems may well become a source of
strengthens to your marriage and to your faith. (strength)
44
When people plan to marry, they expect to find in their partner not only a lover but a friend
also. They find a person with whom they can share their opinions, their emotions, thoughts and
fears. In marriage we are looking for a partner who will be able to understand our values, our
likes and dislikes.
If a man and a woman are born and raised in the same country, most likely they are familiar
with the same songs, movies, jokes, books and life in general. They basically have the same
roots. In the case of a western man and foreign woman family everything is more complicated
and requires much more patience and understanding from both spouses. On one hand each of
the partners has an opportunity to learn a great deal about the other's country, culture, traditions
and life styles which can be very interesting. On the other hand it can be very disappointing if
there is the inability to understand your partner's excitements and frustrations. For example, you
are watching the television and suddenly you see a famous actor or singer, or other type of an
artist whose name you have grown up with. Maybe this artist was an idol for your parents and
the music of this artist was often played in your house when you were a child. Unfortunately you
realize that your wife is unable to understand your feelings because she has no idea who this
artist is. Her eyes are absolutely empty because she has never even heard the song before.
You feel rather disappointed! Remember that your wife has the same situation with you. You do
not know her country's songs, her country's famous actors, her books. She has her own
memories and in actuality, for her, everything is much more difficult than it is for you. At least,
you live in your own country where everybody can understand you. She lives in completely
strange surroundings, where she has nobody to share her feelings with, except you.
Do some research and learn about your wife's country, culture and lifestyles. Talk with her,
ask her questions, get to know what songs she likes, what movies and books are of interest to
her. The Internet will give you a great opportunity to find anything! Tell her about your country's
culture, let her listen to the music that you like, rent a movie for her that left you with great
impression. Let her understand you better through the things that you like. Patience and time
will help you to fight cultural differences.
36. A spouse should ________.
a. let the partner to do everything alone
b. be not only a lover but also a friend
c. not share the feelings with the partner
d. not interfere with what the partner's likes and dislikes
37. According to the passage, ________.
a. Spouses who have the same nationality need more patience and understanding in their
marriage than those who are from different cultures.
b. Spouses who are from different cultures need more patience and understanding in
their marriage than those who have the same roots.
c. Spouses who have the same roots go not share anything together.
d. Spouses who are from different cultures can never share anything together.
38. If there is the inability to understand a spouse's excitements and frustrations the marriage,
he or she may feel ________.
a. faithful b. hopeless c. disappointed d. happy
39. The passage is ________.
a. critical b. convincing c. advisory d. apologetic
40. To overcome cultural differences in marriage needs ________.
a. patience and time b. time and money
c. movies and music d. books and the Internet
Most Americans eat three meals (41) ______ the day: breakfast, lunch, and dinner.
Breakfast begins between 7:00 and 8:00am, lunch between 11:00 am and noon, and dinner
between 6:00 and 8:00 pm. On Sundays "brunch" is a (42) ______ of breakfast and lunch,
typically beginning at 11:00 am. Students often enjoy a "study break" or evening snack around
10:00 or 11:00 pm. Breakfast and lunch tend to be light meals, with only one (43) ______.
Dinner is the main meal.
(44) ______ breakfast Americans will eat cereal with milk which are often mixed (45)
______ in a bowl, a glass of orange juice, and toasted bread or muffin with jam, butter, or
45
margarine. Another common breakfast meal is scrambled eggs or (46) ______ omelet with
potatoes and breakfast meat (bacon or sausage). People who are on (47) ______ eat just a cup
of yogurt. Lunch and dinner are more (48) ______. When eating at a formal dinner, you may be
overwhelmed by the number of utensils. How do you (49) ______ the difference between a
salad fork, a butter fork, and a dessert fork? Most Americans do not know the answer (50)
______ But knowing which fork or spoon to use first is simple: use the outermost utensils first
and the utensils closest to the plate last.
41. a. in b. for c. on d. during
42. a. addition b. connection c. combination d. attachment
43. a. course b. food c. menu d. goods
44. a. For b. In c. At d. With
45. a. each other b. together c. one another d. others
47. a. holiday b. engagement c. diet d. duty
48. a. vary b. variety c. varied d. variously
49. a. say b. talk c. speak d. tell
50. a. too b. either c. so d. neither
TEST 2
1. a. partnership b. romantic2 c. actually1 d. attitude1
2. a. believe b. marriage1 c. response2 d. maintain2
3. a. summary b. different1 c. physical1 d. decision2
4. a. attractiveness2 b. traditional2 c. generation3 d. American2
5. a. certain b. couple1 c. decide2 d. equal1
6. Although they are twins, they have almost the same appearance but they are seldom in
_______.
a. agree b. agreeable c. agreement d. agreeably
7. The more _______ and positive you look, the better you will feel.
a. confide b. confident c. confidently d. confidence
8. My parents will have celebrated 30 years of _______ by next week.
a. marry b. married c. marriageable d. marriage
9. Mr. Pike held his wife's hands and talked urgently to her in a low voice, but there didn't seem
to be any response.
a. feeling b. emotion c. reply d. effect
10. Family is the place where _______ children is not only tolerated but welcomed and
encouraged.
a. taking b. having c. giving d. showing
11. Socially, the married _______ is thought to be the basic unit of society.
a. couple b. pair c. twins d. double
12. Professor Berg was very interested in the diversity of cultures all over the world.
a. variety b. changes c. conservation d. number
13. You are not _______ to say anything unless you wish to do so.
a. obliged b. willing c. equal d. attracted
14. A woman can never have a happy married life without _______ her husband.
a. demanding b. agreeing c. trusting d.determining
15. _______ large number of India men agreed that it was unwise to confide in their wives.
a. A b. An c. The d. Ø
16. Not all men are concerned with _______ physical attractiveness of their girlfriends and
wives.
17. My mother is the only one that I can absolutely confide _______.
a. in b. for c. with d. up
18. After they have been _______ love for two years, they decide to get married.
a. for b. with c. on d. in
19. In some cases, Mary is thought not to be _______ her sister.
46
a. as much intelligent than b. so intelligent than
c. intelligent more than d. as intelligent as
20. She is _______ I expect.
a. more prettier than b. far prettier than
c. much more prettier than d. a lot prettier as
21. There were about 100 attendees at the wedding, and _______ half of them were the bride's
and groom's relatives.
a. less b. not less than c. no less than d. nor less than
22. The bride looked _______ on her wedding than she does as usual.
a. nicer and more attractive b. more nicer and more attractive
c. more nicer and more attractive d. more attractive and nicer
23. _______ people used to read more.
a. Twenty years before b. Twenty years ago
c. For twenty years d. Since twenty years
24. _______ in Rome than he _______.
a. No sooner he had arrived / was being kidnapped
b. No sooner had he arrived / was kidnapped
c. Had he no sooner arrived / kidnapped
d. No sooner was he arriving / had been kidnapped
25. _______ John usually watch TV at the weekend?
a. Will b. Is c. Does d. Has
26. I _______ there once a long time ago and _______ back since.
a. was / have not been b. had been / was not
c. would be / had not been d. have been / will not be
27. As many as ten-million children _______ with the virus by the end of this decade.
a. have been infected b. will be infecting
c. had been infected d. will have been infected
28. What _______ when the fire alarm _______ off?
a. are you doing / will go b. have you done / would go
c. were you doing / went d. will you do / are going
29. _______ you send this wedding card to Peter, please?
a. Will b. Are c. Did d. Had
30. When Peter _______, I _______ him to your new house.
a. will arrive / take b. arrives / will take
c. has arrived / am taking d. had arrive / had taken
31. The conical leaf hat / call / "Non La” / Vietnamese / make of a typical kind of soft palm
a. The conical leaf hat, which is called “Non La” in Vietnamese, is made of a typical
kind of soft palm leaves.
b. The conical leaf hat it is called “Non La” in Vietnamese is made of a typical kind of soft
palm leaves.
c. The conical leaf hat, it is called “Non La” in Vietnamese, making of a typical kind of soft
palm leaves.
d. The conical leaf hat, calling "Non La" in Vietnamese, is made of a typical kind of soft palm
leaves.
32. Those leaves / expose to the dew for one night / dry / they / still soft / be flatted.
a. Those leaves are exposed to the dew for one night so when they are dried, they are still
soft enough for being flatted.
b. Those leaves are exposed to the dew for one night so when drying, they are still too to be
flatted.
c. Those leaves are exposed to the dew for one night so when dried, they are still soft
enough to be flatted.
d. Those leaves which are exposed to the dew for one night so when dried, they are still soft
enough to be flatted.
33. The hat / usually consist of / 16 to 18 rims / make from special kind of bamboo / the rims /
shape thinly into conical-form.
47
a. The hat usually consists of 16 to 18 rims made from special kind of bamboo when the
rims are shaped thinly into conical-form.
b. The hat usually consists of 16 to 18 rims made from special kind of bamboo. The
rims are shaped thinly into conical-form. .
c. The hat usually consists of 16 to 18 rims that make from special kind of bamboo; the rims
are shaped thinly into conical-form.
d. The hat usually consists of 16 to 18 rims making from special kind of bamboo. These rims
that are shaped thinly into conical-form.
34. The leaves / sew / into all rims / solely by hand / the hat is trimmed and painted / a coat of
attar / to keep it clean, smooth, and water-proof.
a. The leaves sewn into all rims solely by hand; and the hat which is trimmed and painted
with a coat of attar old to keep it clean, smooth, and water-proof.
b. The leaves are sewn into all rims solely by hand; and the hat is trimmed and
painted with a coat of attar to keep it clean, smooth, and water-proof.
c. As the leaves are sewn into all rims solely by hand, it means that the hat is trimmed and
painted with a coat of attar old to keep it clean, smooth, and water-proof.
d. The leaves are sewn into all rims solely by hand; so, the hat is trimmed and painted with a
coat of attar old they keep it clean, smooth, and water-proof.
35. Vietnamese girls / wear the conical leaf hat / a little umbrella / protect themselves from sun
or rain.
a. Vietnamese girls who wear this leaf hat like a little umbrella so that it protects themselves
from sun or rain.
b. Vietnamese girls wear this leaf hat such as a little umbrella for protecting themselves from
sun or rain.
c. Vietnamese girls wear this leaf hat like a little umbrella to protect themselves from
sun or rain.
d. Vietnamese girls wearing this leaf hat as a little umbrella to protect themselves from sun
or rain.
In the past, both men and women were expected to be married at quite young ages.
Marriages were generally arranged by parents and family, with their children having little chance
to say no in the matter. In the past it was not surprising to find that a bride and groom had only
just met on the day of their engagement or marriage.
In modern Vietnam, this has changed completely as people choose their own marriage-
partners based on love, and in consideration primarily to their own needs and wants. Moreover
early marriage is quite illegal.
The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important of traditional Vietnamese
occasions. Regardless of westernization, many of the age-old customs practiced in a traditional
Vietnamese wedding continue to be celebrated by both Vietnamese in Vietnam and overseas,
often combining both western and eastern elements. Besides the wedding ceremony, there is
also an engagement ceremony which takes place usually half a year or so before the wedding.
Due to the spiritual nature of the occasion, the date and time of the marriage ceremony are
decided in advance by a fortune teller. The traditional Vietnamese wedding consists of an
extensive array of ceremonies: the first is the ceremony to ask permission to receive the bride,
the second is the procession to receive the bride (along with the ancestor ceremony at her
house), the third is to bring the bride to the groom's house for another ancestor ceremony and
to welcome her into the family, then the last is a wedding banquet. The number of guests in
attendance at these banquets is huge, usually in the hundreds. Several special dishes are
served. Guests are expected to bring gifts, often money, which the groom and bride at one point
in the banquet will go from table to table collecting.
36. In the past, _________.
a. Vietnamese couples were free to make a decision on the marriage
b. Vietnamese marriage was decided by parents and family
c. getting married at an early age was not allowed
d. parents had no right to interfere their children's marriage
37. In former days, the fact that a bride and groom had only first met just on the day of their
engagement or marriage was _________.
48
a. surprising b. popular c. uncommon d. strange
38. Which sentence is referred Vietnamese modern marriage?
a. Most young people do not have their marriage based on love.
b. All marriages are arranged by parents and family.
c. Marriage is quite westernization.
d. Couples do not get married at quite young ages.
39. According to the passage, __________.
a. Oversea Vietnamese people do not like to organize a traditional wedding
b. There is an engagement ceremony which takes place usually half a year or so
before the wedding
c. Many of the age-old customs practiced in a traditional Vietnamese wedding do not exist
nowadays
d. Vietnamese people never ask a fortune teller the date and time of the marriage ceremony
40. Which does not exist in a Vietnamese wedding party?
a. firecrackers b. guests c. dishes d. gifts
In Korea, in former days the marriage between a man and woman represented the joining of
two families, rather (41) ______ the joining of two individuals. The event (42) ______ Taerye
(Great Ritual), and people from all over the village or neighborhood participated. The
ceremonies and events surrounding the actual marriage were long and (43) ______.
Professional matchmakers paired up likely candidates for marriage, with the new couple often
meeting for the first time at their wedding! The families considered many factors in the decision,
consulting with fortune tellers for (44) ______ about the couple's future life together. During the
Chosun period, people married (45) ______ their early teens, with the girl often being several
years older than the boy.
The groom usually traveled to the house of the bride for the ceremony, then stayed there for
three days (46) ______ taking his new bride to his family's home. The actual ceremony involved
many small rituals, with many bows and symbolic gestures. The (47) ______ were expected to
control their emotions and remain somber.
(48) ______ Koreans have kept several aspects of the traditional ceremony, most modern
ceremonies resemble Western marriage ceremonies more than (49) ______ Korean ones.
However, many folk villages and museums across the country regularly perform ceremonies to
(50) ______ the traditions alive.
41. a. as b. more c. than d. more than
42. a. is often called b. often called c. was often called d. has often called
43. a. elaborate b. elaborately c. elaboration d. elaborateness
44. a. predictions b. attentions c. situations d. evaluations
45. a. for b. in c. on d. from
46. a. soon b. ago c. before d. then
47. a. examiners b. competitors c. contests d. participants
48. a. As b. Although c. As though d. If only
49. a. traditional b. old c. ancient d. antique
50. a. catch b. hold c. grip d. keep
TEST 3
1. a. advised b. devised c. raised d. practised
2. a. shared b. viewed c. confided d. measured
3. a. determined b. expressed c. approved d. married
4. a. smoked b. called c. photographed d. based
5. a. demanded b. lived c. questioned d. supposed

6. Many Vietnamese people ______ their lives for the revolutionary cause of the nation
a. sacrifice b. sacrificed c. sacrificial d. sacrificially
7. Most of us would maintain that physical ______ does not playa major part in how we react to
the people we meet.
49
a. attract b. attractive c. attractiveness d. attractively
8. They had a ______ candlelit dinner last night and she accepted his proposal of marriage.
a. romance b. romantic c. romantically d. romanticize
9. Reading the story of the ______ having her dress torn off in the lift reminded me of my
friend's wedding.
a. groom b. bride c. celibate d. groomsman
10. I do not think there is a real ______ between men and women at home as well as in society.
a. attitude b. value c. measurement d. equality
11. The ______ to success is to be ready from the start.
a. key b. response c. agreement d. demand
12. A recent survey has shown that supporters of equal partnership in marriage are still in the
______.
a. crowd b. particular c. majority d. obligation
13. She accepted that she had acted ______ and mistakenly, which broke up her marriage.
a. romantically b. unwisely c. wisely d. attractively
14. They decided to divorce and Mary is ______ to get the right to raise the child.
a. equal b. determined c. obliged d. active
15. ______ love is ______ very strong feeling of affection towards someone who you are
romantically or sexually attracted to.
a. The / the b. The / Ø c. A / the d. Ø / a
16. I fell in ______ love with him because of his kind nature.
17. His ideas about marriage are quite different ______ mine.
a. with b. from c. for d. on
18. I believe that he was concerned ______ all those matters which his wife mentioned.
a. with b. over c. upon d. above
19. Everyone has been more ______ less the same from the point of view of satisfaction.
a. or b. and c. nor d. but
20. Women always feel moved when they find somebody who understands, them ______ they
know themselves.
a. better as b. more better than c. better than d. as better than
21. He ______ email before, so I ______ him how to use it.
a. did not use / had shown b. had not used / showed
c. has not used / showed d. was not using / will show
22. Doctor Pike ______ the hospital after he ______ an uneventful evening on duty. He ______
of his day of rest.
a. was leaving / has had / thought b. left / had had / was thinking
c. will leave / had / will think d. is leaving / will have / thinks
23. She ______ me anything about that problem so far.
a. is not telling b. does not tell c. will not tell d. has not told
24. I think that everything ______ ready for the project procedure by the end of next month.
a. will have been b. has been c. had been d. is
25. Be quiet! Someone ______ at the front door. I ______ it.
a. is knocking / will answer b. knocks / am answering
c. has knocked / am going to answer d. will knock / have answered
26. Dan and Crystal ______ married in June.
a. are getting b. has got c. was getting d. will have got
27. Two lions ______ from Chessington Zoo, and the police ______ to catch them.
a. will escape / try b. escaped / had tried
c. have escaped / are trying d. escape / were trying
28. Oranges ______ rich in vitamin C, which ______ good for our health.
a. have been / is b. are / is c. are / will be d. were / has been
29. Let's go to Fuji for our summer holiday! - OK. It ______ good.
a. sounds b. is sounding c. has sounded d. was sounding
30. They ______ enthusiastically when their teacher ______ in.
a. discuss / comes b. will have discussed / comes
c. will discuss / will come d. were discussing / came
50
31. This is the first time I attend such an enjoyable wedding party.
a. The first wedding party I attended was enjoyable.
b. I had the first enjoyable wedding party.
c. My attendance at the first wedding party was enjoyable.
d. I have never attended such an enjoyable wedding party before.
32. It is not until a Vietnamese girl getting 18 years old that she is allowed to get married legally.
a. A Vietnamese girl is not allowed to get married legally only when she gets
18 years old.
b. A Vietnamese girl is allowed to get married legally only after she gets 18 years old.
c. They never allow a Vietnamese girl to get married legally when she is 18 years old.
d. The legal allowance for a Vietnamese girl to get married will be issued in 18 years.
33. I have not met her for three years.
a. The last time I met her was three years ago.
b. It is three years when I will meet her.
c. I did not meet her three years ago.
d. During three years, I met her once.
34. This pasta is a new experience for me.
a. I used to eat a lot of pasta.
b. I am used to eating pasta.
c. It is the first time I have eaten pasta.
d. I have ever eaten pasta many times before.
35. I have not seen Tom for ages.
a. It has been a long time .since I last saw Tom.
b. Tom and I do not look the same age.
c. Tom and I are friends for a long time.
d. I often met Tom ages ago.
Traditions, saying, beliefs, language, and values are just a few things that make up our
culture. Culture is the framework in which families are structured. It shapes our expectations
and ideals. Culture plays a part in the meaning of marriage and our roles as husbands, wives,
children and parents.
Understanding cultural differences and similarities related to marriage is important. Culture
affects the roles that spouses take within marriages, the age at marriage and number of children
a couple have, the meaning of divorce, cohabitation and non-marital childbearing, and the way
parents raise children. Understanding how relationships and marriages vary across cultural
contexts, and how they are similar, we will be able to identify the unique ways that marriages
and family life affect people of various cultures. As a result, we will be able to help families and
sustain happy marriages.
A cross cultural marriage or similar love relationship can be extremely exciting. The cultural
background, visits to the other country, the language of the country and learning to speak it, the
different habits and ways of doing and saying things that people from other cultures have, are.
all very exciting indeed. What of the disadvantages of a cross cultural marriage or love
relationship with someone from another country or cultural background? No matter how much
you love your husband or wife, no matter how high your level of cross cultural awareness, cross
cultural communication and respect for differences. Misunderstanding seems to be unavoidable.
36. The passage is about _________.
a. the effects of cultures on love and marriage b. the definition of culture
c. the role of spouses in the family d. cultural differences
37. The word It refers to _________.
a. culture b. family c. framework d. structure
38. According to the writer, cross-cultural marriage _________.
a. does not have advantages
b. does not have disadvantages
c. have both advantages and disadvantages
d. does not exist through time
39. According to the passage, which of the following is not affected by culture?
51
a. The age to get married b. Child-raising
c. How much spouses love each other d. The roles of spouses
40. In cross-cultural marriage, _______ may happen.
a. divorce b. quarrel c. misunderstanding d. separation
Romance is the opportunity to show your loved one (41) ______ special he/she is to you. It
means (42) ______ the time for them, and sharing time together, even (43) ______ you are
very busy. It does not mean thinking only about yourself, or having only your needs (44)
______. It means putting your spouse first. Here are some ideas to spice up your romance:
1. Do small acts of kindness, such as give him/her flowers, or a little gift, or (45) ______ a
poem, etc.
2.(46) ______ "Thank you" and "I Love You" often.
3.Be considerate (47) ______ his/her feelings and sorrows.
4.Take long walks together - anywhere.
5.Share jokes at mealtime. (48) _____ is a great way to share one's love.
6.Visit a museum, visit community festivals, tour a new site, or attend a party together.
7.Hug and kiss often.
If your spouse does not do things for you, then show him/her by gentlyB (49) ______ out
what you like. If you like flowers for your birthday and you have not gotten flowers, then let
him/her know, (50) ______, when he/she asks you what you would like. Do not think they can
read your mind.
41. a. how b. what c. which d. that
42. a. take b. took c. taken d. taking
43. a. as b. if c. when d. but
44. a. looked b. noticed c. met d. seen
45. a. write b. discover c. invent d. search
46. a. talk b. tell c. say d. ask
47. a. on b. with c. up d. of
48. a. Laugh b. Laughter c. Laughable d. Laughably
49. a. pointing b. making c. carrying d. giving
50. a. fortunately b. wholly c. generally d. particularly
UNIT 3 :WAYS OF SOCIALISING

TEST 1
1. a. attract2 b. person1 c. signal1 d. instance
2. a. verbal1 b. suppose2 c. even d. either1
3. a. example2 b. consider2 c. several1 d. attention2
4. a. situation3 b. appropriate2 c. informality3 d. entertainment3
5. a. across2 b. simply1 c. common1 d. brother
6. She is a kind of woman who does not care much of work but generally _______ only with
colleagues for meals, movies or late nights at a club.
a. supposes b. socializes c. attention d. discussed
7. I didn't think his comments were very appropriate at the time.
a. correct b. right c. exact d. suitable
8. You should _______ more attention to what your teacher explains.
a. make b. get c. set d. pay
9. Body language is a potent form of _______ communication.
a. verbal b. non-verbal c. tongue d. oral
10. Our teacher often said, "Who knows the answer? _______ your hand."
a. Rise b. Lift c. Raise d. Heighten
11. This is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.
a. situation. B. attention c. place d. matter
52
12. They started, as _______ gatherings but they have become increasingly formalized in the
last few years.
a. informal b. informally c. informalize d. informality
13. Children who are isolated and lonely seem to have poor language and ________.
a. communicate b. communication c. communicative d. communicator
14. The lecturer explained the problem very clearly and is always _______ in response to
questions.
a. attention b. attentive c. attentively d. attentiveness
15. Pay more attention _______ picture and you can find out who is the robber.
a. to b. for c. at d. on
16. She looked _______ me, smiling happily and confidently.
a. on b. over c. forward d. at
17. - What an attractive hair style you have got, Mary!
- _______
a. Thank you very much. I am afraid b. You are telling a lie
c. Thank you for your compliment d. I don't like your sayings
18. In _______ most social situations, _______ informality is appreciated.
a. Ø / Ø b. the / an c. a / the d. the / a
19. - What beautiful dress you are wearing!
- Thank you. That is _______ nice compliment.
a. a / a b. the / Ø c. Ø / Ø d. the / the
20. ______ you wanted to ask your teacher a question during his lecture, what would you do?
a. As b. As if c. Even of d. suppose
21. John asked me _______ in English.
a. what does this word mean b. what that word means
c. what did this word mean d. what that word meant
22. The mother told her son _______ so impolitely.
a. not behave b. not to behave c. not behaving d. did not behave
23. She said she _______ collect it for me after work.
a. would b. did c. must d. had
24. She said I _______ an angel.
a. am b. was c. were d. have been
25. I have ever told you he _______ unreliable.
a. is b. were c. had been d. would be
26. I told him _______ the word to Jane somehow that I _______ to reach her during the early
hours.
a. passing / will try b. he will pass / tried
c. to pass / would be trying d. he passed / have tried
27. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since _______.
a. yesterday b. two days ago c. the day before d. the next day
28. John asked me _______ interested in any kind of sports.
a. if I were b. if were I c. if was I d. if I was
29. I _______ you everything I am doing, 'and you have to do the same.
a. will tell b. would tell c. told d. was telling
30. John asked me _______ that film the night before.
a. that I saw b. had I seen c. if I had seen d. if had I seen
31. According to Mehrabian in1971, only 7% of the information we
A B
communicate to others depends upon the words saying; 93% of that
C D (we say)
depends on nonverbal communication.
32. Body language is quiet and secret, but mosts powerful language of all.(the most)
33. Our bodies send out messages constantly and sometimes we do not recognize that we
are using manys nonverbal language. (a lot of)
53
34. Our understanding and use of non-verbal cues in facial expressions and gestures are
familiar to us nearly ins birth. (from)
35. A person's body postures, movements buts positions more often tell us exactly what they
mean. (and)

Communication in general is process of sending and receiving messages that enables
humans to share knowledge, attitudes, and skills. Although we usually identify communication
with speech, communication is composed of two dimensions - verbal and nonverbal.
Nonverbal communication has been defined as communication without words. It includes
apparent behaviors such as facial expressions, eyes, touching, tone of voice, as well as less
obvious messages such as dress, posture and spatial distance between two or more people.
Activity or inactivity, words or silence all have message value: they influence others and
these others, in turn, respond to these communications and thus they are communicating.
Commonly, nonverbal communication is learned shortly after birth and practiced and refined
throughout a person's lifetime. Children first learn nonverbal expressions by watching and
imitating, much as they learn verbal skills.
Young children know far more than they can verbalize and are generally more adept at
reading nonverbal cues than adults are because of their limited verbal skills and their recent
reliance on the nonverbal to communicate. As children develop verbal skills, nonverbal
channels of communication do' not cease to exist although become entwined in the total
communication process.
36. According to the writer, ________.
a. Nonverbal language is only used by the deaf and the mute.
b. One cannot communicate in both verbal and .nonverbal language.
c. Those who can listen and talk should not use nonverbal language.
d. People communicate with both verbal and nonverbal language.
37. Which is not included in nonverbal communication?
a. words b. spatial distance c. facial expressions d. tone of voice
38. We can learn from the text that ________.
a. nonverbal can never get any responses
b. most people do not like nonverbal communication
c. even silence has message value
d. touching is not accepted in communicating
39. Human beings ________.
a. have learnt how to communicate in nonverbal language through books
b. can communicate in nonverbal language only when they are mature
c. have learnt how to communicate in nonverbal language since a child
d. communicate in nonverbal language much less than they do in verbal language
40. The word reading has a close meaning to ________.
a. looking at the words that are written b. understanding
c. saying something aloud d. expressing
Researchers in communication show that more feelings and intentions are (41) _______
and received nonverbally than verbally. Mehrabian and Wienerfollowing have stated that only
7% (42) _______ message is sent through words, with remaining 93% sent nonverbal (43)
_______.
Humans use nonverbal communication because:
1.Words have limitations: There are (44) _______ areas where nonverbal communication is
more (45) _______ than verbal, especially when we explain the shape, directions,
personalities which are expressed nonverbally.
2.Nonverbal signal are powerful: Nonverbal cues primarily express inner (46) _______ while
verbal messages deal basically with outside world.
3.Nonverbal message are likely (47) _______ more genuine: because nonverbal behaviors
cannot be controlled as easily as spoken words.
54
4.Nonverbal signals can express feelings inappropriate to state: Social etiquette limits (48)
_______ can be said, but nonverbal cues can communicate thoughts.
5.A separate communication channel is necessary to (49) _______ send complex messages:
A speaker can add enormously to the complexity of the verbal message through simple
nonverbal (50) _______
41. a. sent b. posted c. mailed d. thrown
42. a. through b. in c. of d. for
43. a. thought b. expressions c. gestures d. postures
44. a. sum b. great deal c. amount d. numerous
45. a. effect b. effective c. effectively d. effectiveness
46. a. feelings b. words c. shows d. sorrows
47. a. be b. being c. to be d. been
48. a. what b. that c. why d. when
49. a. get b. have c. make d. help
50. a. signs b. signals c. sight d. signatures
TEST 2
1. a. social1 b. meter c. notice1 d. begin2
2. a. whistle1 b. table1 c. someone1 d. receive2
3. a. discuss2 b. waving c. airport1 d. often1
4. a. sentence1 b. pointing1 c. verbal1 d. attract2
5. a. problem1 b. minute1 c. suppose2 d. dinner
6. The boy waved his hands to his mother, who was standing at the school gate, to _______
her attention.
a. attract b. pull c. follow d. tempt
7. If something _______ your attention or your eye, you notice it or become interested in it.
a. pays b. allow c. catches d. wave
8. When you are in a restaurant, you can raise your hand slightly to show that you need
assistance.
a. bill b. menu c. help d. food
9. After a _______ hesitation, she began to speak with such a convincing voice.
a. rude b. slight c. small d. impolite
10. He is one of the most _______ bosses I have ever worked with. He behaves rudely to not
only me but also others in the staff.
a. thoughtful b. impolite c. attentive d. communicative
11. In many cultures, people signify their agreement by _______ their head.
a. turning b. raising c. pointing d. nodding
12. There was a _______ tremble in her voice, which showed that she was very nervous at that
time.
a. slight b. slighted c. slightly d. slightness
13. If a boss wants to have a well-qualified staff, he should have to pay his employees _______.
a. appropriate b. appropriately c. appropriation d. appropriating
14. Mrs. Pike was so angry that she made a _______ gesture at the driver.
a. rude b. rudeness c. rudely d. rudest
15. _______ nonverbal language is _______ important aspect of interpersonal communication.
a. The / Ø b. A / the c. The / a d. Ø / an
16. Balzer, _______ linguistic researcher, reported that approximately 75% of classroom
management behavior was nonverbal.
17. I have never seen such a beautiful dress _______ you before.
a. of b. on c. for d. in
18. Small children are often told that it is rude to point _______ other people.
a. on b. to c. at d. for
19. - You look great in this new dress.
- ________.
55
a. With pleasure b. Not at all
c. I am glad you like it d. Do not say anything about it
20. Suppose you want to go out during a lecture, what should you do?
a. As b. If c. Though d. When
21. Peter said that he had lived in London four years _______.
a. ago b. before c. later d. then
22. The guest told the host that _______.
a. I must go now b. he must go now
c. he had to go now d. he had to go then
23. The teacher told Joe _______.
a. to stop talking b. stop talking c. stops talking d. stopped talking
24. She said she _______.
a. was very tired last night b. was very tired the night before
c. had been very tired last night d. had been very tired the night before
25. Emily said that her teacher _______ to London _______.
a. will go / tomorrow b. went / tomorrow
c. would go / the next day d. had gone / the next day
26. She told the boys _______ on the grass.
a. do not play b. did not play c. not playing d. not to play
27. She asked _______.
a. where was her umbrella b. where her umbrella was
c. where were her umbrella d. where her umbrella were
28. Jason asked me _______ me the book the day before.
a. if who gave b. if who has given
c. who had given d. that who had given
29. Robert said that his father _______ to Dallas the year before.
a. goes b. went c. has gone d. had gone
30. He wanted to know _______ shopping during the previous morning.
a. if we had been going b. that if we had been going
c. we were going d. that we were going
Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one
31. "How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
a. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
b. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
c. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
d. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
32. She raised her hand high so that she could attract her teacher's attention.
a. Because her teacher attracted her, she raised her hand high.
b. To attract her teacher's attention, she raised her hand high.
c. Though she raised her hand high, she could not attract her teacher's attention.
d. She had such a high raising of hand that she failed to attract her teacher's attention.
33. "Hello, Mary!" Peter said. '
a. Peter said hello Mary. b. Peter said Mary hello.
c. Peter told Mary hello d. Peter greeted Mary.
34. Julie and Anne had not met each other before the party.
a. Julie and Anne got acquainted when they were at the party.
b. The party prevented Julie and Anne from meeting each other.
c. The party was the place where Julie and Anne could not meet each other.
d. Julie and Anne used to meet each other for the party.
35. "Why don't you ask the teacher for help?" Peter asked me.
a. Peter advised me to ask the teacher for help.
b. Peter recommended me not to ask the teacher for help. ,
c. Peter told me the reason why I did not ask the teacher for help.
d. Peter suggested that he should ask the teacher for help.
Movements and gestures by the hands, arms, legs, and other parts' of the body and face
are the most pervasive types of nonverbal messages and the most difficult to control. 'It is
56
estimated that there are over 200.000 physical signs capable of stimulating meaning in another
person. For example, there are 23 distinct eyebrow movements, each capable of stimulating a
different meaning.
Humans express attitudes toward themselves and vividly through body movements and
postures. Body movements express true messages about feelings that cannot be masked.
Because such avenues of communication are visual, they travel much farther than spoken
words and are unaffected by the presence of noise that interrupt, or cancels out speech.
People communicate by the way they walk, stand, and sit. We tend to be more relaxed with
friends or when addressing those of lower status. Body orientation also indicates status or liking
of the other individual. More direct orientation is related to a more positive attitude.
Body movements and postures alone have no exact meaning, but they can greatly support
or reject the spoken word. If these two means of communication are dichotomized and
contradict each other, some result will be a disordered image and most often the nonverbal will
dominate.
36. Which part of body is not used to send body message?
a. faces b. legs c. hands d. stomachs
37. Face gestures ________.
a. can help us control our feelings b. are the most difficult to control
c. cannot express our feelings d. do not include eye brow moments
38. Body communication is ________.
a. visual b. verbal c. very few d. uncommon
39. According to the text, body movements cannot express ________.
a. feelings b. status c. attitudes d. desires
40. Nonverbal communication ________.
a. may be interrupted by noise
b. has no relation to verbal communication
c. dominates words
d. is less common than verbal communication
In the western customs (41) _____ hands is the customary form of greeting, but in China a
nod of the head or (42) _____ bow is sufficient. Hugging and kissing when greeting are
uncommon. Business cards are often (43) _____ and yours should be printed in your own
language and in Chinese. Also, it is more respectful to present your card or a gift or -any other
article using (44) _____ hands. The Chinese are (45) _____ applauders. You may be greeted
with group clapping, even by small children. When a person is applauded in this practice it is the
custom for that person to return the applause or a "thank you." When walking in public places,
direct eye (46) _____ .and staring is uncommon in the larger cities, especially in those areas
accustomed to foreign visitors. (47) _____, in smaller communities, visitors may be the subject
of much curiosity and therefore you may notice some stares. (48) _____ speaking, the Chinese
are not a touch-oriented society, especially true for visitors. So, avoid (49) _____ or any
prolonged form of body contact. Public displays of affection are very rare. On the other hand,
you may note people of the same sex walking hand-in-hand, which is simply a gesture of
friendship. Do not worry about a bit of pushing and shoving in stores or when groups board
public buses or trains. In this case, (50) _____ are neither offered or expected. The Chinese will
stand much closer than Westerners.
41. a. taking b. shaking c. grasping d. hugging
42. a. small b. bit c. slight d. light
43. a. exchanged b. changed c. transferred d. converted
44. a. pair b. couple c. double d. both
45. a. enthusiast b. enthusiastic c. enthusiasm d. enthusiastically
46. a. contact b. look c. stare d. watch
47. a. Moreover b. Furthermore c. However d. Whatever
48. a. Generally b. Successfully c. Fortunately d. Expectedly
49. a. touch b. to touch c. touched d. touching
50. a. Contacts b. Apologies c. Gestures d. Saying goodbye
57
TEST 3
1. a. noisy2 b. party1 c. social1 d. polite2
2. a. restaurant2 b. assistance2 c. usually2 d. compliment2
3. a. impolite3 b. exciting2 c. attention2 d. attracting2
4. a. obvious1 b. probably1 c. finally1 d. approaching2
5. a. waiter1 b. teacher1 c. slightly1 d. toward2
6. When you see your teacher approaching you, a slight wave to attract his attention is
appropriate.
a. coming nearer to b. catching sight of c. pointing at d. looking up to
7. When you catch someone's _______ you do something to attract his attention so that you
can talk to him.
a. head b. hand c. eye d. ear
8. When the play finished the audience stood up and _______ their hands loudly.
a. clapped b. nodded c. shook d. hold
9. It is _______ not to say "Thank you" when you are given something.
a. small b. rude c. slight d. formal
10. A whistle is the _______ for the football players to begin the match.
a. communication b. instance c. attention d. signal
11. It is often considered to be impolite to _______ at someone.
a. look b. smile c. point d. raise
12. He is not really friendly and makes no attempt to be _______.
a. society b. social c. socialize d. sociable
13. She sent me a _______ letter thanking me for my invitation.
a. polite b. politely c. politeness d. impoliteness
14. Mr. Timpson's behavior and comments on occasions were inappropriate and fell below the
_______ standards.
a. accept b. acceptable c. acceptance d. accepting
15. In general, the meaning of _______ touching depends of the situation, culture, sex, and age.
a. a b. am c. the d. Ø
16. _______ same words or phrases can have many _______ different meanings, depending on
how they are said.
a. Ø / Ø b. A / the c. Ø / the d. the / a
17. I recognized my grandmother as soon as she got _______ the plane although we had not
seen each other for more than 10 years.
a. over b. of c. away d. off
18. I waved _______ him from the window but he didn't see me.
a. through b. for c. up d. to
19. - How well you are playing!
- ________.
a. Say it again. I like to hear your words
b. I think so. I am proud of myself
c. Thank you too much
d. Many thanks. That is a nice compliment
20. He asked me _______ Robert and I said I did not know _______.
a. that did I know / who were Robert b. that I knew / who Robert were
c. if I knew / who Robert was d. whether I knew / who was Robert
21. The mother asked her son _______.
a. where he has been b. where he had been
c. where has he been d. where had he been
22. Martin asked me _______.
a. how is my father b. how my father is
c. how was my father d. how my father was
23. The host asked Peter _______ tea or coffee.
a. whether he preferred b. that he preferred
58
c. did he prefer d. if he prefers
24. She asked me _______ my holidays _______.
a. where I spent / the previous year
b. where I had spent / the previous year
c. where I spent / last year
d. where did I spend / last year
25. He advised _______ too far.
a. her did not go b. her do not go c. her not to go d. she did not go
26. John often says he _______ boxing because it _______ a cruel sport.
a. does not like / is b. did not like / were
c. not liked / had been d. had not liked / was
27. Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer _______.
a. before b. ago c. last d. previous
28. He asked _______ him some money.
a. her to lend b. she to lend c. she has lent d. she lends
29. Andrew told me that they _______ fish two _______ days.
a. have not eaten / ago b. had not eaten / previous
c. did not eat / before d. would not eat / last
30. Jason told me that he _______ his best in the exam the _______ day.
a. had done / following b. will do / previous
c. would do / following d. was going / previous
Choose the best sentence that can be arranged from the words given.
31. In / nose / Japan / in / blowing / your / public / considered / rude / is.
a. Blowing your nose is considered in rude public in Japan.
b. In Japan, public is considered rude in blowing your nose.
c. Blowing your nose in Japan in public is considered rude
d. In Japan, blowing your nose in public is considered rude.
32. bow / your / a / hand / or / never / both / in / with / pockets / hands:
a. Bow never with a hand or both hands in your pockets.
b. Never bow with a hand or both hands in your pockets.
c. Never bow in your pockets with a hand or both hands.
d. Never bow with a hand in your pockets or both hands.
33. restaurants / with / remove / in / mats / you / bamboo / traditional / your / should / shoes.
a. In traditional restaurants you should remove your shoes with bamboo mats.
b. In traditional restaurants with bamboo mats, you should remove your shoes.
c. You should remove your shoes with bamboo mats in traditional restaurants:
d. You should remove your bamboo mats with shoes in traditional restaurants.
34. it / is / to / come / in / Japan I know / you / important / rank / people / of / in / the contact /
whom / with.
a. In Japan, it is important to know the rank of people with whom you come in contact.
b. To know the rank of people with whom you come in contact it is important in Japan.
c. In Japan, it is important with whom you come in contact to know the rank of people. .
d. You come in contact with people of whom the rank to know it is important in Japan.
35. the / rank / of / the / bow / person / the / facing / you / lower / the / you / higher.
a. The higher the rank of the person facing you, the lower you bow.
b. The rank of the person facing you the higher, you bow the lower.
c. The higher facing you the rank of the person, you lower the bow.
d. The higher you facing the rank of the person, the lower you bow.
Spoken language is based on a face-to-face encounter. One person directly addresses
another or others.
Within the face-to-face encounter of speech, communication is' not limited to Words.
Speakers use a wide variety of extra-verbal devices, from emphasis and dramatic pauses to
changes in tone or tempo. Speakers also use a broad range of nonverbal clues. They "talk" with
their eyes and their bodies. They use hand gestures and facial expressions to convey ideas.
59
And speakers respond to similar cues from their listeners - the nods and grunts that say, in
effect, "I hear you," or the quizzical looks that say, "I don't understand."
As we learn a language, we also learn the non-verbal conventions of that language- the
meaning of a shrug, a pout, or a smile. Speech thus often includes not only a face-to-face
meeting, but also a meeting of the minds. "Conversation," Steven Pinker notes, "requires
cooperation."
Listeners assume that speakers are conveying information relevant to what they already
know and what they want to know. They have to not only listen to words but also observe verbal
devices and body gestures in order to understand the meanings of vague and ambiguous words
and to fill in the unsaid logical steps.
Speaker and listener are aware of each other's knowledge, interests, and biases. They can
interpret remarks within the common social setting in which they find themselves. This mutual
understanding is frequently absent with written communication. While in written communication,
information an author would like to assume the reader knows must be included with a text.
Writers must make their biases explicit to assure full understanding by the critical reader, and
readers, unable to read body language, must read the text carefully to find out attitudes or
biases underlying it.
36. We can use nonverbal clues in both spoken and written communication.
37. Emphasis, dramatic pauses and changes in tone or tempo are verbal devices.
38. We can even use gestures to express a marital proposal.
39. In a conversation, only listening to the speaker's voice is enough for the listener to
understand thoroughly even the meanings of vague and ambiguous words
40. Body language can also be read in a written text.
In summary, for most visitors, the Japanese are (41) _____ and difficult to understand. The
graceful act of (42) _____, is the traditional greeting. However, they have also adopted the
western custom of shaking hands, but with a light grip. Meanwhile, to (43) _____ respect for
their customs, it would flatter them to offer a slight bow when being introduced. (44) _____
hugging and kissing when greeting. It is considered rude to stare. Prolonged direct eye contact
is considered to be (45) _____ or even intimidating. It is rude to stand with your hand or hands
in your pockets, especially when greeting someone (46) _____ when addressing a group of
people. The seemingly simple act of exchanging business cards is more complex in Japan (47)
____ the business card represents not only one's identity but also his (48) _____ in life. Yours
should be printed in your own language and in Japanese. The Japanese are not a touch-
oriented society; so avoid open displays of affection, touching or any prolonged (49) _____ of
body contact. Queues are generally respected; especially in crowded train and subway stations
(50) _____ the huge volume of people causes touching and pushing.
41. a. complex b. easy c. simply d. cheap
42. a. shaking b. hugging c. bowing d. looking
43. a. pay b. show c. point d. draw
44. a. Agree b. Avoid c. Recommend d. Allow
45. a. politely b. impoliteness c. impolitely d. impolite
46. a. or b. but c. either d. nor
47. a. because b. even if c. unless d. though
48. a. location b. stand c. status d. place
49. a. path b. route c. form d. style
50. a. that b. when c. which d. where
Unit 4; SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM

TEST 1
60
1. a. general1 b. applicant1 c. usually1 d. October2
2. a. parallel1 b. dependent2 c. educate1 d. primary
3. a. physical b. achievement 2 c. government1 d. national1
4. a. eleven2 b. history1 c. nursery1 d. different
5. Tommy left high school _______ the age _______ seventeen.
a. at / of b. in / for c. on / with d. of / in
6. The academic year in Vietnam is over _______ the end _______ May.
a. from / in b. for / on c. on / in d. at / of
7. In _______ most countries, it is compulsory for children to receive primary education.
8. Over _______ past few decades, _______ schools in the USA have been testing various
arrangements.
a. the / Ø b. Ø / Ø c. a / the d. Ø / the
9. As an _______, Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency.
a. educate b. education c. educator d. educative
10. In England, primary education is provided by state schools run by the government and by
_______ fee-paying schools.
a. independent b. independently c. depended d. independence
11. The United Nations Secretary-General has often spoken of the need for individual _______
and human rights in his speeches.
a. free b. freedom c. freely d. freeing
12. A/an _______ is an official document stating that you have passed an examination,
completed a course, or .achieved some necessary qualifications.
a. certificate b. requirement c. education d. test
13. Peter is trying his best to study in hope that he will _______ fame and fortune in the near
future.
a. lose b. run c. move d. achieve
14. _______ is the study of the events of the past.
a. Geography b. History c. Arts d. Literature
15. She was the first in her family to enjoy the privilege of a university _____.
a. schedule b. education c. science d. technology
16. English is an important _______ that is required in several national examinations:
a. language b. test c. evaluation d. subject
17. _______ is the study of the Earth's physical features and the people, plants, and animals
that live in different regions of the world.
a. Science b. Geography c. History d. Technology
18. Bicycles _______ in the driveway.
a. must not leave b. must not be leaving
c. must not be left d. must not have left
19. Beethoven's Fifth Symphony _______ next weekend.
a. is going to be performed b. has been performed
c. will be performing d. will have performed
20. Reagan _______ an actor years ago.
a. is said to be b. was said being
c. was said have been d. is said to have been
21. I hate _______ personal questions by newly-acquainted friends.
a. to be asking b. to be asked c. being asking d. of asking
22. It _______ that learning a foreign language _______ a lot of time.
a. says / is taken b. is saying / has been taken
c. is said / takes d. was said / was taken
23. All bottles _______ before transportation.
a. frozen b. were froze c. were frozen d. are froze
24. The trees _______.
a. were grown by John yesterday in the backyard
b. were grown in the backyard by John yesterday
61
c. were grown in the backyard yesterday by John
d. in the backyard were grown yesterday by John
25. _______ yet?
a. Have the letters been typed b. Have been the letters typed
c. Have the letters typed d. Had the letters typed
26. English has become a second language in countries like India, Nigeria or Singapore where
______ for administration, broadcasting and education.
a. is used b. it is used c. used d. being used
27. The telephone _______ by Alexander Graham Bell.
a. is invented b. is inventing c. invented d. was invented
28. Lots of houses _______ by the earthquake.
a. are destroying b. destroyed c. were destroying d. were destroyed
29. In the US the first stage of compulsory education _______ as elementary education.
a. to be generally known b. is generally known
c. generally known d. is generally knowing
30. The education children are receiveds during their primary years is crucial for both their
personal development and their country as a whole. (receiving)
31. The major goals of primary education iss to achieve basic literacy and numeracy among all
students. (are)
32. It is primary education that establishes foundations in science geography, history, as wells
other social sciences for young students.(as well as)
33. Most parents prefer an education system which offers the children Widests study options
in the world. (the widest)
34. The purpose of secondary education is to give common knowledge andto prepare for
either higher education ands vocational education. (or)
The American education system requires that students complete 12 years of primary and
secondary education prior to attending university or college. This may be accomplished either at
public or government-operated schools, or at private schools. These 12 years of schooling or
their equivalent may also be completed outside the USA, thus giving foreign students the
opportunity to pursue the benefits of the American education system and obtain a quality
American education. Perhaps one of the most impressive facts is that a large number of
presidents, prime ministers and leaders from other countries have experienced the American
education system and graduated from a university or school in the USA. In many fields and
industries, the American education system offers the most cutting-edge, sought-after programs
at the world's best schools. That is why graduating from an accredited American school and
being exposed to the rigors of the American education system is an investment in your future.
Whether you want to study at a top USA university, a top USA college, a vocational or high
school, a thorough understanding of how the American education system works is essential.
Without a clear grasp of the American education system, an international student will find it
difficult to make the right academic choices. It is no surprise that the American education
system and the American school system host more international students than any other
country in the world!
35. The expression government-operated could best be replaced by _____.
a. independent b. state c. vocational d. boarding
36. According to the text, students in the USA _______.
a. are made to take primary and secondary education in the country
b. are not necessarily take primary and secondary education in the country
c. spend less than 12 years for primary and secondary education
d. needn't take primary and secondary education
37. The writer _______ the US education.
a. appreciates b. underestimates c. overstates d. dislikes
38. Which is true?

a. The US education is not good enough for foreign students.
b.. Foreign students are not offered opportunities in the US:
62
c. There are not many foreign students in the US.
d. Many leaders all over the world have studied in the US.
39. What is the writer's advice?
a. International students should not invest their future education in the US.
b. International students should not study at a top USA university, a top USA college, a
vocational or high school.
c. Without a clear grasp of the American education system, an international student can
make the right academic choices
d. International students should have a thorough understanding of how the American
education system works before going there to study.
Children in (41) _____ Netherlands must be at least four years old to (42) _____ primary
education. Almost all 4-year-olds (99.3%) in the country indeed attend primary school, (43)
_____ this is not compulsory until children reach the age (44) _____ 5. Primary school is free of
charge. In most schools, children are grouped by (45) _____ in mixed ability classes, with one
teacher for all subjects. Primary school (46) _____ of 8 groups, thus schooling (47) _____ for 8
years. During the first two years, which (48) _____ kindergarten, children receive an average of
22 hours of (49) _____, during the last 6 years children receive an average of 25 hours per
week. Schools are open 5 days a week, but children are free on Wednesday afternoon. At the
end of primary school, or in group 8, schools advice on secondary school choice. Most schools
use a national test to support this advice, for instance the 'Citotoets’, a test (50) ____ by the
Central Institute for Test development.
40. a. a b. an c. the d. Ø
41. a. afford b. enter c. come d. run
42. a. although b. despite c. in spite d. due to
43. a. of b. on c. in d. for
44. a. old b. elderly c. aging d. age
45. a. includes b. contains c. consists d. composes
46. a. spends b. lasts c. lengthens d. takes
47. a. also called b. is also called c. is called also d. is also calling
48. a. educate b. educative c. educator d. education
49. a. develop b. to develop c. developed d. developing
TEST 2
1. a. expression2 b. easily1 c. depression2 d. disruptive2
2. a. algebra b. musical1 c. politics1 d. apartment2
3. a. mechanic2 b. chemistry1 c. cinema1 d. finally1
4. a. typical1 b. favorite1 c. division2 d. organize
5. a. computer2 b. establish2 c. business1 d. remember2
6. The school library is open _______ all of the students and the teaching staff of the school.
a. for b. over c. to d. among
7. I have just taken a Test of English as a Foreign Language or TOEFL _______ short.
a. of b. in c. on d. for
8. He did not do well at school and left with few _______ qualifications.
a. academic b. academy c. academician d. academically
9. The Minister of the Education and Training Department appeared on TV last night to
_______ his new policy.
a. public b. publicly c. publicize d. publicizing
10. He owed his success not to privilege but to self-education and a driving desire for _______.
a. achieve b. achiever c. achievement d. achievable
11. The college offers both _______ and professional qualifications.
a. government b. experience c. requirement d. academic
12. Fee-paying schools, often called "independent schools", "private schools" or “_______
schools"
63
a. college b. primary c. secondary d. public
13. In the UK, _______ schools refer to government-funded schools which provide education
free of charge to pupils.
a. state b. secondary c. independent d. primary
14. Mathematics, a required subject in all schools, is __ into many branches.
a. grouped b. prepared c. divided d. added
15. Education has been developed in _______ with modern industry and the mass media.
a. compulsory b. parallel c. selected d. following
16. School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools.
a. depended b. required c. divided d. paid
17. _______ music is _______ popular pastime at many schools.
a. Ø / a b. The / the c. A / the d. The / Ø
18. To apply to _______ UK independent school, you'll need to have _______ good standard of
education from your own country
a. a / a b. the / a c. an / the d. the / the
19. Education _____ to be the most important element to develop a country.
a. often be considered b. can often consider
c. can often considered d. can often be considered
20. The preparations _______ by the time the guests _______.
a. had been finished / arrived b. have finished / arrived
c. had finished / were arriving d. have been finished / were arrived
21. _______ in that company?
a. Do shoes make b. Are shoes be made
c. Shoes are made d. Are shoes made
22. Portuguese _______ as an official language in this city since three hundred years ago.
a. has always been spoken b. has been spoken always
c. has always spoken d. had always spoken
23. More than ten victims _______ missing in the storm last week.
a. are reported to be b. are reported to have been
c. are reporting to have been d. are reporting to be
24. _______ by your father?
a. Did that book write b. Did that book written
c. Was that book written d. Was that book be writing
25. Something _______ immediately to prevent teenagers from _______ in factories and mines.
a. should be done / being exploited b. we should do / exploiting
c. should do I be exploited d. should have done / exploited
26. This car _______.
a. was manufactured in Japan by Toyota last year
b. was manufactured by Toyota last year in Japan
c. was manufactured last year in Japan by Toyota
d. last year was manufactured by Toyota in Japan
27. Why _______ on time?
a. don't the exercises finish
b. weren't the exercises be finished
c. aren't the exercises being finished
d. aren't the exercises be finished
28. No longer _______ in our office since it _______.
a. have typewriters been used / computerized
b. typewriters have been used / was computerized
c. have typewriters been used / was computerized
d. typewriters have been used / computerized
29. When _______?
a. were computers used first b. were computers first used
c. did computers first use d. are computers first using
30. That machine is useless. It not been used for a long time
a. is b. was c. did d. has
Choose the best sentence that can be arranged from the words given.
64
31. our I will / school / if / access / much/ Internet / we / to / learn I the / better / has
a. If our school has access to the Internet, we will learn much better.
b. If we will learn much better, our school has access to the Internet.
c. If our school has much access, we will learn better to the Internet.
d. If we will learn better to the Internet, our school has much access.
32. exchange / allows / computers / and / us / to / the / ideas / connect / to / !other / Internet
a. The Internet allows us to connect to other computers and exchange ideas.
b. The Internet exchange ideas and allows us to connect to other computers.
c. The Internet allows us and exchange ideas to connect to other computers.
d. The Internet connect to other c9mputers and allows us to exchange ideas.
33. sharing / Internet / encouraging / new / the / of / working / ways / collaboration / is / from /
home / and / information
a. The Internet is of working from home, collaboration, information sharing and encouraging
new ways
b. The Internet is working from home, collaboration and information of sharing, encouraging
new ways.
c. The Internet is encouraging new ways of working from home, collaboration and
information sharing.
d. The Internet is collaboration and information sharing, encouraging new ways of working
from home.
34. need / come / to / class / explain / teacher / sit / at / through / the / home / not / and / may /
lesson / to / us/ the / Internet lour / he
a. Our teacher may sit at home and explain the lesson to us. He need not come to class
through the Internet.
b. Our teacher need not come to class. He may explain the lesson to us through the Internet
and sit at home.
c. Our teacher need not come to class. He may sit at home and explain the lesson to
us through the Internet.
d. Our teacher need not come to class he may sit at home and explain the lesson to us
through the Internet. .
35. access / also / we / use / Internet / music / other / relaxation / and / to / and / download /
m9vies / works / for / our / enjoyment / can / and / the
a. We can also use the Internet download music, movies and other works for our enjoyment
and relaxation and to access.
b. We can also use the Internet to access and download music, movies and other
works for our enjoyment and relaxation.
c. We can also use the Internet to download music, movies and access and other works for
our enjoyment and relaxation.
d. We can also use the Internet for our enjoyment and relaxation to access and download
music, movies and other works.
Read the two passages carefully and choose the correct answer.
In developing countries, people are sometimes unaware of the importance of education,
and there is economic pressure from those parents who prioritize their children's, making money
in the short term over any long-term benefits of education. Recent studies on child labor and,
poverty have suggested that when poor families reach a certain economic threshold where
families are able to provide for their basic needs, parents return their children to school. This
has been found to be true, once the threshold has been breached, even if the potential
economic value of the children's work has increased since their return to school.
Other problems are that teachers are often paid less than other professions; a lack of good
universities and a low acceptance rate for good universities are evident in countries with a
relatively high population density.
India has launched EDUSAT, an education satellite that can reach remote parts of the
country at a greatly reduced cost. There is also ail initiative supported by several major
corporations to develop a $100 laptop. The laptops have been available since 2007. The
laptops, sold at cost, will enable developing countries to give their children a digital education. In
Africa, an "e-school program" has been launched to provide all 600,000 primary and high
schools with computer equipment, learning materials and internet access within 10 years.
65
Volunteer groups are working to give more individuals opportunity to receive education in
developing countries through such programs as the Perpetual Education Fund. An International
Development Agency project started with the support of American President Bill Clinton uses
the Internet to allow co-operation by individuals on issues of social development.
threshold
36. In developing countries, ________.
a. people all know that education is very important all the time
b. all parents are rich enough to send their children to school
c. children have rights to get high schooling
d. children have to work instead of going to school
37. According to recent studies, when parents are able to overcome their financial difficulty,
________.
a. they send their children back to school
b. they still make their children continue working
c. they have their children work even harder
d. they themselves continue their schooling
38. In populous countries, ________.
a. teaching is the highest-paid career
b. there are a lot of good universities
c. there is a lack of good universities
d. no other careers are better paid than teaching
39. The third paragraph is about ________.
a. an Indian education satellite
b. the projects to computerize education in developing countries
c. the computerization of African education
d. President Bill Clinton who bought a lot of computers
40. How many projects are presented in the third paragraph?
a. One b. Two c. Three d. Four
The General Certificate of Secondary Education or the GCSE examinations for (41) _____
are the standard school-leaver qualifications taken by (42) _____ all UK students in the May
and June following their 16th birthday. If you come to a UK (43) _____ school before you (44)
_____ the age of 16, you will study towards GCSE examinations in up to 12 subjects. Some
subjects are compulsory, including English arid mathematics, and you can select (45) _____,
such as music, drama, geography and history from a series of options. GCSEs provide a good
all-round education (46) _____ you can build on at college and eventually at university.
AS- and A-levels are taken after GCSEs. They are the UK qualifications most (47) _____
accepted for entry to university and are available in subjects from the humanities, arts, sciences
and social sciences as well as in (48) _____ subjects such as engineering, and leisure and
tourism. You can study up to four subjects at (49) _____ same time for two years, (50) _____
AS-level examinations at the end of your first year (called the lower-sixth) and A-level
qualifications at the end of your second year (called the upper-sixth).
41. a. short b. long c. big d. long
42. a. similarly b. fortunately c. approximately d. virtually
43. a. dependence b. independence c. independent d. independently
44. a. reach b. come c. approach d. go
45. a. other b. each other c. another d. others
46. a. what b. that c. where d. whose
47. a. wide b. widely c. width d. widen
48. a. practical b. apprentice c. vocational d. physical
50. a. holding b. choosing c. putting d. taking
TEST 3
1. a. conference b. lecturer1 c. reference1 d. researcher2
2. a. powerful b. interesting1 c. exciting2 d. difficult1
3. a. memory1 b. exactly2 c. radio1 d. management1
66
4. a. requirement2 b. condition2 c. example2 d. previous1
5. a. library1 b. entertain2 c. understand2 d. referee2
6. In England schooling is compulsory _______ all children from the age of 5 to 16.
a. with b. for c. to d. over
7. In Vietnam a school year lasts for nine months and is divided _______ two terms.
a. into b. to c. from d. on
8. To Vietnamese students, the _______ examination to university is very difficult.
a. require b. requirement c. requiring d. required
9. Despite many recent _______ advances, there are parts where schools are not equipped
with computers.
a. technology b. technological c. technologically d. technologist
10. There is a wide range of _______ in the education system of the USA.
a. select b. selective c. selected d. selection
11. _______ objective primary education is to provide students with basic knowledge of the
country's history, _______ geography and traditions.
a. The / Ø b. An / the c. Ø / a d. The / the
12. _______ schooling is compulsory in Australia between _______ ages of six and seventeen.
a. The I Ø b. A / an c. Ø / the d. The / ah
13. The functional skills such as fundamentals of agriculture, health and hygiene and population
education have also been incorporated in the primary school _______.
a. curriculum b. project c. plan d. schedule
14. Regardless of whether schools belong to the government or are independent, they are
_______ to adhere to the same curriculum frameworks.
a. told b. required c. demanded d. taken
15. In Scotland, students transfer from primary to secondary education at approximately age 12.
a. compound b. base c. change d. move
16. He was so ill that he could not _______ his final examination and cancelled it to the next
year.
a. make b. do c. take d. gain
17. In Vietnamese schools, English, mathematics, and literature are three _______ subjects,
which are compulsory in many important national examinations.
a. core b. part c. center d. middle
18. Although he has not got necessary experience, he used to take a _______ in business
administration.
a. curriculum b. course c. school d. class
19. Everything that _______ remained a secret.
a. overheard b. had been overheard
c. had overheard d. was overhearing
20. The refreshments _______ by Karen.
a. are going to be prepared b. are going to prepare
c. are preparing d. are to prepare
21. _______ by the police.
a. The stealing car has just been found
b. The stolen car has just been found
c. The stealing car has just found
d. The stolen car has just found.
22. _______ students required to wear uniforms at all times?
a. Are b. Do c. Did d. Will
23. _______ to you yet?
a. Are the book been giving back b. Was the book been given back
c. Has been the book given back d. Has the book been given back
24. What he has done to me _______.
a. cannot forgiven b. cannot be forgiven
c. cannot forgive d. cannot be forgiving
25. The keys _______ somewhere.
67
a. must have been leaving b. must have left
c. must be leaving d. must have been left
26. Japanese _______ at the meeting.
a. will speak b. will spoken c. will be spoken d. will be speaking
27. Although he tried his best, he could not make his voice _______.
a. hear b. to hear c. hearing d. heard
28. I _______ in the lounge for ten minutes.
a. was told waiting b. was told to wait
c. was telling to be waited d. was told to be waited
29. These students _______ so much that they feel very tired and bored.
a. are made to study b. are made study
c. are making to study d. ate made to be studied
30. They _______ time and money doing such a thing.
a. were advised not to waste b. were advised not to be wasted
c. were advising not to waste d. were advising not to be wasted
Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one
31. We have decided that the work they do is unacceptable.
a. As they do the work which we have decided is unacceptable.
b. They have been decided that the work they do is unacceptable.
c. It has been decided that the work being done is unacceptable.
d. We have decided that we accept the work they do.
32. If you honor me, I will appreciate it.
a. If I am to be honored, it is to be appreciated.
b. Thank you for your appreciation to honor me.
c. Because of your honor, I will appreciate.
d. You are appreciated to honor me.
33. Barry continued to smoke even though we had advised him to quit.
a. Barry took our advice so he stopped smoking.
b. If we had advised Barry, he would have quit smoking.
c. Barry did not quit smoking because of our advice.
d. Despite being told not to smoke, Barry continued to do.
34. Many people think Steve stole the money.
a. It was not Steve who stole the money.
b. Steve is thought to have stolen the money.
c. Many people think the money is stolen by Steve.
d. The money is thought to be stolen by Steve.
35. The man suddenly realized that the neighbor was watching him.
a. The man suddenly realized that he was -being watched by the neighbor.
b. The neighbor was watching the man and he suddenly realized that.
c. The neighbor was suddenly realized the man and watching him.
d. The man suddenly realized that he was watched by the neighbor.
Read the two passages carefully and choose the correct answer.
Vietnam's education system can be divided into 5 categories: pre-primary, primary,
intermediate, secondary, and higher education.
Public kindergartens usually admit children from the age of 18 months to 5 years. Children
at 4 or 5 years of age are sometimes taught the alphabet and basic math. This level of
education is only popular in major cities.
Children normally start their primary education at the age of six. Education at this level lasts
5 years and it is compulsory for all children. This compulsory education may be one of the
reasons why, despite remaining a less developed country, the literate proportion of the country's
population is very high, over 90% on average.
Middle schools teach students from grade 6 to 9. This educational level is generalized
throughout most of the country - except in very remote provinces, which expect to popularize
and standardize middle education fully within the next few years. Intermediate is a non-
compulsory schooling form in Vietnam.
Secondary education, which consists of grades 10, 11 and 12, is standardized in all major
urban regions, but is not in rural provinces. After 3 high school terms, all students must attend a
68
graduation test. This test often consists of 6 subjects differently selected each year but has to
contain the 3 compulsory ones: Foreign Language (mostly English), Mathematics and
Literature. The Vietnamese government intends to merge this test with the university entrance
test in 2009.
36. Pre-primary education in Vietnam is popularized all over the country.
37. Primary education is compulsory in Vietnam.
38. Students from grade 6 to 9 have to take an important examination to continue their
education at high school.
39. Secondary education is standardized in all over the country.
40. The graduation test for all high school students often consists of 6 subjects which are fixed
years after years.
The UK Government ensures that all schools in the UK (41) _____ certain standards, and
this includes independent schools as well as those that are (42) _____ by the Government. All
qualifications are awarded by national agencies accredited by the Qualification and Curriculum
Authority (QCA), (43) ____ the quality of the qualifications you will gain is guaranteed.
At many independent schools in England, you will be encouraged to take part (44) _____
extracurricular activities to develop your hobbies and learn new skills, and you maybe
encouraged to take graded music exams (45) _____ by the Associated Board of the Royal
Schools of Music, or Trinity College. The exam grades gained from these are widely accepted
toward university entry (46) _____.
Independent schools do not usually offer vocationally focused qualifications but if you are
(47) _____ in these qualifications, you can find out more in the ‘career-based and pre-university
qualifications’ section.
The (48) _____ you pay to attend independent school, include your course fees,
accommodation and may include some or all extracurricular activities. To check exactly what is
included with the school you may be asked to pay extra for language tuition.
Fees (49) _____ from school to school and are at the discretion of the institution; there are
no national standards. You should expect to pay a minimum of £8,000 per year and fees can be
(50) _____ high as £25,000.
41. a. see b. meet c. notice d. look
42. a. run b. worked c. indicated d. shown
43. a. if b. although c. so d. because
44. a. for b. in c. on d. of
45. a. offer b. to offer c. offering d. offered
46. a. questions b. troubles c. problems d. requirements
47. a. interested b. excited c. concerned d. worried
48. a. bills b. funds c. fees d. donations
49. a. transfer b. vary c. exchange d. interfere
50. a. as b. much c. more d. far
Unit 5; HIGHER EDUCATION

TEST 1
1. a. university3 b. application3 c. technology2 d. entertainment3
2. a. mathematics3 b. engineering3 c. scientific3 d. laboratory2
3. a. certificate2 b. necessary1 c. economy2 d. geography2
4. a. interviewer1 b. preparation3 c. economics3 d. education3
5. a. considerable2 b. information3 c. librarian2 d. technician2
6. It is a course _______ two years for those who want to work as a marketing agent.
69
a. of b. in c. for d. with
7. You can meet Mr. Pike, who is _______ behalf _______ the university to solve the problems
of foreign students.
a. on / of b. in / for c. with / at d. for / at
8. In most _______ developed countries, up to 50% of _______ population enters higher
education at some time in their lives.
a. Ø / the b. the / a c. Ø / Ø d. the / Ø
9. _______ colleges and _______ universities are the main institutions that provide tertiary
education.
a. The / Ø b. Ø / the c. The / the d. Ø / Ø
10. He graduated with doctorates of _______ and surgery from Florence, gaining the highest
honors that year.
a. medicine b. medical c. medicate d. medication
11. The making of good habits _______ a determination to keep on training your child.
a. require b. requires c. requirement d. required
12. He was the only _______ that was offered the job.
a. apply b. application c. applicant d. applying
13. A university is an -institution of higher education and research, which grants _______
degrees at all levels in a variety of subjects.
a. secondary b. optional c. academic d. vocational
14. _______ is used to describe the work of a person whose job is to treat sick or injured
animals, or to describe the medical treatment of animals.
a. Chemistry b. Pharmacy c. Medicine d. Veterinary
15. A _______ is an area of knowledge or study, especially one that you study at school,
college, or university.
a. degree b. subject c. level d. vacancy
16. Most _______ are at senior level, requiring appropriate qualifications.
a. degrees b. grades c. colleges d. vacancies
17. She reads newspapers every day to look for the vacant _______ for which she can apply.
a. institutions b. indications c. positions d. locations
18. He had been expected to cope well with examinations and _______ good results.
a. achieve b. consider c. last d. object
19. You can choose four subjects either in Arts _______ in Sciences.
a. nor b. or c. and d. as
20. Either you or your friend _______ on charge today.
a. are b. is c. was d. were
21. I am flying to the States tonight. I ______ you a ring if I can find a phone.
a. will give b. would give c. could give d. have given
22. We'll need more staff _______ we start the new project.
a. unless b. whether c. in case d. or
23. If I _______ 10 years younger, I _______ the job.
a. am / will take b. was / have taken
c. had been / will have taken d. were / would take
24. _______ I had learnt English when I was at high school.
a. Unless b. Even if c. If d. If only
25. You are not allowed to use the club's facilities _____ you are a member.
a. unless b. if c. provided d. supposed
26. If she _______ the train last night, she here now.
a. took / were b. were taking / is
c. had taken / would have been d. had taken / would be
27. _______ if a war happened?
a. What you would do b. What would you do
c. What will you do d. What will you do
28. I would send her a fax if I _______ her number.
a. know b. knew c. had known d. could know
29. _______ it were well paid, I would accept this proposal.
a. Providing b. Unless c. But for d. If only
70
30. _______ more carefully, he would not have had the accident yesterday:
a. If Peter driven b. If had Peter driven
c. Had Peter driven d. Unless Peter had driven
31. Higher education is very importances to national economies, and it is also a source of
trained and educated personnel for the whole country. (important)
32. Higher education in the United States specifically refers to post secondary institutions,
thatsoffer associate degrees, master degrees or Ph.d. degrees or equivalents.
(institutions that)
33. Higher general education is based on theoretical expertise and might be contrasted with
higher vocational education, which concentratings on both practice and theory.(concentrtes)
34. Ans university is an institution of higher education and research, which grants academic
degrees; including Bachelor's degrees, Master's degrees and doctorates in a variety of
subjects. (A)
35. Higher vocational education and training that combiness teaching of both practical skills
and theoretical expertise. (combines)

University Entrance Examination is very important in Vietnamese students. High school
graduates have to take it and get high results to be admitted to universities. The pressure on the
candidates remains very high despite the measures that have been taken to reduce the heat
around these exams, since securing a place in a state university is considered a major step
towards a successful career for young people, especially those from rural areas or
disadvantaged families. In the year 2004, it was estimated that nearly 1 million Vietnamese
students took the University Entrance Examination, but on average only 1 out of 5 candidates
succeeded. Normally, candidates take 3 exam subjects, and each lasts; 180 minutes for the
fixed group of subjects they choose. There are 4 fixed groups of subjects: Group A:
Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry; Group B: Mathematics, Biology, and Chemistry; Group
C: Literature, History, and Geography; Group D: Literature, Foreign Language, and
Mathematics.
In addition to universities, there are community colleges, art and technology institutes;
professional secondary schools, and vocational schools which offer degrees or certificates from
a-few-month to 2-year courses.
According to Vietnam's Ministry of Education and Training, there are currently 23 non-public
universities, accounting for 11% of the total number of universities. These non-public
universities are currently training 119,464 students, or 11.7% of the total number of students.
The government is planning to increase the number of non-public universities to 30% by 2007.
36. University Entrance Examination in Vietnamese is very _______.
a. interesting b. stressful c. free d. easy
37. The word those refers to _______.
a. exam subjects b. young people c. universities d. examinations
38. In 2004, the proportion of the students who got success in University Entrance Examination
was about _______ percent.
a. 5 b. 10 c. 20 d. 50
39. Which sentence refers to the University Entrance Examination in Vietnam?
a. Students find it easy to get success in the University Entrance Examination.
b. Math is compulsory in the University Entrance Examination.
c. Students are not allowed to choose their exam subjects.
d. There are four fixed groups of exam subjects for students to choose.
40. According to the passage, _______.
a. the Vietnamese government will close all non-public universities by next year.
b. the Vietnamese government does not appreciate non-public universities
c. the Vietnamese government encourages the establishing of non-public universities.
71
d. Vietnamese students have no alternative to continue their higher study besides
universities.
The University of Oxford, informally called "Oxford University", or simply
"Oxford", (41) ______ in the city of Oxford, in England, is (42) ______ oldest university in the
English-speaking world. It is also considered as one of the world's leading (43) ______
institutions. The university traces, its roots back to at least the end of the 11th century, (44)
______ the exact date of foundation remains unclear. Academically, Oxford is consistently
ranked in the world's top ten universities. The University is also open (45) ______ overseas
students, primarily from American universities, who may (46) _____ in study abroad programs
during the summer months for more than a century, it has served as the home of the Rhodes
Scholarship, (47) ______ brings highly accomplished students from a number of countries to
study at Oxford as (48) ______ The University of Oxford is also a place where many talented
leaders from all over the world used to study. Twenty-five British Prime Ministers attended
Oxford, including Margaret Thatcher and Tony Blair. At (49) ______ 25 other international
leaders have been educated at Oxford, and this number includes King Harald V of Norway and
King Abdullah II of Jordan. Bill Clinton is the first American President to attend Oxford. Forty-
seven Nobel (50) __ winners have studied or taught at Oxford.
41. a. put b. placed c. located d. stood
43. a. learning b. academic c. graduating d. scholar
44. a. although b. because c. since d. if
45. a. to b. for c. from d. up
46. a. write b. name c. enroll d. require
47. a. that b. where c. whose d. which
48. a. postgraduates b. postgraduated c. postgraduation d. postgraduating
49. a. last b. least c. late d. lately
50. a. present b. gift c. medal d. prize
TEST 2
1. a. apply b. university c. identity d. early
2. a. choice b. achieve c. each d. chemistry
3. a. final b. applicant c. high d. decide
4. a. average b. indicate c. application d. grade
5. a. course b. four c. our d. yours

6. There are two types of higher education in _______ UK: higher general education and
higher vocational education.
7. The examination results of the A-Levels determine if _______ student is good enough to go
to _______ university or college.
a. Ø / the b. a / a c. the / an d. Ø / an
8. Many parents do not let their children make a decision _______ their future career.
a. in b. about c. on d. out
9. You are old enough. I think it is high time you applied _______ a job
a. in b. of c. for d. upon
10. He has not been offered the job because he cannot meet the _______ of the company.
a. requirements b. applicants c. information d. education
11. _______ education is normally taken to include undergraduate arid postgraduate education,
as well as vocational education and training.
a. Primary b. Tertiary c. Secondary d. Intermediate
12. The University of Cambridge is a prestigious _______ of higher learning in the UK
a. tower b. hall c. house d. institute
13. - Which subject do you _______ at university? - I major in Math.
a. do b. make c. practice d. demonstrate
72
14. A _______ is an official document that you receive when you have completed a course of
study or training.
a. vocation b. subject c. certificate d. grade
15. In many countries, prospective university students apply for _______ during their last year of
high school.
a. achievement b. information c. course d. admission
16. Parents can express a _______ for the school their child attends.
a. prefer b. preference c. preferential d. preferable
17. Many people have objected to the use of animals in _____ experiments.
a. science b. scientist c. scientific d. scientifically
18. I would like to invite you to participate in the ceremony.
a. graduate b. graduated c. graduation d. graduating
19. You can either come by bus _______ take a taxi.
a. and b. or c. not d. nor
20. Either you or I _______ going to meet Professor Pike at the airport.
a. am b. were c. are d. has been
21. If you _______ to my advice, you _______ in trouble now.
a. listened / were not b. listen / are not.
c. had listened / would not have been d. had listened / would not be
22. If you take the 8 a.m. flight to New York you _______ change planes.
a. could not have to b. will not have to
c. had not had to d. would not to have to
23. If it _______ warm yesterday, we would have gone to the beach.
a. was b. were c. had been d. could be
24. If it _______ an hour ago, the streets _______ wet now.
a. were raining / will be b. had rained / would be
c. rained / would be d. had rained / would have been
25. _______ here, he would helped us with these troubles.
a. Were Peter b. If were Peter
c. Unless were Peter d. Unless Peter were
26. _______ that problem with the car, we wouldn't have missed the speech.
a. If we had had b. If had we had
c. Unless we had had d. Provided that we had had
27. If I were a little taller, I _____ be able to water the plant on tl.1etop shelf.
a. did b. would c. had d. would have
28. If you hear from Susan today, _______ her to ring me.
a. tell b. to tell c. telling d. will tell
29. She had to have the operation _______.
a. unless she would dies b. if she would die
c. otherwise she will die d. or she would die
30. If the traffic _______ bad, I may get home late.
a. is b. were c. was d. had been
31. If I were taller, I could reach the top shelf:
a. I am not tall enough to reach the top shelf.
b. I am too tall to reach the top shelf.
c. I cannot reach the top shelf because I am very tall.
d. In spite of being tall, I cannot reach the top shelf.
32. If only I had studied hard enough to pass the final exam.
a. I regret not studying hard enough to pass the final exam.
b. I had studied hard enough and I passed the final exam.
c. I studied too hard to pass the final exam.
d. I studied hard otherwise I would fail the final exam.
33. John speaks Chinese fluently because he used to live in China for ten years.
a. Suppose John has lived in China for ten years, he can speak Chinese fluently.
b. Provided that John lived in China for ten years, he could speak Chinese fluently.
c. Unless John had lived in China for ten years, he could not have spoken Chinese fluently.
73
d. John could not speak Chinese fluently if he had not lived in China for ten years.
34. Peter said if he were me he would stop smoking.
a. I wanted Peter to stop smoking and he promised to do.
b. Peter promised to stop smoking.
c. Peter said he would stop smoking as I wanted him to.
d. Peter advised me to stop smoking.
35. I will agree to these conditions provided that they increase my salary.
a. They did not increase my salary so I quit the job.
b. I will only agree these conditions if they give me more money.
c. They give me more money or I will only agree these conditions.
d. Unless they give me more money, I will only agree these conditions.
As Chinese society changes, higher education is undergoing major transformations. The
university model of the United States and other Western countries has a powerful influence.
New trends in Chinese higher education are attracting the attention of global educators. Since
the establishment of Western-oriented modern universities at the end of nineteenth century,
Chinese higher education has continued to evolve. Over the past two decades, however,
tremendous economic development in China has stimulated reforms in higher education that
have resulted in some remarkable changes.
The first modern institution, Peiyang University, was founded in Tianjin. The university
changed its name to Tianjin University in 1951 and became one of the leading universities in
China: Next, Jiaotong University was founded in Shanghai in 1896. In the 1950s, most of this
university was moved to Xi'an, an ancient capital city in northwest China, and became Xi'an
Jiaotong University; the part of the university remaining in Shanghai was renamed Shanghai
Jiaotong University.
Tianjin University celebrated its hundredth anniversary in 1995, followed by Xi'an Jiaotong
and Shanghai Jiaotong Universities in 1996. Other leading universities, such as Zhejiang
University (1897), Beijing University (1898), and Nanjing University (1902) also recently
celebrated their hundredth anniversaries, one after another. These celebrations marked the
beginning of a new chapter in Chinese higher education.
36. The text is about _______.
a. Chinese education system
b. some famous universities in China
c. the western influences on Chinese education
d. application for a university in China
37. Chinese higher education _______.
a. is not affected by any others
b. has not really well-developed
c. has developed since the end of nineteenth century
d. is not paid any attention by global educators
38. Chinese higher education _______.
a. has been stable since nineteenth century
b. has decreased over the past two decades
c. has not got any changes
d. has been affected by the country's economic development
39. Tianjin University was founded in _______.
a. 1895 b. 1896 c. 1950 d. 1951
40. Which university celebrated the hundredth anniversaries in 2002?
a. Nanjing University b. Shanghai Jiaotong University
c. Xi'an Jiaotong University d. Beijing University
Full in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Since China adopted its open-door (41) _____ approximately twenty-five years ago,
Chinese higher education has begun once again to draw closer to the (42) _____ Western
world. China's (43) _____ to send scholars and students to the United States at the end of the
1970s, after thirty years of hostility between the two countries, marked a dramatic turning (44)
_____ in the nation's educational history. Today, about 50,000 Chinese students, are studying
in the United States, accounting (45) _____ 10 percent of the total international students in the
74
country. More and (46) _____ Chinese students have gone to other countries to study.
According to statistics from the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO), China (47) _____ more students than any other country to study abroad. In the
other direction, many students from the United States and (48) _____ are going to China to
study language, culture, history, traditional Chinese medicine, science, engineering, and other
(49) ______. The increasing number of international students worldwide demonstrates a
relatively quick change in the (50) _____ of global education.
41. a. way b. law c. rule d. policy
42. a. progress b. advanced c. head d. reach
43. a. decide b. decisive c. decision d. decider
44. a. point b. spot c. top d. stain
45. a. for b. to c. up d. over
46. a. as b. more c. than d. much
47. a. regards b. mails c. posts d. sends
48. a. elsewhere b. wherever c. where d. whereas
49. a. matters b. things c. fields d. items
50. a. interfere b. integration c. exchange d. mixture
TEST 3
1. a. veterinary1 b. consequently1 c. application3 d. difficulty1
2. a. maximum1 b. decision2 c. requirement2 d. admission2
3. a. institution3 b. university3 c. preferential3 d. indicative2
4. a. available b. majority2 c. tutorial2 d. differently1
5. .a. graduation2 b. understanding2 c. international2 d. accommodation3
6. We will be sitting for our final examination in the last week _______ May.
a. in b. on c. for d. of
7. These are requirements _____ those who want to become a pharmacist.
a. of b. in c. about d. for
8. The A-level (short for Advanced Level) is a General Certificate of Education set of exams
_______ in the U.K.
a. taken b. spent c. met d. indicated
9. In all cases, applicants must meet the course requirements _______ by the admitting
institution.
a. written b. listed c. typed d. valued
10. Most universities _______ students who want to attend the university to pass three A-
Levels.
a. receive b. tell c. require d. ask
11. An _______ is a student at a university or college who is studying for his or her first degree.
a. undergraduate b. application c. insurance d. exam
12. Entry to university is competitive so some _______ with the minimum entrance qualifications
will find themselves without a place.
a. tutors b. professors c. teachers d. applicants
13. Students also have the opportunity to choose from a wide range of _______ courses in the
university.
a. compulsory b. optional c. required d. limited
14. Mr. Pike provided us with an _______ guide to the full-time and part-time programs on offer
to a range of candidates drawn from schools and colleges.
a. inform b. informative c. informed d. information
15. Not many places at the universities are left, so choice is on a severe _______.
a. limiting b. limitation c. delimitation d. limited
16. Higher education _______ have risen this year for the first time in more than a decade.
a. applies b. applications c. applicable d. applicants
17. If you get _______ A as a mark for a piece of work or in _______ exam, your work is
extremely good.
a. an / an b. the / Ø c. a / an d. Ø / a
75
18. It is _______ education that can make life of people in developing countries less miserable.
19. After leaving high school, a student can apply for a position either university _______ a
vocational college.
a. with b. and c. nor d. or
20. English or French, you can choose _______.
a. not b. either c. both d. so
21. If it last night, it _______ so hot today.
a. rained / is not b. was raining / were not
b. had rained / would not have been d. had rained / would not be
22. Without your recommendation, we _______ any success last year.
a. had not got b. did not get c. will not have got d. would not have got
23. ______ he gets here soon, we will have to start the meeting without him.
a. Suppose b. Provided c. Unless d. If
24. _______ as much money as Bill Gates of Microsoft, I would retire.
a. Did I have b. If did I have c. Unless I had d. If I had had
25. If I _______ it was a formal party, I wouldn't have gone wearing jeans and a jumper.
a. knew b. had known c. had been knowing d. could know
26. Tom's company will almost certainly fire him _______ he improves his attitude.
a. unless b. or c. otherwise d. if
27. If my client _______ me her fax number, I _______ to post a letter to her.
a. gave,/ will not have b. will give / do not have
c. had given / wouldn't have had d. had given / will not have had
28. _______ I had brought my laptop to the meeting yesterday.
a. If b. If only c. Even if d. As if
29. If I _______ the lottery last week, I _______ rich now.
a. had won / would be b. had won / would have been
c. won / would be d. won / would have been
30. Carrie said she will join the company if the starting salary _______ her expectations.
a. meets b. met c. has met d. had met
Choose the best alternative that can complete the sentence.
31. Studying abroad can be a meaningful and rewarding experience. It gives students the
chance to live overseas, integrate themselves into a totally foreign culture, _______.
a. meet other students, and travel
b. they meet other students, and to travel
c. so that they can meet other students, and travel
d. meet other students, but to travel
32. _______ that most students studying abroad have to encounter.
a. Suppose, with several certain difficulties
b. But, several certain difficulties
c. However, there are several certain difficulties
d. Moreover, there are several certain difficulties for them
33. Not being completely fluent in the language _______.
a. to make daily chores such as shopping and eating out pretty uncomfortable
b. makes daily chores to go shopping and eat out pretty uncomfortable
c. making daily chores like shopping and eating out pretty uncomfortable
d. makes daily chores like shopping and eating out pretty uncomfortable
34. Cross-cultural misunderstandings with classmates, professors and others _______.
a. are unavoidable for most students studying abroad
b. are easy for most students studying abroad not to avoid
c. are too unavoidable for most students to study abroad
d. are unavoidable enough for most students to study abroad
35. Moreover, they may be distracted from their studies _______.
a. in spite of feeling homesick and missing their relatives and friends
b. by feeling homesick and missing their relatives and friends
c. with the feeling of homesick and missing their relatives and friends
d. and they feel homesick and miss their relatives and friends
76
According to the Academic Ranking of World Universities, more than 30 of the highest-
ranked 45 institutions are in the United States, as measured by awards and research output.
Public universities, private universities, liberal arts colleges, and community colleges all have a
significant role in higher education in the United States. An even stronger pattern is shown by
the Webometrics Ranking of World Universities with 103 US universities in the World's Top 200
universities.
The 2006 American Community Survey conducted by the United States Census Bureau
found that 19.5 percent of the population had attended college but had no degree, 7.4 percent
held an associate's degree, 17.1 percent held a bachelor's degree, and 9.9 percent held a
graduate or professional degree.
Educational attainment in the United States is similar to that of other developed countries.
Colleges and universities in the U.S. vary in terms of goals: some may emphasize a vocational,
business, engineering, or technical curriculum while others may emphasize a liberal arts
curriculum. Many combine some or all of the above.
Students can apply to some colleges using the Common Application. There is no limit to the
number of colleges or universities to which a student may apply, though an application must be
submitted for each.'
Graduate study, conducted after obtaining an initial degree and sometimes after several
years of professional work, leads to a more advanced degree such as a master's degree. After
additional years of study and sometimes in conjunction with the completion of a master's
degree, students may earn a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.d.) or other doctoral degree.
Only 8.9 percent of US students ever receive postgraduate degrees, and most, after obtaining
their bachelor's degree, proceed directly into the workforce.
36. Not any other country has more highest-ranked universities and institutions than the US
does.
37. Higher education in the USA is the same as that in the China.
38. Each student can apply only one college or university.
39. Students can continue studying to get a more advanced degree after working for some
years.
40. After getting their bachelor's degree, most of US students continue their studies.
Here's some advice for trying to find the university that works for you.
1.You need to examine (41) _____ and your reasons for going to university before you start
your search. Why are you going? What are your abilities and strengths? What are your
weaknesses? What do you want out of life? Are you socially self-sufficient (42) _____ do
you need warm, familial (43) _____? Talk with your family, friends and high-school
counselors as you ask these questions. The people (44) _____ know you best can help you
the most with these important issues.
2.Very few high-school students have enough information or (45) _____ to choose a major.
You need to be well (46) _____ to determine your interest and aptitude. Many students (47)
_____ their minds two or three times before they settle on a major.
3.If you do not have to go to university right (48) _____ it is never too late. There is no such
thing as the perfect time to start university. Some students benefit from a year off to work,
study or travel, and these experiences (49) _____ them to be better, more engaged
students. Some students choose to apply to university and gain admission and then defer
their entrance, while others wait to apply until after they have had (50) _____ alternative
experience.
41. a. you b. your c. yours d. yourself
42. a. or b. but c. nor d. either
43. a. support b. bringing c. feeding d. growth
44. a. which b. whom c. who d. whose
77
45. a. expenditure b. experience c. experiment d. expert
46. a. prepare b. prepared c. preparation d. preparative
47. a. transform b. translate c. change d. convert
48. a. for b. up c. over d. away
49. a. allow b. make c. let d. advise
Unit 6; FUTURE JOBS

TEST 1
1. a. interview1 b. impression2 c. company1 d. formally1
2. a. stressful1 b. pressure1 c. prepare2 d. future1
3. a. employment2 b. remember2 c. concentrate1 d. position2
4. a. express2 b. effort1 c. office1 d. comment1
5. a. advice2 b. relate2 c. during1 d. forget2
6. I am so _______ that I cannot say anything, but keep silent.
a. nerve b. nervous c. nervously d. nervousness
7. _______ speaking, I do not really like my present job.
a. Honest b. Honesty c. Honestly d. Dishonest
8. A letter of _______ is sometimes really necessary for you in a job interview.
a. recommend b. recommended c. recommender d. recommendation
9. Her job was so _______ that she decided to quit it.
a. interesting b. satisfactory c. stressful d. wonderful
10. Some days of rest may help to _______ the pressure of work.
a. reduce b. lower c. chop d. crease
11. Can you please tell me some information that _______ to the job?
a. indicates b. expresses c. interests d. relates
12. Not all teenagers are well _______ for their future job when they are at high school.
a. interested b. satisfied c. concerned d. prepared
13. Qualifications and _______ are two most important factors that help you get a good job.
a. politeness b. experience c. attention d. impression
14. Before the interview, you have to send a letter of application and your résumé to the
company.
a. recommendation b. reference c. curriculum vitae d. photograph
15. I have just been called _______ a job interview. I am so nervous.
a. for b. in c. over d. with
16. What do I have to bring _______ me to the interview.
a. with b. upon c. in d. along
17. Knowing your skills and strengths is _______ important part of the job search process.
18. Students who need ______ extra money can find _______ part time job.
a. Ø / a b. an / the c. the / Ø d. a / the
19. My father works for a construction company in _______.
a. Winchester, which is a city in the U.K.
b. Winchester, that is a city in the U.K.
c. Winchester is a city in the U.K.
d. Winchester where is a city in the U.K.
20. Ms Young, to _______ many of her students are writing, is living happily and peacefully in
Canada.
a. who b. whom c. that d. whose
21. I saw a lot of new people at the party, _______ seemed familiar.
a. some of whom b. some of who c. whom d. some of that
22. My friend eventually decided to quit her job, _______ upset me a lot
a. that b. when c. which d. who
23. He is the man _______ car was stolen last week.
78
a. whom b. that c. which d. whose
24. They have just found the couple and their car _______ were swept away during the heavy
storm last week.
a. that b. which c. whose d. when
25. It was the worst winter _______ anyone could remember.
a. when b. which c. where d. why
26. I would like to know the reason _______ he decided to quit the job.
a. why b. which c. that d. when
27. _____ instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview.
a. John Robbins to that I spoke by telephone,
b. John Robbins, that I spoke to by telephone,
c. John Robbins I spoke to by telephone,
d. John Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,
28. He was always coming up with new ideas, were absolutely impracticable.
a. most of whom b. that c. most of which d. most of that
29. She always had wanted to go to places _______ she could speak her native tongue.
a. that b. in that c. which d. where
30. February is the month ____ many of my colleagues take skiing holidays.
a. when b. that c. in that d. which
31. Do you ever feel that life is not being fair to you because you cannot seem to get the job
wheres you want or that really suits you? (which / that)
32. Education and training are ans important steps in getting the kind of job that you would like
to have. (no article)
33. We all know that we have to work hardlys to earn a living ourselves and support the
family. (hard)
34. Anyone wheres works is regarded as a useful member of our society. (that/who)
35. We are working, that means thats we are contributing goods and services to our society.
(which)
These following tips may help you make a good impression on your job interviewer during
the interview:
Before entering enquire by saying, "May I come in sir/madam?".
If the door was closed before you entered, make sure you shut the door behind you softly.
Look at the interviewer and confidently say 'Good day sir/madam'.
If the interviewer wants to shake hands, then offer a firm grip first maintaining eye contact
and a smile.
Seek permission to sit down. If the interviewer is standing, wait for them to sit down first
before you take your seat.
An alert interviewee would diffuse the tense situation with light-hearted humor and
immediately set rapport with the interviewer.
The interviewer normally pays more attention if you display an enthusiasm in whatever you
say. This enthusiasm comes across in the energetic way you put forward your ideas.
You should maintain a cheerful disposition throughout the interview.
A little humor or wit thrown in the discussion occasionally enables the interviewer to look at
the pleasant side of your personality.
You must maintain eye contact with the interviewer. This shows your self-confidence and
honesty. Many interviewees while answering questions, tend to look away. This conveys
you are concealing your own anxiety, fear and lack of confidence. Maintaining an eye
contact is a difficult process. As the circumstances in an interview are different, the value of
eye contact is tremendous in making a personal impact.
Interviewers appreciate a natural person.rather than an actor. It is best for you to talk in
natural manner because then you appear genuine.
36. The writer attitude is _______.
a. optimistic b. pessimistic c. advisory d. informative
79
37. According to the writer, _______.
a. shaking hands is a must in a job interview
b. you should slam the door after entering the room
c. you needn't ask for a permission to enter the room
d. eye contact is necessary in a job interview
38. The writer advises that _______.
a. permission to sit down is unnecessary
b. you should not take your seat before the interview sits down
c. you should shake the interview's hand as firmly as possible
d. you should conceal your enthusiasm
39. Which is not advised in a job interview?
a. a lack of confident b. honesty
c. a sense of humor d. a cheerful disposition
40. During your job interview, you should communicate _______ with the interview.
a. naturally b. dramatically c. anxiously d. dishonestly
What do you do well? What do you enjoy doing? Your answers to these two questions will
help you identify your (41) _____. An employer will consider you seriously for a (42) when you
can show them that you know who you are, what you can offer and which you have studied.
Sometimes it is difficult to know what your weaknesses are. Clearly not everyone is equally
good (43) _____ everything. You may need to improve yourself and so (44) _____ courses in
that field could turn a weakness into strength.
You will need to (45) _____ some time on your self-assessment. Your honesty and the
desire for self-improvement will lead to (46) _____ in getting the right job. Explore the following
seven areas to start to get to know yourself: your aptitude, your skills, your personality, the level
of responsibility you feel comfortable with, your interests and your needs.
Ask (47) _____ if you have any special talents and if you need to consider your physical
health when choosing a job. Be as honest and realistic as you can, and ask for other people's
(48) _____ if necessary. Make a list of these things. It is usually a good idea to talk about your
aptitudes with teachers, family and friends;
If you are considering a career that (49) _____ a special talent, such as art, acrobatics,
mathematics or music, discuss your aptitudes with (50) _____ expert in that area and discover
how they fit the needs of the occupation.
41. a. strong b. strength c. strengthen d. strengthened
42. a. position b. location c. spot d. room
43. a. upon b. in c. at d. for
44. a. meeting b. taking c. choosing d. interviewing
45. a. use b. make c. lose d. spend
46. a. success b. successful c. successfully d. succeed
47. a. you b. your c. yours d. yourself
48. .a. interests b. fields c. opinions d. attendances
49. a. requires b. asks c. tells d. urges
TEST 2
1. a. worker b. whom c. interview d. answer
2. a. honest b. holiday c. home d. happiness
3. a. character b. teacher c. chemist d. technical
4. a. interview b. minute c. question d. suitable
5. a. explained b. disappointed c. prepared d. interviewed

6. It is of great importance to create a good impression _______ your interviewer.
a. on b. about c. for d. at
7. Good preparations _______ your job interview is a must.
a. with b. upon c. in d. for
80
8. Many children are under such a high _______ of learning that they do not feel happy at
school.
a. recommendation b. interview c. pressure d. concentration
9. She likes meeting people and travelling so she wants to apply for a _______ of a
receptionist or tourist guide.
a. location b. position c. site d. word
10. To my _______, I was not offered the job.
a. happiness b. dream c. joy d. disappointment
11. Being well-dress and punctual can help you create a good _______ on your interviewer.
a. impression b. pressure c. employment d. effectiveness
12. She often reads newspapers and look through the Situations _______ columns every day,
but up to now she has not found any job yet.
a. Article b. Space c. Vacant d. Spot
13. Many people will be out of _______ if the factory is closed.
a. work b. career c. profession d. job
14. His dream of becoming _______ doctor became true after seven years of learning hard.
15. _______ information you need is. in this book. Read it carefully.
16. Doctors have to assume _______ for human life.
a. responsible b. responsibly c. responsibility d. responsibles
17. _______ is increasing, which results from economic crisis.
a. Employment b. Unemployment c. Employ d. Unemployed
18. He was offered the job thanks to his _______ performance during his job interview.
a. impress b. impression c. impressive d. impressively
19. There was no one _______.
a. I could ask for help b. when I could ask for help
c. I could ask whom for help d. for that I could ask for help
20. The children were quite attracted by the tamer and his animals _______ were performing on
the stage.
a. that b. which c. whom d. who
21. Is there anything else _______ you want to ask?
a. what b. where c. whom d. that
22. I come from the Seattle area, _______ many successful companies such as Microsoft and
Boeing are located.
a. which b. that c. where d. whom
23. They have just visited the town _______ location was little known.
a. where b. whose c. which d. that
24. _______ one of the most creative artists in rock 'n roll, came from California.
a. Frank Zappa, who was b. Frank Zappa was
c. Frank Zappa, that was d. Frank Zappa whom was
25. He came to the party wearing only a pair of shorts and a T-shirt, _______ was a stupid thing
to do.
a. who b. whom c. which d. that
26. He lives in a small town _______.
a. where is called Taunton b. which is called Taunton
c. is called Taunton d. that called Taunton
27. The house _______ is more than 100 years old.
a. where I live b. in where I live c. in that I live d. where I live in
28. _______ want to get a god job have to have certain qualifications and experience.
a. Who b. Those which c. Those who d. Those whom
29. Wild fires are common in the forest areas of Australia, of the US and Canada, _______ the
climate is moist.
a. in where b. in that c. where d. which
30. King Henry, _______ was Elizabeth I, led England into the Age of Empire.
a. daughter b. whom daughter c. which daughter d. whose daughter
81
31. Those who are riding a motorbike are not allowed to take off their helmet.
a. Those who are wearing a helmet are not allowed to ride a motorbike.
b. It is the helmet that one needn't wear when he is riding a motorbike
c. You should not wear a helmet when you are riding a motorbike.
d. People must never take their helmet off while they are riding a motorbike.
32. John, whose cough is terrible, needs to see a doctor.
a. John's terrible cough prevents from seeing a doctor.
b. John needs to see a doctor because of his terrible cough.
c. John's doctor does not want to see him because he has a bad cough.
d. John's terrible cough forces him to see a doctor.
33. The last time when I saw her was three years ago.
a. I have often seen her for the last three years.
b. About three years ago, I used to meet her.
c. I have not seen her for three years.
d. I saw her three years ago and will never meet her again.
34. It is the earth's gravity that gives us our weight.
a. If there were not the earth's gravity, we would be weightless.
b. Due to the earth's gravity we cannot weigh anything.
c. We are overweight because of the earth's 'gravity.
d. The earth's gravity is given weight by people.
35. It was your assistance that enabled us to get achievement.
a. But for you assistance, we could not have, got achievement.
b. Your assistance discouraged us from get achievement.
c. If you assisted us, we could not get achievement.
d. Without your assistance, we could get achievement.
Preparation is a key to a successful interview. Does the idea of going to a job interview
make you feel a little nervous? Many people find that it is the hardest part of the employing
process. But it is not really true. The more you prepare and practice, the more comfortable you
will feel. You should find out as much as possible about the company before you go to the
interview. Understand the products that they produce and the services that they provide. It is
also good to know who the customers are and who the major competitors are. Practice makes
perfect. It will also make you feel more confident and relaxed. So, practice your answers to
common questions. Make a list of questions to ask, too. Almost all interviewers will ask if you
have questions. This is a great opportunity for you to show your keenness, enthusiasm, and
knowledge.
Make a great impression. The interview is your chance to show that you are the best person
for the job. Your application or resume has already exhibited that you are qualified. Now it is up
to you to show how your skills and experience match this position and this company. The
employer will be looking and listening to determine if you are a good fit. He/she will be looking
for a number of different qualities, in addition to the skills that you possess. To make the best
impression, dress appropriately; express your strengths; arrive early, by about 10-15 minutes;
be enthusiastic; shake hands firmly; be an active listener; sit up straight and maintain eye
contact; and ask questions
After the interview, follow up with a thank-you note. This is a chance for you to restate your
interest and how you can benefit the company. Your best bet is to try to time it so that the note
gets there before the hiring: decision is made. You should also follow up with a phone call if you
do not hear back from the employer within the specified time.
36. The pronoun it refers to ________.
a. the job b. the interview c. the interviewer d. the preparation
37. What does the writer advise you to practice?
a. Asking and answering questions related to the job.
b. Making products that the company produces.
c. Providing services that the company serves.
d. Meeting some customers and competitors.
38. Which should not be shown during your interview?
a. Punctuality b. A firm hand shaking
82
c. Being properly-dressed d. Weaknesses
39. You can show your qualifications in the
a. dressing style and punctuality b. competing with the competitors
c. resume and letter of application d. eye contact with the interview
40. Which is not included in the writer's advice?
a. You should not communicate with the interviewer after the interview.
b. You 'should make the best impression in the interview.
c. You should write a note to say thanks to the interviewer after the interview,
d. You should telephone the interviewer for any information after the interview.
The interview is one of the most important (41) _____ in the job search process. When an
employer invites you to an interview, he/she is indicating an (42) _____ in yourself. The
interview gives both of you the opportunity to (43) _____ enough information to determine if you
are a good "fit" for each other. Think of an interview as a highly focused professional
conversation. You should (44) _____ the limited amount of time you have learning about the
employer's needs and discuss the ways you can meet these needs. In many cases, you will
interview at least, twice before being employed for a (45) _____. Once in a brief screening
interview and at least once again in a (46) _____ serious meeting when you may also talk to
many of your potential coworkers.
A job interview is a strategic conversation with a purpose. Your goal is to show the
employer that you have the (47) _____, background, and ability to do the job and that you can
successfully fit into the organization. The interview is also your (48) _____ to gather information
about the job, the organization, and future career opportunities to figure out if the position and
work environment are (49) _____ for you. Most employers do not hire people based on
certificates or diplomas alone. Personality, (50) ______, enthusiasm, a positive outlook, and
excellent interpersonal and communication skills count heavily in the selection process.
41. a. parts b. roles c. fields d. facts
42. a. interest b. interesting c. interested d. interestingly
43. a. fill b. change c. exchange d. translate
44. a. make b. spend c. post d. apply
45. a. condition b. location c. satisfaction d. position
46. a. most b. mostly c. more d. more than
47. a. skills b. aspects c. appearances d. weaknesses
48. a. fates b. feasts c. lucks d. opportunities
49. a. fit b. right c. accurate d. exact
50. a. confide b. confidence c. confident d. confidently
TEST 3
1. a. technical b. advertise1 c. candidate1 d. consider2
2. a. experience2 b. certificate2 c. interviewer1 d. enthusiasm2
3. a. addition2 b. suitable1 c. shortcoming1 d. honestly1
4. a. qualification3 b. disappointedly2 c. responsibility3 d. recommendation3
5. a. answer1 b. question1 c. polite2 d. keenness1
6. His work involves helping students to find temporary _______ during their summer vacation.
a. decision b. employment c. choice d. selection
7. To prepare for your job interview, you should jot down your qualifications and experience as
well as some important information about yourself.
a. draw b. place c. put d. write
8. When being interviewed, you should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying or asking
you.
a. be related to b. be interested in
c. pay all attention to d. express interest to
9. Before _______ for a position, check whether you can fulfill all the requirements from the
employer.
a. deciding b. applying c. requiring d. demanding
83
10. If you are _______ for a particular job, someone asks you questions about yourself to find
out if you suitable for it.
a. paid b. chosen c. interviewed d. recommended
11. You should ask the interviewer some questions about the job to show your _______ and
keenness.
a. anger b. thrill c. amazement d. interest
12. You should show the interviewer that you are really keen _______ the job you have applied.
a. in b. for c. on d. over
13. They held a party to congratulate _______ their son's success to become an engineer.
a. with b. on c. for d. about
14. He was refused because he had no _______ experience related to _______ job he applied.
a. a / the b. an / Ø c. the / a d. Ø / the
15. Show your interviewer your sense of responsibility for work.
16. The interviewer gave his consent to John's _______ for work and promised to give him a
job.
a. keen b. keenly c. keener d. keenness
17. _______! I have heard of your success in the new project.
a. Congratulate b. Congratulating c. Congratulation d. Congratulations
18. It is _______ to fail a job interview, but try again.
a. disappoint b. disappointing c. disappointedly d. disappointment
19. Frank invited Janet, _______, to the party.
a. met in Japan b. meeting in Japan
c. whom he had met in Japan d. that he had met in Japan
20. The singer, _______ most recent recording has had much success, is signing autographs.
a. whose b. that c. who d. whom
21. He likes shopping between 1.00 and 3.00 pm, _______ most people are at home.
a. when b. where c. in which d. at that
22. He took me to an expensive restaurant where we enjoyed a good meal.
a. enjoyed a good meal b. to enjoy a good meal
c. and enjoying a good meal d. we enjoyed a good meal in .which
23. The fishermen and their boats _______ were off the coast three days ago have just been
reported to be missing.
a. which b. that c. who d. whom
24. The banker to _______ I gave my check was quite friendly.
a. who b. that c. whom d. which
25. Birds make nests in trees _______ they can hide their young in the leaves and branches.
a. which b. where c. that d. in that
26. He lent me _______ yesterday.
a. the book I need b. the book when I need
c. which book I need d. the book whose I need
27. _______ cheat on the exam have to leave the room.
a. Those b. Who c. Those whom d. Those who
28. _______ really a fish, has no brain, no bones, and no face.
a. A jelly fish is not b. A jelly fish, it is not
c. A jelly fish, which is not d. A jellyfish, that is not
29. We have a lot of things that we have to do today.
a. doing b. to do c. done d. do
30. The young man who lives next door is very kind to my family.
a. to live next door b. he lives next door
c. living next door d. lived next door
31. I / read / advertisement / your company / today's newspaper.
a. I would like to read the advertisement of your company on today's newspaper.
b. I have just read the advertisement of your company in today's newspaper.
c. I enjoy reading the advertisement from your company in today's newspaper.
d. I read the .advertisement which is of your company in today's newspaper-
84
32. I think / I / meet your requirements / I / write / apply for the position / English-speaking local
guide. .
a. I think I must meet your requirements so that I am writing to apply for the position of
English-speaking local guide.
b. Because I think I can meet your requirements so I am writing to apply for the position of
c. I think I can meet your requirements so I am writing to apply for the position of
d. As I think I can meet your requirements so I am writing to apply for the position of English-
speaking local guide.
33. My academic background / BA certificate in Tourism / I / two years’ experience / work as a
tour guide.
a. My academic background includes a BA certificate in Tourism and I have two years'
experience of working as a tour guide.
b. My academic background it is a BA certificate in Tourism as well as I have two years'
experience of working as a tour guide.
c. My academic background which has a BA certificate in Tourism. However, I have two
years' experience of working as a tour guide.
d. My academic background that is a BA certificate in Tourism. Moreover, I have two years'
experience of working as' a tour guide.
34. My strengths / work well with a variety of personalities / persistent and punctual.
a. My strengths is to work well with a variety of personalities, besides, I am persistent, and
punctual.
b. My strengths include being able to work well with a variety of personalities, in addition to, I
am very persistent and punctual.
c. My strengths include working well with a variety of personalities and I am very persistent,
and punctual.
d. My strengths include working well with a variety of personalities and being very
persistent and punctual.
35. My résumé / enclose / contact / me / every afternoon / look forward to / be interviewed.
a. My résumé enclosed and contact me every afternoon. I look forward to be interviewed.
b. My résumé is enclosed. You can contact me every afternoon. I am looking forward
to being interviewed.
c. My résumé which is enclosed, so please contact me every afternoon. I am looking forward
to being interviewed.
d. My résumé is enclosed. Please contact me every afternoon. Therefore, I am looking
forward to being interviewed.
The purpose of a résumé is to highlight your qualifications and get you an interview. Your
résumé, along with your letter of application, introduces you to an employer. It lets him/her know
who you are and what you can do.
A perfect résumé highlights the skills you possess that are relevant to the job. A résumé can
follow a variety of styles and formats, but most contain the same basic information:
1. Identifying Information: This section includes basic contact information, including your
name, mailing address, phone number, and email address.
2. Objective: This is really just a brief description of your immediate career goals. The key is to
keep it short and concise and to make it relevant to the job for which you are applying. If your
objective is vague, leave it out.
3. Education: This section details your past and current educational endeavors. List degrees,
diplomas, or certificates you have earned or are working on. Start with the most recent facts
and work your way back. Include the name of the school, degree, major, date of graduation,
and honors or academic accomplishments.
4. Work Experience: This is a summary of your work experience. List your most recent or
current job first and work your way back. Include your job title, the name and location of the
organization, and the dates you worked. Describe your job duties and accomplishments
briefly using strong action verbs. Military, intern, and volunteer experiences may be included
here or detailed in another section.
85
5. Volunteer Experience: If you have done a lot of volunteer work, list it in its own section.
Include where you volunteered and briefly describe what you did and when you did it.
6. Interests and Extracurricular Activities: This section can be used to highlight skills that were
not gained through work or education, but are relevant to the job for which you are applying.
These may include leadership or teamwork skills you picked up through professional clubs,
academic teams, or organized sports.
7. Skills: Use this to highlight special skills you possess that are directly related to the job for
which you are applying. This is a good place to detail your computer experience and list the
programs you are familiar with.
8. References: This is always the last section of your résumé, but references need not actually
be included in the resume itself.
36. According to the writer, a resume is much more important than a letter of application.
37. All resume have the same style and contents.
38. In a resume, your recent events must appear after the past ones.
39. Your volunteer experience and extracurricular should be jotted down in your resume.
40. All resume must include all references that you have.
After your letter of application and resume, the interview is your best opportunity to (41)
_____ the employer - regardless of your background and experience. To do this, use every
possible strategy to develop (42) _____ interviewing skills. The best way is to prepare a
selective presentation of your background, thoughtful answers to potential interview questions,
well-researched questions about the organization, and an effective strategy to introduce
yourself. You should also consider your career goals and what the available job offers (43)
_____ you can discuss both of these topics with employers. Interviewing is a skill that improves
and (44) _____ easier with practice.
It is to your advantage to carefully research the job and the organization. There are many
(45) _____ to do this. You can ask for printed materials from the employer, such as annual
reports and job descriptions. This is an entirely (46) _____ request, so do not hesitate to make
it. Use your library and career center resources. Ask colleagues, friends, and faculty about the
organization, and about any personal contacts at the organization they might have. Look at the
organization's home page. Knowing about the job will help you prepare a (47) _____ of your
qualifications so that you can show, point by point, why you are the best (48) _____.
Prepare a clear answer to each of the questions in the interview questions section. Practice
answering questions with a friend, or (49) _____ front of a mirror. Ask your friend to give you
constructive criticism on your speaking style, mannerisms, and gestures. As you practice, avoid
colloquialisms, such as "like" and "you know”. It is (50) _____ to prepare yourself for talking with
complete strangers.
41. a. impress b. press c. pressure d. regard
42. a. effect b. effective c. effectiveness d. effectively
43. a. that b. so as to c. so that d. because
44. a. comes b. lets c. makes d. becomes
45. a. ways b. practices c. drills d. forms
46. a. exact b. accurate c. proper d. correct
47. a. part b. list c. line d. sum
48. a. employer b. interviewer c. manager d. candidate
49. a. in b. on c. for d. at
50. a. thrilling b. exciting c. important d. unnecessary
Unit 7;ECONOMIC REFORMS

TEST 1
1. a. economic3 b. experience2 c. entertainment3 d. introduction3
86
2. a. achievement2b. communist1 c. constantly1 d. government1
3. a. heavy1 b. major1 c. program1 d. reform2
4. a. production2 b. consumer2 c. domestic2 d. business1
5. a. hospital1 b. inflation 2 c. policy1 d. constantly1
6. It is quite important _______ me to get on and think.
a. of b to c. on d. with
7. If you think you may be allergic to a food or drink, eliminate it _______ your diet.
a. for b. without c. from d. on
8. The new policies include cutting _______ subsidies and trade barriers.
a. agriculture b. agricultural c. agriculturalist d. agriculturally
9. The control of _______ has been carried out through measures rooted in monetarism.
a. inflate b. inflationist c. inflation d. inflator
10. It is often a good idea to start with small, easily _______ goals.
a. achieve b. achievement c. achievable d. achiever
11. Economic reforms began in the Soviet Union in June 1985 by the Soviet leader Mikhail
Gorbachev to _______ the Soviet economy.
a. repair b. reproduce c. restructure d. reply
12. After more than a decade of Doi Moi or economic _______, the Vietnamese Communist
government has achieved diplomatic and economic links with numerous foreign partners.
a. relation b. investment c. productivity d. renovation
13. For more than 20 years, the Vietnamese government has pursued the open-door _______
and continued to woo foreign investment.
a. policy b. way c. export d. guideline
14. After a decade of economic liberalization, Vietnam has seen a dramatic rise in living
_______ in urban areas.
a. surface b. standards c. levels d. backgrounds
15. _______ laws and regulations which impose restrictions on any rights should be revised to
comply with international law.
a. Domestic b. Program c. Encouraged d. Expanding
16. These new economic reforms have allowed for international _______ and development in
the country.
a. pay b. renovation c. investment d. opportunity
17. In 2001 _______ Vietnamese Communist Party approved a 10-year economic plan that
enhanced the role of the, private sector while reaffirming the primacy of the state.
18. It would also concomitantly attract foreign investment to Vietnam, not only from ____ U.S.,
but also from ____ Europe, Asia, and other regions.
a. Ø / the b. the / the c. Ø / an d. the / Ø
19. _______ some German and British management styles are similar, there are many
differences between them.
a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite the fact that d. Despite
20. I could not eat _______ I was very hungry.
a. even though b. in spite c. despite d. in spite the fact that
21. In spite _______, the baseball game was not cancelled.
a. the rain b. of the rain c. it was raining d. there was a rain
22. _______ he had enough money, he refused to buy a new car.
a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite d. Although
23. _______, he walked to the station.
a. Despite being tired b. Although to be tired
c. In spite being tired d. Despite tired
24. The children slept well, despite _______.
a. it was noise b. the noise c. of the noise d. noisy
25. She left him _______ she still loved him.
a. even if b. even though c. in spite of d. despite
26. _______ her lack of hard work, she was promoted.
87
a. In spite b. Even though c. In spite of d. Despite of
27. _______ they are brothers, they do not look like.
a. Although b. Even c. Despite d. In spite of
28. We are concerned with the problem of energy resources _______ we must also think of our
environment.
a. despite b. though c. as though d. but
29. _______ some Japanese women are successful in business, the majority of Japanese
companies are run by men.
a. But b. Even if c. If d. As though
30. The teams played on in spite of the rain.
a. even if b. if c. in case d. notwithstanding
Error Identification
31. The term economic reform refers to policies directings by the government to achieve
improvements in economic efficiency. (directed)
32. Economic reform usually refers to actions of the government to improve efficiency in
economys markets. (economic)
33. Economic reform has dominateds Australian economic policy from the early 1980s until
the end of the 20th century. (dominated)
34. The goal of Chinese economic reform was to generatings sufficient surplus value to finance
the modernization of the mainland Chinese economy. (generate)
35. Economic reforms started since 1986 in Vietnam have helped millions of people to be out
of poverty and bringings the poverty rate down.(bring)

Vietnam is a densely-populated, developing country that in the last 30 years has had to
recover from the ravages of war. Substantial progress was achieved from1986 to 1997 in
moving forward from an extremely low level of development and significantly reducing poverty.
Since 2001, Vietnamese authorities have reaffirmed their commitment to economic
liberalization and international integration. They have moved to implement the structural reforms
needed to modernize the economy and to produce more competitive, export-driven industries. .
Vietnam's membership in the ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA) and entry into force of the
US-Vietnam Bilateral Trade Agreement in December 2001.have led to even more rapid
changes in Vietnam's trade and economic regime. Vietnam's exports to the US doubled in 2002
and again in 2003.
Vietnam joined the WTO (World Trade Organization) in January 2007, following over a
decade long negotiation process. This should provide ail important boost to the economy and
should help to ensure the continuation of liberalizing reforms.
Vietnam is working to create jobs to meet the challenge of a labor force that is growing by
more than one million people every year. Vietnamese authorities have tightened monetary and
fiscal policies to stem high inflation. Hanoi is targeting an economic growth rate of 7.5-8%
during the next five years.
36. Vietnam's economy is _______.
a. decreasing b. facing crisis c. developing d. backward
37. According to the text, Vietnam _______.
a. used to be well-developed before 1986
b. Vietnam is still in extreme poverty
c. could recover from the consequences of the war soon
d. has been modernizing the economy
38. Vietnam _______.
a. does not export anything to the US
b. exported to the US in 2003 twice as much goods as in 2002
c. did not export goods to the US in 2002
d. did not export goods to the US in 2003
39. The word This refers to _______.
88
a. Vietnam's joining the WTO b. the WTO
c. the negotiating process d. the Vietnamese economy
40. The word stem has a close meaning to _______.
a. succeed b. stop c. originate d. invrease
Vietnam is considered a third world country, its people live (41) _____ poverty by the
millions. After the (42) _____, Vietnam's economy remained dominated by small-scale
production, low labor productivity, (43) _____, material and technological shortfalls, and
insufficient food and (44) _____ goods. The Doi Moi reforms that were instated in 1986 have
shed new light and added new features to the Vietnamese economy. (45) ____ Vietnamese
Communist Party plays a leading role in establishing the foundations and principles of
communism, mapping strategies for economic development, setting growth targets, and (46)
_____ reforms. Doi Moi combined government planning with free-market incentives and (47)
_____ the establishment of private businesses and foreign investment, including foreign-owned
enterprises. By the late 1990s, the success of the business and agricultural reforms ushered in
under Doi Moi was evident. (48) _____ than 30,000 private businesses had been created, and
the economy was growing at an annual (49) _____ of more than 7 percent. Farming systems
research and the international development projects are a source of new hope for the people of
Vietnam. If these recent projects are successful and Doi Moi continues on its current path the
Vietnamese people may (50) _____ a new standard of living. More reforms like Doi Moi need to
take place in order to create a more stable Vietnamese future.
41. a. for b. in c. on d. of
42. a. liberate b. liberation c. liberator d. liberal
43. a. application b. salary c. profession d. unemployment
44. a. consumer b. producer c. spender d. manufacturer
45. a. A b. An c. The d. Ø
46. a. launching b. flying c. sending d. raising
47. a. found b. promised c. required d. encouraged
48. a. Much b. More c. As d. As more
49. a. rate b. level c. standard d. step
50. a. come b. approach c. reach d. arrive
TEST 2
1. a. economy b. industry c. qualify d. priority
2. a. right b. private c. communist d. minority
3. a. measure b. subsidies c. domestic d. hospital
4. a. though b. encourage c. enough d. country
5. a. improve b. introduce c. move d. lose
6. Economic reforms are often carried _______ to promote the developing of a country.
a. out b. on c. for d. in
7. Being aware _____ the importance of economic reforms, the Vietnamese Communist Party
initiated an overall economic reform policy.
a. for b. at c. of d. in
8. For more than ten years, we have seen the significant _______ in the economy of our
country.
a. develop b. developments c. developers d. developed
9. Henry was a studious student. He needed no _______ to work hard.
a. encourage b. encouraging c. encouragement d. encouraged
10. During the time of economic reforms, the economy has grown _______ with only a few
major setbacks.
a. constant b. constantly c. constants d. constancy
11. The _______ effect of the new policy is that the farmer is now working for himself, and not
for the state sake.
a. legal b. common c. all d. overall
12. Considering peasants make up nearly 80% of Vietnam's population.
89
a. specialists b. economists c. professors d. farmers
13. The Doi Moi reforms have _______ new possibilities in farming systems research in
Vietnam.
a. risen b. opened c. renovated d. called
14. The introduction of appropriate farming practices to Vietnam farmers can help them achieve
a higher output.
a. productivity b. renovation c. guideline d. achievement
15. This development project could be of great help to the _______ Vietnamese population.
a. major b. living c. rural d. domestic
16. In the South, _______ development concentrated on rice cultivation, and nationally, rice and
rubber were the main items of export.
a. industrial b. agricultural c. mining d. textile
17. WTO accession also brings serious challenges, requiring Vietnam's economic sectors to
open ______ door to increased foreign competition.
18. The plan's highest priority was to develop _______ agriculture.
19. Our new neighbors are quite nice _______ they are sometimes talkative.
a. despite b. in spite of the fact c. though d. as though
20. _______ of the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
a. In spite b. Despite c. But d. Although
21. In spite of his hard work, he could not finish the job.
a. As hard as he work b. Despite he worked hard
c. Though he worked hard d. Although hard work
22. He went to work despite his headache.
a. nevertheless b. due to c. notwithstanding d. because of
23. Despite _______, we knew that he was guilty.
a. denied b. denying c. he denied d. his denial
24. Despite the fact that _______, we enjoyed our trip.
a. the weather is bad b. it is a bad weather
c. the bad weather d. the weather was bad
25. Julie failed the exam _______ of working very hard.
a. despite b. in spite c. even if d. though
26. Tom went to work despite _______.
a. that he did not feel very well b. of the fact not feeling well
c. he did not feel very well d. not feeling very well
27. Though _______, they are good friends.
a. their sometimes quarrel b. to have a quarrel sometimes
c. they sometimes have a quarrel d. of having a quarrel sometimes
28. Despite _______, we arrived on time.
a. the traffic b. of the traffic
c. there was heavy traffic d. of there was heavy traffic
29. John rarely sees Paul _______ they live in the same town.
a. notwithstanding b. despite c. in spite of d. although
30. It was very cold _______ she did not put on her coat.
a. in case b. but c. even if d. even though
31. Mary tried to keep calm although she was very disappointed.
a. Mary was too disappointed to keep calm.
b. Disappointed as she was, Mary tried to keep calm.
c. Mary lost her temper because of her disappointment.
d. Feeling disappointed, Mary tried to keep calm, but she failed.
32. Even though it was raining heavily, the explorers decided to continue their journey.
a. It rained so heavily that the explorers could not continue their journey.
b. The explorers put off their journey due to the heavy rain.
c. The heavy rain could not prevent the explorers from continuing their journey.
d. If it had rained heavily, the explorers would not have continued their journey.
90
33. Despite his ability to do the job, he was not offered the position.
a. It was his ability that helped him do the job and get the position.
b. Although he was able to do the job, but he was not offered the position.
c. He was not offered the position, regardless of his ability to, do the job.
d. If he had enough ability to do the job, he would be offered the position.
34. He had worked very hard but he (ailed.
a. Hard as he worked, he failed.
b. Thanks to his hard work, he failed.
c. He did not succeeded because of his being hard working.
d. Even though being hard working, he failed.
35. I did not answer the door even though I knew it was my friend.
a. unless I knew it was my friend, I would not answer the door.
b. I knew it was my friend, but I did not answer the door.
c. Only when I answered the door did I knew it was my friend.
d. I answered the door since I knew it was my friend.
Between 1945 and 1973, the economies of the industrialized nations of Western Europe,
Japan, and the U.S. grew fast enough to vastly improve living standards for their residents. A
similarly favorable growth was registered by some, but far from all, of the developing or
industrializing nations, in particular such thriving Southeast Asian economies as Taiwan, Hong
Kong, Singapore, and South Korea. After the devastation of World War II, a substantial
rebuilding boom, combined with lavish flows of aid from the U.S., generated rapid growth in
Western Europe and Japan. American multinational corporations invested heavily in the rest of
the world. Perhaps the most important of all, energy was plentiful and cheap.
Poor nations need aid from the rich nations in the form of capital and of technological and
organizational expertise. They also need easy access to the markets of the industrialized
nations for their manufactures and raw materials. However, the political capacity of rich nations
to respond to these needs depends greatly on their own success in coping with inflation and
unemployment. In democratic communities, it is exceedingly difficult to generate public support
for assistance to foreign countries when average wage earners are themselves under serious
financial pressure. It is no. easier politically to permit cheap foreign merchandise and materials
to freely enter American and European markets when they are viewed as the cause of
unemployment among domestic workers.
36. Japan carried out industrialization before World War II.
37. After World War II, the US invested a lot in many countries.
38. Vietnam got a lot of investment from the US from 1945 to 1973.
39. Joining the markets of the industrialized nations is the need of many poor countries.
40. In many democratic communities, average wage earners are never under serious financial,
pressure.
Vietnam's economy expanded this year (2007) at the fastest pace since 1996, led by
manufacturing and services, after the country (41) _____ the World Trade Organization.
Gross domestic product (GDP) increased 8.5 percent. Foreign direct (42) ____ jumped to
more than $20 billion this year, from $12 billion in 2006. The government is quite (43) _____ to
its economic reforms. Industry and construction account (44) _____ almost 42 percent of
Vietnam's GDP. Manufacturing grew 12.8 percent, construction increased 12 percent, and the
hotel and restaurant (45) _____ expanded 12.7 percent, according to today's release.
Going forward, Vietnam has a lot of (46) _____ for tourism, which expects Vietnam's
economy to expand 8.5 percent in 2008. Vietnam's January (47) _____ to the World Trade
Organization released it (48) _____, U.S. quotas on textile exports and detailed market access
to be given to overseas companies, helping economic (49) _____. The government is targeting
91
economic expansion of about 9 percent next year. Vietnam is an economy with much
development potential and (50) _____ attractive destination for international investors.
41. a. struggled b. organized c. held d. joined
42. a. invest b. investable c. investment d. investor
43. a. committed b. excited c. called d. encouraged
44. a. over b. for c. at d. in
45. a. role b. region c. sector d. section
46. a. potential b. private c. stagnancy d. exports
47. a. walk b. path c. way d. accession
48. a. in b. at c. for d. from
49. a. grow b. growth c. grew d. grown
TEST 3
1. a. develop2 b. overall1 c. commitment2 d. investment2
2. a. adopt 2 b. export1 c. guideline1d. money1
3. a. administrative2 b. intervention3 c. productivity3 d. opportunity3
4. a. ethnic1 b. enjoy2 c. legal1 d. measure1
5. a. economy2 b. experience c. relationship2 d. renovation3
6. There was a shortage _______ food and safe water after the flood.
a. on b. with c. for d. of
7. The new measures are aimed _____ increasing the productivity of crops.
a. at b. over c. upon d. beyond
8. The _______ challenge of economic, reform was to solve the problems of motivating
workers and farmers to produce a larger surplus.
a. initial b. initiate c. initiative d. initiation
9. Since 1990, India has had high growth rates, and has emerged as one of the wealthiest
_______ in the developing world.
a. economics b. economies c. economists d. economically
10. Those specialists are trying to find ways of making more _______ use of agricultural land.
a. produce b. production c. productive d. productivity
11. Industry in the area consisted mostly of food-processing plants and factories _______
consumer goods.
a. renovating b. initiating c. developing d. producing
12. The government gave top _______ to reforming the legal system.
a. priority b. primary c. preference d. major
13. A _______ is money that is paid by a government or other authority in order to help an
industry or business, or to pay for a public service.
a. capital b. subsidy c. investment d. salary
14. They still remain the need for an integrated system of subsidies which will _______ farmers
to look after their upland environment and producing food.
a. enable b. adopt c. consume d. expand
15. Development plans were to focus equally on agriculture and industry and investment was to
favor projects that developed both __ of the economy.
a. parties b. parts c. sections d. sectors
16. Despite the plan's emphasis on agricultural _______, the industrial sector received a larger
share of state investment.
a. shortage b. commitment c. development d. achievement
17. Vietnam's economy, which continues to expand at _______ annual rate in excess of 7
percent, is one of the fastest growing in _______ world.
a. an / the b. Ø / a c. a / Ø d. the / a
18. Economic policy encouraged _______ developing of the family economy.
19. _______ the increase in their salaries, many French employees spend Saturday at work.
a. Despite b. Even if c. Even though d. In spite
92
20. _____ he is the boss, he does not find solutions to problems very easily.
a. Although b. In spite of c. Notwithstanding d. Despite
21. Even if _______, they had to continue practicing.
a. the players' soreness b. the players were sore
c. the fact that the players were sore d. it was the players' soreness
22. Gannon was a high-performing midfield linkman in spite _______.
a. of he was at his age b. he was at his old age
c. of his age d. his age
23. Many Americans eat more food than they need, _______ they are harming their bodies and
minds by making unhealthful food choices.
a. but b. although c. though d. in spite of
24. I have not finished that report yet despite _______.
a. of working overtime last night b. to work overtime last night
c. working overtime last night d. I worked overtime last night
25. Although sales fell sharply last month, we are on target for the year.
a. Even though felling sharply in sales last month
b. In spite of there was a sharp fall in sales last month
c. Despite the sharp fall in sales last month
d. Even if falling sharply in sales last month.
26. Though he was appointed to a higher promotion _______.
a. and he decided to quit his job. b. but he still decided to quit his job
c. but he decided to quit his job d. he decided to quit his job
27. Despite the increase in their salaries, 60 per cent of Japanese workers still spend Saturday
at work.
a. In spite of their salaries are increased
b. Although they has got the increase in their salaries
c. As their salaries have been increased
d. Even though their increasing salary
28. _______, he still went on working.
a. Tired as he was b. Tired although he was
c. Even if his tiredness d. Despite he was tired
29. _______ what I said last night, I still love you.
a. In spite b. Despite c. Even though d. Even if
30. I didn't get the job _______.
a. even as my qualifications b. in spite of I had some qualifications
c. without my qualifications d. despite my qualifications
31. Vietnam / an average growth in GDP / 7.1% per year / 2000 to 2004.
a. Vietnam had an average growth in GDP of 7.1% per year from 2000 to 2004.
b. Vietnam, it had an average growth in GDP of 7.1%per year from 2000 to 2004.
c. Vietnam, the country had an average growth in GDPof7.1%per year from 2000to 2004.
d. .Although Vietnam had an average growth in GDP of7.1%per year from 2000 to 2004
32. The GDP growth / 8.4% / 2005 / the second largest growth in Asia, after only China.
a. The GDP growth was 8.4% in 2005, the second largest growth .in Asia, after only
China.
b. The GDP growth was 8.4% in 2005, that is the second largest growth in Asia, after only
China.
c. Because the GDP growth was 8.4% in 2005, the second largest growth in Asia, after only
China.
d. The GDP growth, which was 8.4% in 2005, the second largest growth in Asia, after only
China.
33. November 7, 2006 / Vietnam became WTO's 150th member / after several years of
preparation and negotiation.
a. On November 7, 2006, when Vietnam became WTO's 150th member for after several
years of preparation and negotiation.
b. It was on November 7, 2006, Vietnam became WTO's 150th member since after several
years of preparation and negotiation.
93
c. On November 7, 2006, Vietnam became WTO's 150th member, after several years of
d. When November 7, 2006, Vietnam became WTO's 150th member after several years of
34. Government figures / GDP growth / 8.17% / 2006.
a. Government figures of GDP growth up to 8.17% in 2006.
b. Government figt1'res of GDP growth raised 8.17% in 2006.
c. Government figures in GDP growth had 8.17% in 2006.
d. Government figures of GDP growth was 8.17% in 2006.
35. Vietnam's Minister of Planning and Investment / the government / target / a GDP growth of
around 8.5% / 2007.
a. To Vietnam's Minister of Planning and Investment states that the government targets a
GDP growth of around 8.5% in 2007.
b. As Vietnam's Minister of Planning and Investment, the' government targets a GDP growth
of around 8.5% during 2007. .
c. Vietnam's Minister of Planning and Investment said that the government, targets a GDP
growth of around 8.5% in 2007.
d. According to Vietnam's Minister of Planning and Investment, the government
targets a GDP growth of around 8.5% in 2007.
In 1986 Vietnam launched a political and economic innovation campaign (Doi Moi) that
introduced reforms intended to facilitate the transition from a centralized economy to a
"socialist-oriented market economy." Doi Moi combined government planning with free-market
incentives. The program abolished agricultural collectives, removed price controls on
agricultural goods, and enabled farmers to sell their goods in the marketplace. It encouraged
the establishment of private businesses and foreign investment, including foreign-owned
enterprises.
By the late 1990s, .the success of the business and agricultural reforms ushered in under
Doi Moi was evident. More than 30,000 private businesses had been created, and the economy
was growing at an annual rate of more than 7 percent. From the early 1990s to 2005, poverty
declined from about 50 percent to 29 percent of the population. However, progress varied
geographically, with most prosperity concentrated in urban areas, particularly in and around Ho
Chi Minh City. In general, rural areas also made progress, as rural housel olds living in poverty
declined from 66 percent of the total in 1993 to 36 percent in 2002. By contrast, concentrations
of poverty remained in certain rural areas, particularly the northwest, north-central coast, and
central highlands.
Government control of the economy and a nonconvertible currency have protected Vietnam
from what could have been a more severe impact resulting from the East Asian financial crisis
in 1997.
36. The Vietnamese Doi Moi campaign _______.
a. has not interfered with politics b. has focused on centralized economy.
c. is not in favour of socialism d. came into being in 1986
37. From the content of the text, the readers can learn that _______.
a. Vietnam used to have agricultural collectives
b. there used to be many foreign-owned enterprises before 1986 in Vietnam
c. before 1986, the Vietnamese government did not control prices on agricultural goods
d. The Vietnamese Doi Moi campaign has not allowed foreign-owned enterprises
38. Which rate has decreased?
a. Poverty b. Population c. Economy d. Business
39. The development in Vietnam _______.
a. has been equal in every part of the country
b. has focused only on agriculture
c. is more prosperous in big cities than that in the countryside
d. is more prosperous in the countryside than that in big cities
40. According to the last paragraph, _______.
a. the Vietnamese government did nothing to overcome the East Asian financial crisis in
1997.
94
b. The Vietnamese economy was not affected b~ the East Asian financial crisis in
1997.
c. the Vietnamese government found it difficult to control the financial crisis.
d. the Vietnamese government could not protect the economy from the East Asian financial
crisis in 1997.

Economic issues have occupied people's minds throughout the ages. Aristotle and Plato in
ancient Greece wrote about problems of wealth, property, and (41) _____ Both of them were
against commerce, feeling that to live by trade was undesirable. The Romans borrowed their
economic ideas from the Greeks and showed the same contempt for trade.
During the Middle Ages, the economic ideas of the Roman (42) _____ commerce as inferior
to agriculture. The development of modern nations during (43) _____ 16th century made many
people to pay (44) _____ to the problem of increasing the wealth and (45) _____ of individuals.
The economic policy of the leaders of that time was to (46) _____ national self-sufficiency. Gold
and silver were regarded as an index of national power. Several powerful countries, such as
England and Spain, were trying to expand their colonies and to (47) _____ the gold and silver
mines from there. Many countries were always ready to plunge into a new war for gold and
silver mines. It was necessary for a nation to keep wages low and the population large and
growing. A large, ill-paid population (48) _____ more goods to sell at low prices to foreigners. It
also followed that the earlier that children began to work, the better it was for their country's
prosperity. One writer had a plan for children of the poor: "(49) _____ the children are four years
old, they should be sent to the workhouse, taught to read two hours a day, and kept fully
employed the rest of the time in any of the manufactures of the house which best suits their
age, (50) _____ and capacity.
41. a. medicine b. philosophy c. education d. trade
42. a. regarded b. chose c. selected d. wondered
44. a. attention b. interest c. showing d. expression
45. a. power b. powerful c. powerfully d. powered
46. a. rise b. encourage c. recover d. pull
47. a. research b. create c. invent d. exploit
48. a. invest b. restructured c. inflated d. produced
49. a. While b. When c. Although d. Since
50. a. standard b. property c. health d. wealth
Unit 8; LIFE IN THE FUTURE

TEST 1
1. a. different b. terrorist1 c. contrary1 d. domestic2
2. a. future b. burden1 c. device2 d. certain1
3. a. development2 b. security2 c. pessimistic3 d. particular2
4. a. threaten1 b. appear2 c. modern1 d. instance1
5. a. experience2 b. technology2 c. environment2 d. optimistic3
6. Many teenagers show signs of anxiety and _______ when being asked about their future.
a. depress b. depression c. depressing d. depressed
7. Constant _______ of attack makes everyday life dangerous here.
a. threat b. threaten c. threatening d. threateningly
8. No one can predict the future exactly. Things may happen _______.
a. expected b. unexpected c. expectedly d. unexpectedly
9. Someone who is _______ is hopeful about the future or the success of something in
particular.
a. powerful b. optimistic c. stagnant d. pessimistic
10. There will be powerful network of computers which may come from a single computing
_______ that is worn on or in the body.
95
a. device b. machinery c. equipment d. vehicle
11. A _______ is a spacecraft that is designed to travel into space and back to earth several
times.
a. plane b. corporation c. telecommunication d. shuttle
12. An economic _______ is a time when there is very little economic activity, which causes a
lot of unemployment and poverty.
a. improvement b. depression c. development d. mission
13. In the future many large corporations will be wiped out and millions of jobs will be lost.
a. companies b. services c. supermarkets d. farms
14. The more powerful weapons are, the more terrible the _______ is.
a. creativity b. history c. terrorism d. technology
15. The medical community continues to make progress in the fight against cancer.
a. speed b. expectation c. improvement d. treatment
16. Let's put off that meeting to next Monday.
a. postpone b. schedule c. arrange d. appoint
17. A nuclear station may take risk going off due to unexpected incidents.
a. demolishing b. exploding c. developing d. running
18. She is looking _______ a new place to live because she does not want to depend _______
her parents any more.
a. for / on b. after / with c. up / forward d. at / into
19. I was brought _______ in the countryside by my aunt after my parents had pass _______.
a. on / over b. for / on c. on / off d. up / away
20. Due to industrialization, we have to cope _______ the fact that many species are _______
danger _______ extinction.
a. over / at / for b. at / upon / over c. for / on / with d. with / in / of
21. Boys! Put your toys ______. It is time to go to bed. Don't stay _____ late.
a. off / on b. away / up c. down / off d. around/ for
22. She intended to quit her job to stay _______ home and look _______ her sick mother.
a. in / at b. at / after c. for / over d. up / on
23. He is very worried _______ his new job because he is not quite prepared _______ working.
a. on / over b. to / off c. about / for d. in / at
24. Instead _____ petrol, cars will only run ____ solar energy and electricity.
a. of / on b. for / by c. in / over d. from/ upon
25. She has a promising future ahead _______ her.
a. for b. from c. on d. of
26. What are your plans for _______ future?
27. Up to now, _______ space exploring still remains _______ very risky, complex, and
expensive endeavor.
a. the / the b. a / the c. a / Ø d. Ø / a
28. Within _______ few years, _______ private space travel has gone from concept to reality.
a. Ø / an b. the / the c. the / a d. a / Ø
29. With its long days, lack of _______ atmosphere, and wide-open spaces, _______ moon
would also make an ideal place to put massive solar power plants.
a. Ø / a b. an / the c. the / a d. an / Ø
30. _______technology is already present in the form of computers, printers, scanners,
handheld devices, wireless technologies, and Internet connections.
31. Future is a time when most people assume that everything will keep
A B
getting better and future generations will enjoy life in a more better world.
C D (better / much better / far better)
32. Many optimist people have made predictions about the positive
A (optimistic) B C
impact of the increasing mechanization on human life.
D
96
33. Imagine an entirely wireless world where the Net is "always on, always
A B
there", we live in endless sea of data, and objects are alive with intelligent.
C D (intelligent)
34. Electricity is the most critical energy for the future of many countries and
cheap, plentiful electricity is associated fors high employment and
productivity. (with)
35. Our continuously economic growth, the maintenance of our quality of life and assurance of
our security all depend on as abundant, affordable
supply of electricity. (an)

In the future, genetic engineering will allow us to create the perfect human. It will be hard to
get used to. Parents will order a baby who 'will grow up to become his new job because he is
not quite prepared a genius or to have a Miss World appearance. Also, genetic engineering
will allow us to mix plants and animals.
As computers have advanced, they have helped us remember, calculate, organize, and
clarify. So it will become easier to deal with things, and much quicker. At a point in a future time,
some may claim that computers become about as smart as Newton or Einstein. More advanced
computers will be able to be creative, respond to feelings in a feeling way, develop intuition,
recognize patterns, and suggest innovative alternatives. There is a hope if we choose to take
action. We can select Internet information wisely, choose healthy computer games, limit our
exposure to television commercials, and select television programs carefully. People will be
aware of the importance of keeping active, getting outside to do more physical activities. We will
also plan to make a major sacrifice the next time we buy a car, take the bus. Everybody will be
more concerned about making environmentally friendly choices, eating healthy, and helping
build a healthier society by shopping at better stores that sell better food.
Most people will be aware that a happy, loving family is a joy to be part of, and that it is a
necessary foundation for building a strong society. But it is extremely important for our future
that we maintain a healthy perspective. We need to value and appreciate the importance of
what can be achieved by loving and committed parents. People need a strong foundation, so it
is vital for our society that we encourage parents to work at creating love, joy, and happiness for
their children in a .decent, stable, and productive atmosphere.
36. How many aspects of life in the future are referred in the text?
a. One b. Two c. Three d. Four
37. Which aspect is not referred in the text?
a. Education b. Genetic Engineering
c. Computers d. Family
38. The phrase to have a Miss World appearance means that _______.
a. to become a Miss World b. to enter a beauty contest
c. to be intelligent d. to be beautiful
39. According to the text, in the future, _______.
a. it will be difficult for us to select Internet information
b. people will prefer taking a bus to buying a car
c. food will not be sold at shops
d. TV viewers will not be able to escape from seeing a lot of advertising.
40. The last paragraph is about _______.
a. family and parents' responsibility in the future
b. children's education
c. children's health
d. how to build a strong society
Over the next 20 to 50 years, it will become harder to tell the (41) _____ between the
human and the machine. All, body (42) _____ will be replaceable. Computers will function like
97
the human (43) _____ with the ability to recognize feelings and respond in a feeling way. They
will then produce fake people. We will then be able to create a machine duplicate of ourselves
(44) _____ we will appear to be alive long after we are dead. Maybe a few decades later, a way
will be found to transfer our spirit, including our (45) _____ and thoughts, to the new body. Then
we can choose to live for as (46) _____ as we want. It might be expensive. When it becomes
possible to do a spirit transfer, they will figure out (47) _____ to do them automatically. So we
will be able to reside within whichever duplicate we want, whenever we want.
Miniature robots will be built to travel through your blood (48) _____ and repair damage.
Also, larger robots will be used when you are sick. When you have an upset stomach, you will
(49) _____ a very small cherry tasting robot which will travel through your stomach taking video
of the mess. It will be set up like a video game, so you can control the exploring and the
selection of images. Then you can replay the video to help a doctor (50) _____ your illness, or
to prove to your employer that you really, were sick.
41. a. variety b. change c. difference d. appearance
42. a. region b. place c. role d. parts
43. a. brain b. limb c. skull d. liver
44. a. such b. as c. so d. but
45. a. experience b. memories c. actions d. health
46. a. long b. far c. much d. soon
47. a. what b. when c. why d. how
48. a. line b. creek c. stream d. river
49. a. swallow b. chew c. vomit d. drink
50. a. notice b. diagnose c. watch d. observe
TEST 2
1. a. future b. mature c. pasture d. nature
2. a. chore b. technology c. much d. exchange
3. a. threaten b. earth c. healthy d. breathe
4. a. wipe b. allow c. powerful d. answer
5. a. service b. practice c. office d. device

6. In the future, the number of tiny but _______ computers you encounter every day will
number in the thousands, perhaps millions.
a. power b. powerful c. powerfully d. powered
7. Advances in computing _______, from processing speed to network capacity and the
internet, have revolutionized the way scientists work.
a. technology b. technological c. technologically d. technologist
8. What will the relationship between computing and _______ bring us over the next 15 years?
a. science b. scientific c. scientifically d. scientist
9. Someone who is _______ thinks that bad things are going to happen.
a. optimistic b. pessimistic c. threatened d. hopeful
10. Domestic chores will no longer be a burden thanks to the inventions of laborsaving devices.
a. Official b. Household c. Schooling d. Foreign
11. _______ is the technology of sending signals and messages over long distances using
electronic equipment, for example by radio and telephone.
a. Telecommunication b. Telegraph
c. Multifunction d. Information technology
12. Peter was asked to _______ to a newspaper article making predictions for technological
progress in 10 years.
a. expect b. invent c. develop d. contribute
13. Strict ___ measures are in force in the capital to protect it from terrorism.
a. scientific b. normal c. transportation d. security
14. The ______ of the future will no longer be remedial. It will be preventive.
a. communication b. education c. medicine d. technology
15. Doctors and pharmacists have to assume _______ for human life.
98
a. responsibility b. achievement c. optimism d. aspect
16. If you have ever watched television, you have seen plenty ___ drug ads.
a. with b. of c. for d. about
17. The space shuttle crashed and went _______ in flames.
a. of b. for c. over d. off
18. Elevators in tall building make the top floors accessible _____ everybody
a. to b. with c. about d. at
19. While I am waiting _______ my bus, I often listen _______ music.
a. on / at b. for / to c. toward / about d. upon / in
20. Those spacecrafts are used ______ taking photographs _______ space.
a. about / through b. for fin c. of / at d. in / off
21. Will you take care _______ my little dog when I am _______ business?
a. through / away b. about / at c. for / over d. of / on
22. According _______ Bill, there's something wrong _______ my computer.
a. after / for b. on / about c. to / with d. upon / at
23. He depends _______ his sister _______ assistance.
a. to / from b. from / in c. on / for d. at / with
24. By 2015, it will be widely accepted that schools and pre-schools have _______ extremely
important role to play in future of our world.
a. an / a b. an / the c. the / the d. Ø / Ø
25. On _______ Internet and with cable television w e can select information from _______ wide
variety of sources.
a. the / a b. an / the c. the / Ø d. Ø / the
26. There is one _______ thing we can be sure: _______ energy will be more challenging and
more important in the future.
a. the / Ø b. the / an c. a / the d. Ø / Ø
27. _______ Europe and Asia are coming to rely more and more on ______ nuclear generation.
a. An / a b. Ø / Ø c. The / the d. The / a
28. He usually travels to _______ Philadelphia by _______ train.
a. Ø / Ø b. the / a c. the / the d. Ø / a
29. You frequently see this kind of violence on _______ television.
30. How do we know what _______ universe is supposed to look like?
31. I will take up golf this year.
a. I will begin to play golf this year.
b. I will stop playing golf this year.
c. I will build a golf court this year.
d. I will enter a golf competition this year.
32. Housewives do not have to spend a lot of time doing housework any more.
a. Housework will never be done by housewives any more.
b. Housewives have to spend more and more time to do housework.
c. Never have housewives spent as much time doing housework as they do now.
d. No longer do housewives have to spend a lot of time doing housework.
33. Go over the report before you submit it.
a. Before you submit the report, you should be finished writing it.
b. Type the report quickly and then submit it.
c. Read the report carefully before you submit it.
d. Before you write the report you have to find enough information.
34. We always stand by you when you are in need.
a. Whenever you are in need, we stand next to you.
b. We cannot do anything for you though you are in need.
c. We always continue to support and help you when you are in need.
d. We can never stand your necessity.
35. The sign says, "Keep off the grass."
a. The sign says, "Have someone cut the grass immediately."
99
b. The sign says, "Don't walk on the grass."
c. The sign says, "Grass should not be grown here."
d. The sign says, "Water the grass, please."
What happens if, or when, robots are more intelligent than us? If we are going to start to
see robots running around with personalities equivalent to human beings, in fifteen or twenty
years. It is about time that we start thinking about that now. These machines are being
developed. What will be the ultimate effect of this? Should they be allowed to make decisions
regarding the application of labour force? What form and how intimate should human-robot
relationships become? Is it a good or bad thing if robots become our natural successors and we
fade into extinction?
Today's computers operate using transistors, wires and electricity. Future computers might
use atoms, fibers and light. A new NASA-developed computing device allows machines to work
much like the brain. This technology may allow fast-thinking machines to make decisions based
on what they see. A planetary rover might use this technology to avoid obstacles. A spacecraft
might use the technology to avoid hazards and identify a pre-selected landing site with very high
precision. The device works much like the brain, whose power comes from the complex
networks of interconnections called "synapses" between brain cells. Networks of these brain
cells, called neurons, allow humans to make instant decisions based on an observed image or
scene.
What might the world be like, if computers with the size of molecules become a reality?
There will be the types of computers that may be everywhere, but never be seen. Bio -
computers with very small size will target specific areas inside your body. Imagine the ways that
billions of tiny, powerful computers will change our society.
36. In the future, robots will take place of the human labor force. .
37. Human beings will be in danger of extinction due to robots' destruction.
38. So far, the scientists from NASA have developed machines, which work in the same way as
the brain.
39. A new NASA-developed computing device can help a spacecraft avoid hazards and identify
a pre-selected landing site with very high precision.
40. New computers in the future will have such a small size that they cannot be seen.
Robots are already a part of our lives. Industrial robots widely used in manufacturing.
Military and police organizations use robots to (41) _____ in dangerous situations. Robots can
(42) _____ be found from vacuuming the floors in your home to exploring the surface of Mars.
Within a few more years a whole host of robotic adaptations will be running many aspects'
of our lives. "I think in (43) _____ next thirty years, we are going to see a transformation
between the industrial sorts of robots to personal robots," says Brooks from Brooks' company,
IRobot, markets floor cleaning robots for homes.
"The advances in robotics make it clear that many household (44) ____ will be easily
handled by a robot in the near future," says Bob Christopher, who works for a robotic
technology company that is marketing a toy robot (45) _____ Pleo. "We have only one child but
I could easily (46) _____ five or six robots in the home as well."
Within the next 10 years one will be able to (47) _____, to lease or purchase a domestic
robot that not only does the household cleaning and prepare and serve his meals, (48) _____
also can carry him to the bathtub if he cannot walk.
Demographic changes, such as a rapidly aging population and a shrinking workforce, will
drive forward the application of new (49) ___. There is going to be a real pull for increasing the
productivity of working age people. So there is going to be a real push for robotics to help
people. (50) _____ addition it is likely that in the near future we will see robots- taking on some
of the care functions elderly, or long-term ill people.
100
41. a. assist b. increase c. make d. create
42. a. so b. either c. too d. also
44. a. aspects b. chores c. works d. jobs
45. a. which called b. called c. calling d. that called
46. a. hope b. think c. imagine d. look
47. a. afford b. attain c. offer d. affect
48. a. either b. as c. and d. but
49. a. technology b. technological c. technique d. technician
50. a. At b. In c. For d. With
TEST 3
1. a. powerful1 b. medicala c. dangerous1 d. computer2
2. a. influence1 b. confident1 c. disappear2 d. terrorism1
3. a. corporation2 b. electronic2 c. responsibility3 d. electricity2
4. a. ahead2 b. system1 c. paper1 d. shuttle1
5. a. history1 b. depression2 c. invention2 d. completely2
6. There is a wide _______ of computers in that shop for you to choose.
a. vary b. various c. variety d. variously
7. There are several places where residents face the threat of _______ every day.
a. terrorist b. terrorism c. terrorize d. terror
8. Many people think that in some more years we will see the complete _______ of
newspapers and magazines due to the Internet.
a. disappear b. disappearance c. appear d. appearing
9. A specific area of biotechnology that shows great promise for treatment and cure of life-
_______ diseases.
a. developing b. threatening c. hoping d. fitting
10. Telecommunication is bound to have a huge influence on various aspects of our lives.
a. depression b. technique c. expect d. impact
11. We sometimes go away from the city to the countryside for a ______ of fresh air.
a. feeling b. sip c. swallow d. breath
12. The idea of building a _______ with human intelligence is not only ambitious but also highly
unconventional.
a. robot b. corporation c. line d. road
13. Washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and dish washers are labor _______ devices which
help us do housework easily and quickly.
a. improving b. making c. saving d. employing
14. Those companies were closed due to some seriously financial problems.
a. taken off b. put away c. wiped out d. gone over
15. The computer allows us to work fast and _______.
a. efficiently b. differently c. variously d. freshly
16. They arrived _______ that train station late because their taxi had broken _______.
a. at / down b. for / off c. on / over d. on / up
17. Those workers are in difficulty because wage increases cannot keep up _______ inflation.
a. with b. for c. over d. on
18. They argued _______ us _______ the problem last night, but we could not find _______ the
solution.
a. with / about / out b. on / for / off c. upon / with / in d. to / on I up
19. Williams is working _______ an export company. He intends to apply _______ another job
because he is not satisfied _______ the salary.
a. in / on / at b. for / for / with c. at / out / into d. from/ on/ for
20. Is Miss Wilson very fond _______ French food? - No, she is not used _______ having
French food.
a. over / with b. of / to c. off / for d. in / about
101
21. Look _______! The tree is going to fall.
a. over b. off c. in d. out
22. I think we maybe run _______ natural resources some day.
a. in to b. up to c. out of d. away from
23. _______ whom do these English books belong?
a. From b. To c. For d. With
24. Thanks _______ the inventions _______ labor-saving devices, women have more free time
to take part _______ social work.
a. through / over / for b. on / from / with
c. forward / for / from d. to / of / in
25. It is predicted that _______ computing technology will increase in value at _______ same
time it will decrease in cost.
a. Ø / the b. a / the c. the / a d. a / Ø
26. _____ computers will continue to get smaller, faster and more affordable.
27. ____ aspirin is recommended to many people as _____ good pain killer.
a. An / the b. The / Ø c. Ø / a d. A / the
28. Many people believe that _______ human beings will never used up all _______ natural
resources on earth.
a. Ø / the b. the / a c. the / Ø d. a / the
29. Like other forms of _______ energy, natural gas may be used to heat homes, cook food,
and even run _______ automobiles.
a. Ø / the b. an / the c. the / an d. Ø / Ø
30. I told Mom we would be _______ home in _______ hour or so.
a. the / Ø b. a / the c. Ø / an d. the / a
31. Just imagine / human life / be like / 20 years.
a. Just imagine how human life will be like for 20 years.
b. Just imagine human life will be like in 20 years.
c. Just imagine what human life will be like in 20 years.
d. Just imagine that human life will be like since 20 years.
32. I hope / we / able / solve the problems / over population and pollution.
a. I hope whether we are able to solve the problems, those are over population and
pollution.
b. I hope if we will be able to solve the problems, which are over population and pollution.
c. I hope that we will be able to solve the problems of over population and pollution.
d. I hope when we will be able to solve the problem for over population and pollution.
33. Cancers and AIDS / untreatable / now / be cured successfully.
a. Cancers and AIDS, which are untreatable now, will be cured successfully.
b. Cancers and AIDS, they are untreatable now, will be cured successfully.
c. Cancers and AIDS, that are untreatable now, will be cured successfully.
d. Cancers and AIDS, which are untreatable now, they will be cured successfully
34. All schools / on earth / equipped / computers and the Internet.
a. All schools on earth will be equipped with computers and the Internet.
b. All schools on earth to be equipped with computers and the Internet.
c. All schools on earth will be equipped by computers and the Internet.
d. All schools on earth to be equipped by computers and the Internet.
35. no places / people / suffer / the lack of food and accommodation.
a. In no places, where people have to suffer the lack of food and accommodation.
b. There will be no places where people have to suffer the lack of food and
accommodation.
c. As there are no places, people will suffer the lack of food and accommodation.
d. They are no places that people will have to suffer the lack of food and accommodation.
In the future, maybe all cars that run on petrol will be replaced by solar cars, which have
been around for a while, but with recent developments in solar car design and the measurement
102
of photovoltaic cells becoming smaller, the dream of a truly efficient solar car is more reality
than fantasy. A solar car is a vehicle powered by photovoltaic cells, also called solar cells, which
convert sunlight (light energy) into electrical energy. As a source of energy on earth, there is
nothing like the sun: in a mere one thousandth of one second (.001), the sun emits enough
energy to fulfill our planet's energy needs for the next 5,000 years. It is a staggering fact, and an
exciting one. Since the energy from the sun is responsible for renewable resources such as
wind, tides, and heat, solar energy seems to offer the brightest future for not only cars, but for
the entire energy crisis. Despite the appearance that solar energy may be the least feasible
among the current crop of alternative fuel propositions, new solar powered devices and more
specifically solar powered cars are beginning to be developed. How do Solar. Cars work?
The photo-voltaic cells absorb photons from sunlight. This action generates heat, which the
cells then convert into electrical energy and stores in an on-board battery. This process of
conversion is called the photovoltaic effect. Not surprisingly, such a vehicle has zero emissions,
and is very environmentally friendly. Unfortunately, at the moment photovoltaic cells are
extremely inefficient, yet as time progresses the efficiency of these cells will grow. This will
make solar energy and solar cars the fuel and car of the future-a closer reality.
36. According to the text, _______.
a. up to now, we have designed some solar cars
b. solar cars have been very .popular for many years
c. we have not produced any solar cars yet
d. solar cars are not as much appreciated as other kinds of car
37. A solar car is supplied power from _______.
a. gas b. petrol c. photovoltaic cells d. electricity
38. Which can not help us to solve the problem of energy crisis?
a. wind b. tide c. the sun d. heat from the moon
39. According to the text, _______
a. no powered solar devices have been developed so far
b. besides solar car, we have also developed solar powered device
c. solar energy plans are more feasible than wind energy plans
d. tide can supply more energy than the sun
40. The photovoltaic effect is _______.
a. the process of operating a solar car
b. the process of absorbing photons from the sun
c. the developing of solar cars and solar powered devices
d. the converting of heat from the sun into electricity
Market trends suggest that the demand for energy resources will (41) _____ dramatically
over the next 25 years:
 Global demand for all energy sources is (42) _____ to grow by 57% over the next 25
years.
 U.S. demand for all types of energy is expected (43) _____ by 31% within 25 years.
 By 2030, 56% of the world's energy use will be in Asia.
 Electricity demand in the U.S. will grow by at (44) ____ 40% by 2032.
 New power generation equal (45) _____ nearly 300 power plants will be needed to (46)
_____ electricity demand by 2030.
 Currently, 50% of U.S. electrical generation relies on coal, (47) _____ fossil fuel; while
85% of U.S. greenhouse gas (48) _____ result from energy-consuming activities
supported by fossil fuels.
If energy prices also go (49) _____ dramatically due to increased demand and constrained
supply, business impacts may include: Reduced profits due to high operating costs, Decline of
sales of energy-using products, and Loss of (50) _____ in energy intensive businesses.
41. a. raise b. rise c. wipe d. soar
42. a. encouraged b. depended c. forecast d. broadcast
43. a. increase b. to increase c. increased d. increasing
44. a. last b. late c. less d. least
45. a. to b. at c. for d. of
103
46. a. see b. notice c. look d. meet
48. a. inventions b. developments c. emissions d. evolutions
49. a. over b. off c. ahead d. up
50. a. compete b. competitive c. competitiveness d. competitively
Unit 9; DESERTS
TEST 1
1. a. grasses b. stretches c. comprises d. potatoes
2. a. lie b. wide c. circle d. comprise
3. a. compound b. route c. house d. south
4. a. dune b. hummock c. shrub d. buffalo
5. a. west b. between c. growth d. which

6. ________ Sahara of ________ Africa is the world's largest desert.
a. Ø / the b. The / Ø c. A / an d. The / an
7. Deserts can be defined as areas that receive ________ average annual precipitation of less
than 250 mm.
8. The Sahara contains complex linear dunes that are ________ by almost 6 kilometers.
a. developed b. separated c. lay d. located
9. A _______ is a landscape or region that receives very little precipitation.
a. dune b. desert c. sandy area d. shrub land
10. Deserts are often composed of ________ and rocky surfaces.
a. water b. trees c. oil d. sand
11. Three great stretches of sandy deserts almost circle the center of Australia.
a. dunes b. valleys c. lands d. areas
12. Deserts are also classified by their ________ location and dominant weather pattern.
a. geographical b. aerial c. sandy d. facial
13. Thanks to pictures taken by satellites, deserts have not ________ a mystery in our time.
a. hidden b. intended c. remained d. attained
14. Deserts take ________ one-third of the Earth's land surface.
a. up b. on c. over d. after
15. The Simpson Desert was named _______ Mr. Simpson, President of the South Australian
Branch of the Royal Geographical Society of Australia.
a. with b. at c. after d. for
16. In 1953, Peveril Meigs divided desert regions ________ Earth ________ categories
according to the amount of precipitation they received.
a. through / in b. from / with c. on / into d. in / for
17. More and more ________ are very excited at discovering as many interesting things in the
deserts as possible.
a. explores b. explorations c. explorers d. exploratory
18. Can you make a ________ estimate of how much our expedition in the desert may be?
a. rough b. roughly c. roughing d. roughen
19. After Peter had returned from the Sahara desert, he was confined to bed by a ________
disease.
a. mystery b. mysterious c. mysteriously d. mysteriousness
20. I want to work as an interpreter in the future, ________, I am studying Russian at university.
a. but b. so c. however d. therefore
21. I am going shopping for food this evening ________ I do not have to go at the weekend.
a. so b. but c. however d. moreover
22. When she got the news from her family, she could not do anything, ________ cry.
104
a. but b. and c. so d. however
23. Mrs. Lindon has ________ that she is unable to get a job.
a. but not enough education b. so little education
c. however little education d. such little education
24. That small car, ________, is advertised in many current magazines.
a. so inexpensive and comfortable
b. however inexpensive and comfortable
c. inexpensive but comfortable
d. and inexpensive but comfortable
25. We live in the same building ________ we have hardly seen each other
a. and b. therefore c. but d. so
26. I went to buy a Rolling Stones CD ________ the shop didn't have it.
a. and b. but c. therefore d. so
27. Anna needed some money, ________, she took a part-time job.
a. furthermore b. moreover c. however d. therefore
28. Julie has a guitar ________ she plays it really well.
a. and b. so c. but d. therefore
29. My fingers were injured ________ my sister had to write the note for me.
a. and b. however c. so d. but
30. The concert was cancelled ________ we went to a nightclub instead.
a. so b. however c. so on d. but
31. Desert is a large area of land that has very little water however very few
A B C
plants growing on it. (and)
D
32. Rain falls occasionally in deserts so desert storms are often violent.
A B (but) C D
33. The Nile River, the Colorado River, but the Yellow River flow through
A (and) B
deserts to deliver their sediments to the sea.
C D
34. Deserts may have underground springs, rivers, or reservoirs they lie
A B
close to the surface, or deep underground. (that / which)
C D
35. Most plants in deserts have adapted to sporadic rainfalls in a desert.
A B C
environments. (environment)
D
A desert is a hostile, potentially deadly environment for unprepared humans. In hot deserts,
high temperatures cause rapid loss of water due to sweating, and the absence of water sources
with which to replenish it can result in dehydration and death within a few days. In addition,
unprotected humans are also at risk from heatstroke.
Humans may also have to adapt to sandstorms in some deserts, not just in their adverse
effects on respiratory systems and eyes, but also in their potentially harmful effects on
equipment such as filters, vehicles and communication equipment. Sandstorms can last for
hours, sometimes even days.
Despite this, some cultures have made hot deserts 'their home for thousands of years,
including the Bedouin, Tuareg tribe, and Pueblo people. Modern technology, including
advanced irrigation systems, desalinization and air conditioning, has made deserts much more
hospitable, In the United States and Israel for example, desert farming has found extensive use.
In cold deserts, hypothermia and frostbite are the chief hazards, as well as dehydration in
the absence of a source of heat to melt ice for drinking. Falling through pack-ice or surface ice
layers into freezing water is a particular danger requiring emergency action to prevent rapid
hypothermia. Starvation is also a hazard; in low temperatures the body requires much more
105
food energy to maintain body heat and to move. As with hot deserts, some people such as the
Inuit have adapted to the harsh conditions of cold deserts.
36. The text is about ________.
a. troubles that human beings have to face in a desert
b. desert storms and desert inhabitants
c. hot deserts and cold deserts in the United States
d. desert hospitality and environment
37. Which is not a problem for an unprepared man in a hot desert?
a. sandstorm b. loss of water c. irrigation d. heatstroke
38. Sandstorms ________.
a. do no harm to machinery
b. have effects only on the eyes
c. never lasts more than one hour
d. have bad effects on both human beings and machinery
39. Which sentence is true?
a. No one can survive in both hot and cold deserts.
b. Modern technology makes deserts more hospitable.
c. In the United States, all deserts are quite uninhabited.
d. There are no deserts in Israel.
40. Which is not a problem in cold deserts?
a. Starvation b. Hypothermia c. Frostbite d. Body heat
Desert biomes are the (41) _____ of all the biomes. In fact, the most important
characteristic of a desert is that it receives very little (42) _____. Most deserts receive less than
300 mm a year compared (43) __ rainforests, which receive over 2,000 mm. That means that
the desert only gets 10 percent of the rain that a rainforest gets! The temperature in the desert
can (44) _____ drastically from day to night because the air is. (45) _____ dry that heat
escapes rapidly at night. The daytime temperature averages 38°C (46) _____ in some deserts it
can get down to -4°C at night. The temperature also varies greatly depending on the (47) _____
of the desert.
Since desert conditions are so severe, the plants that live there need to have (48) _____ to
compensate for the lack of water. Some plants, such as cacti, (49) _____ water in their stems
and use it very slowly, while others like bushes conserve water by growing few leaves or by
having large root systems to gather water or few leaves. Some desert plant species have a
short life cycle of a few weeks that (50) _____ only during periods of rain.
41. a. coldest b. hottest c. driest d. wettest
42. a. rain b. rainfall c. raindrop d. raincoat
43. a. with b. for c. about d. in
44. a. change b. exchange c. transform d. transfer
45. a. such as b. such c. so much d. so
46. a. when b. while c. as d. because
47. a. part b. region c. area d. location
48. a. adaptations b. agreements c. accepts d. achievements
49. a. place b. put c. store d. hold
50. a. spend b. take c. last d. experience
TEST 2
1. a. comprise2 b. sandy1 c. circle1 d. northern
2. a. Aborigines3 b. expedition3 c. kilometer1 d. scientific3
3. a. corridor1 b. enormous2 c. mystery1 d. separate1
4. a. remain2 b. hummock1 c. explore2 d. between2
5. a. territory1 b. Australia2 c. geography2 d. society2
6. The Simpson Desert is in ________ north of ________ Lake Eyre.
a. Ø / Ø b. the / the c. a / the d. the / Ø
106
7. Cold deserts can be covered in ________ snow or ice and frozen water is unavailable to
plant life.
8. In the northern part of the Simpson Desert, the dunes are separated by ________ of low,
open shrubland.
a. streets b. ways c. corridors d. lines
9. San Francisco is built on 40 hills and some are very ________.
a. short b. steep c. plain d. stable
10. A ________ is a small raised area of ground, like a very small hill.
a. slope b. hummock c. dune d. shrub
11. We used to climb up the crest of the hill to get a good view of the surroundings.
a. top b. foot c. middle d. face
12. To ________ a desert is a danger activity which requires careful preparation for risks.
a. comprise b. circle c. remain d. explore
13. Scientific ________ help to explore some places and discover more and more remote parts
of the world.
a. survey b. lead c. research d. expedition
14. The wind that blows in the desert comes ________ far away waters.
a. for b. with c. in d. from
15. Some sand dunes may be over 200 meters ________ height.
a. with b. at c. on d. in
16. If you look on a map you will see that there is a desert next ________ the Rocky Mountains
in the United States.
a. of b. to c. with d. for
17. ________ is the process by which a piece of land becomes dry, empty, and unsuitable for
growing trees or crops on.
a. desert b. deserted c. desertify d. desertification
18. Several ________ advanced countries have had plans to make desert more hospitable.
a. science b. scientific c. scientifically d. scientist
19. The desert biome includes the hottest places in the world because it absorbs more
________ from the sun than land in humid climates do.
a. heat b. hot c. hotly d. heating
20. Many people have law degrees, ________.
a. but some of them do not practice it b. however it is not practiced by all
c. so some are not practicing law d. but not all of them practice law
21. This is an expensive ________ very useful book.
a. but b. so c. therefore d. however
22. ________ long it takes, I will wait for you.
a. However b. But c. So d. Therefore
23. I must say that you have done very well. ________, you should be aware that you still have
a lot of thing to learn.
a. Therefore b. So c. But d. However
24. ________ that we stopped for a rest.
a. But we were tired b. So tired were we
c. However we were tired d. Therefore, we were tired
25. He is only sixteen, and ________, he is not eligible to drive a car.
a. nevertheless b. but c. therefore d. however
26. Maria tried to read a novel in French ________ the book was too difficult for her to
understand.
a. so that b. therefore c. but d. and
27. To get from Vancouver to Victoria, you can fly, __ you can ride the ferry.
a. or b. but c. so d. however
28. I bought a bottle of wine ________ we drank it together.
a. therefore b. so c. and d. but
29. The waiter was not very nice, ________, the food was delicious.
a. however b. but c. so d. and so
107
30. ___ hard he worked, he could earn enough money to support the family.
a. But b. However c. Therefore d. Whatever
31. Slippery as the roads were, they managed to complete the race.
a. The roads were so slippery that they could hardly complete the race.
b. The roads were slippery but they managed to complete the race.
c. The roads were slippery so they could hardly complete the race.
d. The roads were so slippery; therefore, they could hardly complete the race.
32. They decided to go for a picnic though it was very cold.
a. Because it was very cold, they decided to go for a picnic.
b. However cold it was, they decided to go for a picnic.
c. If it had been cold, they would not have gone for a picnic.
d. It was very cold so they decided to go for a picnic.
33. Both Peter and Mary enjoy scientific expedition.
a. It is not Peter, but Mary, that enjoys scientific expedition.
b. Peter enjoys scientific expedition. Therefore, does Mary.
c. However Peter enjoys scientific expedition and Mary does.
d. Peter enjoys scientific expedition, and so does Mary.
34. Because it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
a. I stayed up all night to finish the novel, therefore, it was interesting.
b. Unless it were an interesting novel, I would stay up all night to finish it.
c. Though it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
d. So interesting was the novel that I stayed up all night to finish it.
35. He cannot afford a new computer.
a. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
b. Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
c. So, he would buy a new computer.
d. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it
Approximately one-third of the Earth's land surface is desert, arid land with meager rainfall
that supports only sparse vegetation and a limited population of people and animals. Deserts
have been portrayed as fascinating environments of adventure and exploration. These arid
regions are called deserts because they are dry. They may be hot. They may be cold. They may
be regions of sand or vast areas of rocks with occasional plants.
Deserts are natural laboratories in which to study the interactions of wind and sometimes
water on the arid surfaces of planets. They contain valuable mineral deposits that were formed
in the arid environment or that were exposed by erosion. Because deserts are dry, they are
ideal places for human artifacts and fossils to be preserved. Deserts are also fragile
environments. The misuse of these lands is a serious and growing problem in parts of our
world.
There are many animals in the desert. Some are very large, like the kangaroo or the
gazelle. Both are big and have to travel long distances for water at a spring, or an oasis.
Another fairly large animal is the addax. The addax is a desert antelope. They live in the Sahara
Desert. All addaxes are herbivores. There are less than 200 of them left because of hunting and
tourists. Some animals crawl along. Examples of these are snakes and lizards. Snakes rarely
drink water; they get their moisture from other prey that they eat. So do others, like the
kangaroo rat. Lizards are commonly found in the desert. They stay out of the sun and move as
little as possible. There are also other animals in the desert. The fennec lives in northern Africa
in the Sahara Desert. They are a relative of the fox. They eat mice, small birds, lizards, and
insects. When necessary, they will eat fruit. One more desert animal is the jerboa. The jerboa is
a small, long distance jumper that lives in the desert. They are free drinking animals and they
eat plants, seeds, and bugs.
36. Deserts ________.
a. are rare in the world b. are more arid more populous
c. are all hot all the time d. may be both hot and cold
37. The word They refers to ________.
108
a. deserts b. natural laboratories c. planets d. mineral deposits
38. Which is not true about deserts?
a. arid b. hot c. humid d. dry
39. According to the second paragraph, ________.
a. we should use desert land properly to avoid serious problems
b. we can exploit as much fossil as possible in deserts
c. there are no erosion in deserts
d. deserts are ideal places for growing land
40. The last paragraph expresses that ________.
a. none of animals can survive in deserts
b. hunting and tourists cause the decreasing of addaxes in the Sahara Desert.
c. snakes in deserts need more water than any other species
d. addaxes are the most populous species in deserts
Most traditional human life in deserts is nomadic. It (41) ______ in hot deserts on finding
water, and on following infrequent rains to (42) ______ grazing for livestock. In cold deserts, it
depends on finding good hunting and fishing grounds, on sheltering from blizzards and winter
(43) ______, and on storing enough food for winter. Permanent settlement in both kinds of
deserts requires permanent water, food sources and adequate shelter, or the technology and
energy sources to (44) ______ it.
Many deserts are flat and featureless, lacking landmarks, or composed of repeating
landforms such as sand (45) ______ or the jumbled ice-fields of glaciers. Advanced skills or
devices are required to navigate through such landscapes and (46) _____ travelers may die
when supplies run (47) ______ after becoming lost. In addition, sandstorms or blizzards may
cause disorientation in severely-reduced visibility.
The (48) ______ represented by wild animals in deserts has featured in explorers' accounts
but does not cause higher (49) ______ of death than in other environments such as rainforests
or savanna woodland, and generally does not affect human distribution. Defense against polar
bears may be advisable in some areas of the Arctic. Precautions against snakes and scorpions
in choosing (50) ______ at which to camp in some hot deserts should be taken.
41. a. locates b. selects c. follows d. depends
42. a. earn b. demand c. obtain d. require
43. a. extremes b. poles c. tops d. heights
44. a. grow b. supply c. comfort d. bring
45. a. dunes b. piles c. valleys d. stores
46. a. inconsistent b. incapable c: inexperienced d. independent
47. a. of b. out c. in d. over
48. a. danger b. dangerous c. endanger d. endangered
49. a. level b. rate c. scale d. standard
50. a. sight b. lies c. sites d. seats
TEST 3
1. a. three b. south c. southern d. both
2. a. remained b. explored c. separated d. travelled
3. a. loose b. smooth c. food d. flood
4. a. enormous b. rough c. enough d. double
5. a. society b. geography c. dry d. sandy

6. ________ sand covers only about 20 percent of Earth's deserts.
7. Deserts have ________ reputation for supporting very little life, but in ________ reality
deserts often have high biodiversity.
a. a / Ø b. the / the c. a / the d. the / a
8. The hill was so ________ that it took us more than five hours to climb up.
109
a. sloping b. enormous c. arid d. stable
9. In the northern part of the Simpson Desert, the dunes are parallel.
a. mysterious b. steep c. plenty of sand d. similar in some ways
10. Several deserts are a quite vast and uninhabited ________.
a. plain b. territory c. corridor d. shrub
11. A ________ is a large animal that lives in deserts and is used for carrying goods and people.
a. slope b. dune c. spinifex d. camel
12. The ________ of a cliff, or mountain, is a vertical surface or side of it.
a. face b. border c. crest d. lake
13. Most deserts are enormous sandy areas.
a. mysterious b. narrow c. immense d. aerial
14. Camels were often used _______ transportation by people of the desert.
a. as b. with c. to d. about
15. Camels have one or two humps used ________ storing water and food.
a. to b. for c. over d. at
16. Many tall and wide mountain ranges do not let much rain get ________ the desert.
a. into b. away c. out d. from
17. I wanted to go a more ________ route across Montana.
a. north b. northerly c. northerner d. northernmost
18. We often enjoy walking barefoot across the damp __ to the water's edge.
a. sand b. sanding c. sandy d. sandily
19. If the deserts are ________ managed, there may be troubles for scientific expeditions.
a. loose b. loosen c. loosening d. loosely
20. He told me not to do it; ________, I did it.
a. Therefore b. So c. But d. However
21. We have not yet won; ________, we will keep trying.
a. moreover b. however c. therefore d. so as
22. I am afraid that the company is in deep trouble. ________, we are going to make some
people redundant.
a. Therefore b. However c. But d. And
23. I wanted to give him some money after he helped me with the car ________ he absolutely
refused to accept it.
a. so b. but c. therefore d. and so
24. Everyone is ready for the discussion, ________ him.
a. however b. but c. so d. therefore
25. ________ she could not say anything.
a. So upset was she that b. So upset was she
c. However upset was she that d. Therefore upset was she that
26. Do it ________.
a. so do you want b. but as you want
c. however you want d. therefore you want
27. ________ you prepare for the exam, there will still be a few questions on which you won't be
sure of the answer.
a. So much as b. Much but c. However much d. So much
28. The first part of the test was easy; the second, ________, took hours.
a. therefore b. but c. so d. however
29. ________, I cannot keep pace with Johnny.
a. So I have tried hard b. I have tried hard so
c. However hard have I tried d. However hard I have tried
30. He has done nothing to prepare for the final examination, ______ played.
a. but b. so c. therefore d. and
31. The Arabian Desert / third-largest in the world / cover / nearly 1 million square mile of the
Arabian Peninsula.
a. The Arabian Desert, is third-largest in the world, covers nearly 1 million square mile of the
Arabian Peninsula. .
110
b. The Arabian Desert, that is third-largest in the world, covers nearly 1 million square mile of
the Arabian Peninsula.
c. The Arabian Desert, third-largest in the world, covers nearly 1 million square mile of
the Arabian Peninsula. '
d. The Arabian Desert, third-largest in the world, therefore, covers nearly 1 million square
mile of the Arabian Peninsula.
32. It / the sandiest / all deserts / no river / flow through / originate from it.
a. It is the sandiest of all deserts, with no river flows through and originates from it.
b. It is the sandiest of all deserts. No river flows through or originates from it.
c. It is the sandiest of all deserts, but no river flows through or originates from it.
d. It is the sandiest of all deserts. Therefore, no river flows through or originates from it.
33. Arabia's rainfall / average only 2-5 inches a year / two- year droughts / not uncommon.
a. Arabia's rainfall averages only 2-5 inches a year, and two-year droughts are not
uncommon.
b. As Arabia's rainfall averages only 2-5 inches a year, and two year droughts are not
uncommon.
c. Arabia's rainfall averages only 2-5 inches a year, which makes two year droughts are not
uncommon.
d. Arabia's rainfall averages only 2-5 inches a year, and however two year droughts are not
uncommon.
34. The desert today / be characterized / 700 - foot - high dunes / giant sand mountains.
a. The desert today is characterized with 700 - foot - high dunes but giant sand mountains.
b. The desert today is characterized by 700 - foot - high dunes and giant sand
mountains.
c. The desert today is characterized by 700 - foot - high dunes and however giant sand
mountains.
d. The desert today which is characterized by 700 - foot - high dunes and giant sand
mountains.
35. The first white man / traverse / this desert / H. St.John Philby / in the 1930s.
a. The first white man traversed this desert was H. St.John Philby, in the 1930s.
b. The first white man traversed this desert and was H. St.John Philby, in the 1930s.
c. The first white man to traverse this desert he was H. St.John Philby, in the 1930s.
d. The first white man to traverse this desert was H. St.John Philby, in the 1930s.
The Sonoran Desert is a North American desert which expands part of the United States -
Mexico border and covers large parts of Arizona and California and the Mexican states. It is one
of the largest and hottest deserts in North America, with an area of 311,000 km 2.
The Sonoran Desert contains a variety of unique plants and animals. The desert includes
60 mammal species, 350 bird species, 20 amphibian species, more than 100 reptile species, 30
native fish species, and more than 2000 native plant species. Despite the common stereotype
that it does not rain in deserts, the Sonoran Desert is considered the wettest desert in the world,
receiving 3 to 15 inches per year (depending on location in the desert).
Many plants not only survive the harsh conditions of the Sonoran Desert, but they actually
thrive. Many have evolved to have specialized adaptations to the desert climate. The Sonoran
Desert includes such plant from the agave family, palm family, cactus family, legume family, and
many others. This desert is the only place in the world where the famous saguaro cactus grows
in the wild.
The desert is home to seventeen aboriginal American cultures. The largest city in the
Sonoran Desert is Phoenix, Arizona, the USA. This metropolitan area in central Arizona is one
of the fastest-growing metropolitan areas in the United States, with a population of 4 million. In
the North Phoenix area, desert is losing ground to development at a rate of approximately 4,000
m2 per hour. The next largest cities are Tucson, in southern Arizona, with a metro area
population of around 900,000, and Mexicali, Baja California, Mexico, whose municipality also
has a population of around 900,000. The municipality of Hermosillo, Sonora, Mexico has a
population of around 700,000.
36. There are more rainfalls in the Sonoran Desert than any others.
111
37. Fish cannot survive in the Sonoran Desert.
38. No place else in the world has famous saguaro cactus growing in the wild, but the Sonoran
Desert.
39. There are a lot of American citizens in the Sonoran Desert.
40. The second largest city in the Sonoran Desert is Tucson.
The Middle East and North Africa are one of the driest regions on earth. Nearly two-thirds of
the region is desert. The Sahara Desert of northern Africa is the largest desert in the world.
Desert air (41) ____ little moisture, so few clouds form over the land. Without clouds to
block the sun, temperatures may reach as (42) ____ as 125°F during the day. At night, without
the clouds to contain the heat, the temperature can fall to as low as 125°F.
Extreme temperatures (43) ____ with little rainfall make desert life difficult for people,
plants, and animals. (44) ____, some life forms have adapted to even the most severe desert
(45) ____, Camels are able to survive long periods without food or water. Many desert plants
have long, shallow (46) ____ systems. This allows the plants to reach out to collect water over
great distances. Other desert plants have taproots. Taproots grow very deep (47) ____ they
can tap sources of underground water. Plant life in the desert is usually spread out over great
distances. This is (48) ____ deserts are often described as barren, or lifeless.
When many people think of a desert they often think of endless miles of hot sand, but a
desert does not have to be hot or sandy. Most of the land of the Middle East and North Africa is
hot, dry desert land, (49) ____ some deserts look very different. Most of Antarctica is a desert
but there is no sand on the continent and the climate of Antarctica is (50) ____ coldest on
earth.
41. a. contains b. comprises c. consists d. includes
42. a. much b. far c. long d. high
43. a. locate b. combine c. explore d. separate
44. a. Therefore b. So c. However d. But
45. a. environment b. place c. society d. atmosphere
46. a. leave b. bark c. root d. branch
47. a. as b. because c. but d. so
48. a. what b. why c. how d. when
49. a. since b. as c. so d. but
Unit 10: ENDANGERED SPECIES

TEST 1
1. a. temperature b. serious1 c. awareness2 d. chemical1
2. a. ability2 b. agriculture1 c. development2 d. contaminate2
3. a. government1 b. agency1 c. benefit1 d. diversity2
4. a. disappearance3 b. vulnerable1 c. conservation3 d. generation3
5. a. current1 b. global1 c. crisis1 d. mankind2
6. _______ is a branch of Natural Science, and is the study of living organisms and how they
interact with their environment.
a. Biology b. Biological c. Biologist d. Biologically
7. A / an _______ species is a population of an organism which is at risk of becoming extinct.
a. dangerous b. endanger c. endangered d. endangerment
112
8. Only a few of the many species at risk of extinction actually make it to the lists and obtain
legal _______.
a. protect b. protection c. protective d. protector
9. Probability of extinction depends _______ both the population size and fine details of the
population demography.
a. on b. in c. from d. for
10. Many modern medicines are derived _______ plants and animals.
a. on b. for c. from d. in
11. 15,589 species (7,266 animal species and 8,323 plant species) are now considered
_______ risk _______ extinction.
a. at / of b. on / in c. for / with d. in / at
12. Internationally, 189 countries have signed _______ accord agreeing to create Biodiversity
Action Plans to protect endangered and other threatened species.
13. Known worldwide by its panda logo, World Wildlife Fund (WWF) is dedicated to protecting
_______ world's wildlife and the rich biological diversity that we all need to survive.
14. WWF is _______ leading privately supported international conservation organization in the
world, and has sponsored more than 2,000 projects in 116 countries.
15. Many nations have laws offering protection to these species, such as forbidding hunting,
restricting land development or creating _______.
a. agencies b. reserves c. awareness d. challenges
16. Being listed as an endangered species can have negative effect since it could make a
species more desirable for collectors and poachers.
a. awareness b. preservation c. support d. impact
17. World Wide Fund for Nature was formed to do the mission of the preservation of biological
diversity, sustainable use of natural resources, and the reduction of pollution and wasteful
consumption.
a. contamination b. energy c. extinction d. development
18. The Bali Tiger was declared extinct in 1937 due to hunting and habitat loss.
a. reserve b. generation c. natural environment d. diversity
19. It is found that endangered species are often concentrated in areas that are poor and
densely populated, such as much of Asia and Africa.
a. disappeared b. increased c. threatened d. reduced
20. _______ is the existence of a wide variety of plant and animal species living in their natural
environment. .
a. Biodiversity b. Conservation c. Globe d. Individual
21. She ___ be ill. I have just seen her playing basket ball in the school yard.
a. needn't b. shouldn't c. mustn't d. can't
22. Hiking the trail to the peak _______ be dangerous if you are not well prepared for dramatic
weather changes. You _______ research the route a little more before you attempt the
ascent.
a. might / can b. may / mustn't c. can / should d. must / needn't
23. Peter has been working for 10 hours. He _______ be very tired now.
a. needn't b. must c. has to d. should
24. He is unreliable. What he says _______ be believed.
a. cannot b. must not c. may not d. might not
25. I _______ find my own way there. You _______ wait for me.
a. should / can't b. have to / must c. can / needn't d. might / mustn't
26. I was reading the book last night before I went to bed. I never took it out of this room. It ____
be lying around here somewhere. Where ___ it be?
a. might / needn't b. can / should c. shouldn't / may d. must / can
27. When you have a small child in the house, you _______ leave small objects lying around.
Such objects _______ be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.
a. should / must b. should not / might
113
c. needn't / may d. mustn't / can't
28. Frank's wallet is lying on the coffee table. He _______ it here last night.
a. must have left b. should have left
c. must be leaving d. needn't leave
29. Jenny's engagement ring was precious! It _______ have cost a fortune.
a. must b. should c. can d. needn't
30. You _______ take your umbrella along with you today. It _______ rain later on this
afternoon.
a. ought to / mustn't b. needn't / will
c. will / must d. should / might
31. Species become extinct or endangerment for a number of reasons, but
A (endangered) B
the primary cause is the destruction of habitat by human activities.
C D
32. Although species evolve differently, most of them adapt to a specific
A B
habitat or environment that best meets their survive needs.
C D (survival)
33. Without the particularly habitat, the species could not survive.
A B (particularly) C D
34. Such human activities as pollution, drainage of wetlands, cutting and
A B
clearing of forests, urbanization, and road and dam construction has
C D
destroyeds or :seriously damaged available habitats. (have destroyed)
35. Habitat fragmentation have caused plant and animal species in the
A B (has caused) C
remaining islands of habitat to lose contact with others of their own kind.
D
Species that belong to an area are said to be native species. Typically, they have been part
of a given biological landscape for a long period, and they are well adapted to the local
environment and to the presence of other native species in the same general habitat. Exotic
species are interlopers, foreign elements introduced intentionally or accidentally into new
settings through human activities. In one context an introduced species may cause no obvious
problems and may, over time, be regarded as being just as "natural" as any native species in
the same habitat. In another context, exotics may seriously disrupt delicate ecological balances
and create a cascade of unintended consequences. The worst of these unintended
consequences arise when introduced species put native species in destruction by preying on
them, altering their habitats, or out-competing them in the struggle for food resources. Although
biological introductions have affected environments the world over, the most destructive, effects
have occurred on islands, where introduced insects, cats, pigs, rats, mongooses, and other
nonnative species have caused the grave endangerment or outright extinction of literally
hundreds of species during the past 500 years.
One of other reason to cause species extinction is overexploitation. This word refers to the
utilization of a species at a rate that is likely to cause its extreme endangerment or outright
extinction. Among many examples of severe overexploitation, the case of the great whales
stands out in special relief. By the middle of the 20th century, unrestricted whaling had brought
many species of whales to incredibly low population sizes. In response to public pressure, in
1982 a number of nations, including the USA, agreed to an international moratorium on whaling.
As a direct result, some whale species which are thought to have been on extinction's doorstep
25 years ago have made amazing comebacks, such as grey whales in the western Pacific.
Others remain at great risk. Many other species, however, continue to suffer high rates of
exploitation because of the trade in animal parts. Currently, the demand for animal parts is
114
centered in several parts of Asia where there. is a strong market for traditional medicines made
from items like tiger bone and rhino horn.
36. Native species _______.
a. are not used to the local environment
b. never get along well with other native species in the same environment
c. tend to do harm to exotic species
d. have been part of a given biological landscape for a long period
37. Exotic species _______.
a. do no harm to native species and the local environment
b. may kill native species for food
c. always share the environment peacefully with native species
d. help to make the local environment more ideal to survive
38. According to the first paragraph, _______.
a. non-native species have caused badly damage to native ones
b. introducing new exotic species to local environments is necessary
c. exotic species have never been introduced on islands
d. very few native species have been damaged by exotic species
39. According to the second paragraph, by the middle of the 20 century ___.
a. whale population was the most crowded in marine life
b. whale hunting was illegal
c. whale population increased dramatically
d. whaling was not restricted
40. Tiger bone and rhino horn _______.
a. are not popular in Asian markets
b. are never in the trade of animal parts
c. are used for making traditional medicines
d. cannot be found in Asian markets
The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) is an international (41) _____- governmental
organization for the (42) _____, research, and restoration of the environment. The organization
was (43) _____ as a charitable trust on September 11, 1961, in Morges, Switzerland, under the
name World Wildlife Fund. It was an initiative of Julian Huxley and Max Nicholson.
It is the world's largest independent conservation organization with over 5 million (44) _____
worldwide, working in more (45) _____ 90 countries, supporting 100 conservation and
environmental projects around the world. It is a charity, with (46) ____ 9% of its funding coming
from voluntary. (47) ___ by private individuals and businesses.
The group says its mission is "to halt and reverse the (48) _____ of our environment".
Currently, much of its work focuses on the conservation of three biomes that contain most of the
world's biodiversity: forests, freshwater ecosystems, and oceans and coasts. Among other
issues, it is also concerned (49) _____ endangered species, pollution, and climate change. The
organization (50) ____ more than 20 field projects worldwide. In the last few years, the
organization set up offices and operations around the world.
41. a. non b. not c. no d. nor
42. a. challenge b. keeping c. conservation d. awareness
43. a. produced b. discovered c. used d. formed
44. a. supporters b. residents c. inhabitants d. citizens
45. a. as b. than c. to d. as to
46. a. generally b. individually c. commercially d. approximately
47. a. deposits b. donations c. refunds d. loans
48. a. destroy b. destructive c. destruction d. destroyed
49. a. on b. by c. with d. upon
50. a. goes b. walks c. reaches d. runs
TEST 2
1. a. endangered b. destroyed c. damaged d. provided
2. a. attitude b. survive c. introduce d. human
115
3. a. medicine b. priority c. crisis d. primary
4. a. chemical b. which c. change d. each
5. a. protect b. commercial c. construction d. climate

6. Almost half of turtles and tortoises are known to be threatened with ____.
a. extinct b. extinction c. extinctive d. extinctly
7. Current extinction rates are at least 100 to 1,000 times higher than _______ rates found in
the fossil record.
a. nature b. natural c. naturally d. naturalness
8. It is reported that humans are the main reason for most species' declines and habitat
_______ and degradation are the leading threats.
a. destroy b. destructive c. destructor d. destruction
9. We have to apply effective measures to save many plant and animal species _______
extinction.
a. from b. in c. for d. on
10. Over-exploitation for food, pets, and medicine, pollution, and disease are recognized
_______ a serious threat _______ extinction.
a. as / of b. to / for c. over / with d. upon / at
11. Clearing forests for timber has resulted _______ the loss of biodiversity.
a. with b. at c. in d. for
12. Humans depend on species diversity to provide food, clean air and water, and fertile soil for
agriculture.
a. destruction b. contamination c. fertilizer d. variety
13. The world's biodiversity is declining at an unprecedented rate, which makes wildlife
_______.
a. prosperous b. prefect c. vulnerable d. remained
14. Life on Earth is disappearing fast and will continue to do so unless urgent action is taken.
a. vanishing b. damaging c. polluting d. destroying
15. _______ is the protection of environment and natural resources.
a. Survival b. Commerce c. Conservation d. Extinction
16. Hunting for meat and burning forests for soil cause destruction to wildlife.
a. organization b. contamination c. protection d. damage
17. Toxic chemicals from factories are one of the serious factors that leads wildlife to the
_______ of extinction.
a. wall b. fence c. verge d. bridge
18. Species become extinct or endangered for _______ number of reasons, but _____ primary
cause is the destruction of habitat by human activities.
a. Ø / a b. a / the c. the / a d. Ø / Ø
19. Since _______ 1600s, worldwide overexploitation of animals for _______ food and other
products has caused numerous species to become extinct or endangered.
a. the / a b. the / Ø c. Ø / the d. the / the
20. I _______ be at the meeting by 10:00. I will probably _______ take a taxi if I want to be on
time.
a. must/ have to b. may / must c. should / needn't d. mustn't / shouldn't
21. You _______ forget to pay the rent tomorrow. The landlord is very strict about paying on
time.
a. needn't b. mustn't c. do not have to d. may not
22. The television isn't working. It _______ during the move.
a. should have been damaged b. needn't be damaged
c. must have been damaged d. ought not be damaged
23. I am not deaf. You _______ shout.
a. must b. mustn't c. need d. needn’t
24. John failed again. He _______ harder.
a. must have tried b. should have tried c. can tried d. may have tried
116
25. _______ I borrow your lighter for a minute? - Sure, no problem. Actually, you _______ keep
it if you want to.
a. May / can b. Must / might c. Will / should d. Might / needn’t
26. I do not mind at all. You _______ apologize.
a. shouldn't b. needn't c. mustn't d. oughtn't to
27. Ted's flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He _______ exhausted after such a
long flight now.
a. must be b. must be being c. must have been d. should have been
28. The lamp _______ be broken. Maybe the light bulb just burned out.
a. should not b. might not c. must not d. will not
29. It is a top secret. You _______ tell anyone about it.
a. mustn't b. needn't c. mightn't d. won't
30. We have plenty of time for doing the work. We _______ be hurried.
a. needn't b. shouldn't c. mustn't d. mayn't
31. we I dependent / nature / cannot survive ourselves / without wildlife
a. As we are dependent on nature and we cannot survive ourselves without wildlife.
b. We dependent on nature and therefore cannot survive ourselves without wildlife.
c. We are dependent on nature and so cannot survive ourselves without wildlife.
d. We are dependent on nature and cannot survive ourselves without wildlife.
32. environmental education / help / spread / environmental awareness / share practical
techniques / solve the environmental problems
a. Environmental education to help for spreading environmental awareness and sharing-
practical techniques to solve the environmental problems.
b. Because environmental education helps to spread environmental awareness and shares
c. Environmental education helps to spread environmental awareness and shares
d. Environmental education that helps to spread environmental awareness and sharing
33. we / engage / individuals / appreciate nature / the relationship / they have with wildlife
a. We should engage individuals to appreciate nature and the relationship that they
have with wildlife.
b. We might engage individuals for appreciating nature and the relationship that they have
with wildlife.
c. We must engage individuals to appreciate nature and the relationship when they have
with wildlife.
d. We need engaging individuals to appreciate nature and the relationship which they have
with wildlife.
34. everyone / pick up / one piece of trash / a day / about 6.6 billion pieces less
a. If everyone picked up one piece of trash a day, there would be about 6.6 billion
pieces less.
b. When everyone will pick up one piece of trash a day, about 6.6 billion pieces would be
less.
c. Because everyone picks up one piece of trash a day, about 6.6 billion pieces is less.
d. Unless everyone picked up one piece of trash a day, there will be about 6.6 billion pieces
less.
35. you / conserve energy / go to school or to work by bus / turn off your electric devices / you
are not using them
a. As you want to conserve energy, go to school or to work by bus and so turn off your
electric devices when you are not using them.
b. If you want to conserve energy, go to school or to work by bus together with turn off ,your
electric devices when you are not .using them.
c. Suppose you want to conserve energy, go to school or to work by bus and turn off
your electric devices when you are not using them.
117
d. When you want to conserve energy, you needn't go to school or to work by bus and turn
off your electric devices when you are not using them.
We live in a dynamic world, and habitats are always undergoing changes at all sorts of
levels. However, natural changes usually occur at a slow pace so that impacts on individual
species tend to be slight - at least in the short term. When the pace of change is greatly
accelerated, there may be no time for individual species to react to new circumstances, and the
effects can be disastrous. Briefly, this is the reason that rapid habitat loss is regarded as the
chief cause of species endangerment, and there is no force more powerful in this regard than
human beings. To some extent, every part of the earth has been affected by human activities,
especially during this past century. This applies on virtually every scale, from the loss of
microbes in soils that once supported tropical forests, to the extinction of fish and other aquatic
species in polluted freshwater habitats, to changes in global climate caused by the release of
greenhouse gases.
From the perspective of an individual human lifetime, such changes may be hard to detect
and their effects on individual species may be hard to predict. But the lesson is clear enough.
For example, although many countries have had plans to grow many tropical forests, they are
highly susceptible to destruction because the soils in which they grow are poor in available
nutrients. Centuries may be required to bring back a forest that was cut down or burnt out in the
space of a few years. Many of the world's severely threatened animals and plants live in such
forests, and it is certain that huge numbers of them will disappear if present rates of forest loss
continue.
36. Habitats in the world are unchangeable and fixedly exist.
37. All species can adapt themselves to new circumstances easily and quickly.
38. Human beings are the main cause that leads to rapid habitat loss.
39. Many kinds of fish are also in danger of extinction because water habitats are polluted.
40. Many countries have grown as many tropical forests as they destroyed in the past years.
When the word "endangered" is mentioned, people usually think of particular species, like
the panda or whooping crane. However, we would like to encourage you to think about (41)
____ in a broader context. It is (42) ___, the physical places where species live and interact with
one another. Although the development of special breeding programs, also known as captive
conservation, may help some species in some cases, it is clearly not (43) ___ answer to the
global problem. Indeed, (44) __ we are able to protect natural areas where endangered species
actually live, they have no future. .
Species become endangered for a wide (45) _____ of reasons. By analyzing and grouping
many individual cases, however, we find the same broad causes (46) _____ again and again.
They are Habitat Destruction, Exotic Species, and Overexploitation. Among other factors
threatening particular species are limited: distribution, disease, and pollution. Limited
distributions are often a consequence of other threats: populations confined to one or a few
small areas because of habitat (47) _____, for example, may be disastrously affected by
random factors. Diseases can have severe (48) _____ on species lacking natural genetic
protections against particular pathogens, like the rabies and canine distemper viruses that are
currently devastating carnivore populations in East Africa. Domestic animals are usually the
reservoirs of these and other diseases affecting wild (49) _____, showing once again that
human activities lie at the root of most causes of endangerment. Pollution has seriously done
harm (50) _____ number of terrestrial species, although species living in freshwater and marine
ecosystems are also suffering.
41. a. development b. endangerment c. pollution d. contamination
42. a. plants b. conservations c. habitats d. organizations
118
44. a. so b. but c. if d. unless
45. a. variety b. commerce c. extinction d. destruction
46. a. expressing b. showing c. disappearing d. appearing
47. a. benefit b. reserve c. loss d. gone
48. a. impact b. interest c. infection d. absorption
49. a. needs b. populations c. natures d. medicines
50. a. to b. for c. with d. at
TEST 3
1. a. extinction2 b. animal1 c. classify1 d. primary
2. a. biologist2 b. seriously1 c. commercial2 d. identify2
3. a. habitat1 b. different1 c. industry d. introduce2
4. a. medicine1 b. endanger2 c. addition2 d. survival2
5. a. derive b. provide2 c. modern1 d. depend2
6. They eventually realize that reckless _______ of the earth's resources can lead only to
eventual global disaster.
a. exploit b. exploitable c. exploitation d. exploitative
7. Farmers make their soil more productive by distributing _______.
a. fertile b. fertility c. fertilizers d. fertilizable
8. Chemical wastes from factories are _______ that cause serious damage to species habitats.
a. pollutes b. pollutants c. pollutions d. polluters
9. Contamination and global warming have driven many species of animals and plants
_______ the threat of extinction.
a. for b. to c. with d. on
10. Although we are aware _______ the importance of environment, we still overexploit it.
a. from b. on c. for d. of
11. They have built a particular reserve' which is suitable _______ pandas.
a. at b. upon c. in d. for
12. We should do something immediately to conserve _______ nature
13. Everyone knows what is happening to _______ earth but we just do not know how to stop it.
14. Many species have become extinct each year before biologists can identify them.
a. destroy b. drain c. endanger d. discover
15. If an area is _______, all the trees there are cut down or destroyed.
a. endangered b. deforested c. contaminated d. polluted
16. Humans depend on species diversity to provide food, clean air and water, and fertile soil for
agriculture.
a. raise b. produce c. supply d. reserve
17. Many schools provide environmental education to increase students' awareness of
conservation needs.
a. effort b. benefit c. exploitation d. knowledge
18. All the countries of the area have _______ to protect their wildlife but they are rarely
enforced.
a. efforts b. laws c. results d. reserves
19. Forest dwellers had always hunted the local _______ but their needs had been small.
a. wildlife b. commerce c. reserve d. generation
20. Keep quiet. You _______ talk so loudly in here. Everybody is working.
a. may b. must c. might d. mustn't
21. John is not at home. He _____ go somewhere with Daisy. I am not sure.
a. might b. will c. must d. should
119
22. _______ I have a day off tomorrow? - Of course not. We have a lot of things to do.
a. Must b. Will c. May d. Need
23. The computer _______ reprogramming. There is something wrong with the software.
a. must b. need c. should d. may
24. _______ I be here by 6 o'clock? - No, you _______.
a. Shall/mightn't b. Must / needn't c. Will / mayn't d. Might / won't
25. If I had gone white water rafting with my friends, I _______ down the Colorado River right
now.
a. should have floated b. must be floating
c. would be floating d. would have been floating
26. You _______ touch that switch, whatever you do.
a. mustn't b. needn't c. won't d. wouldn't
27. Susan ___ hear the speaker because the crowd was cheering so loudly.
a. mustn't b. couldn't c. can't d. needn't
28. You _______ be rich to be a success. Some of the most successful people I know haven't
got a penny to their name.
a. needn't b. couldn't c. mayn't d. mustn't
29. - Oh no! I completely forgot we were supposed to pick Jenny up at the airport this morning.
- She _______ there waiting for us
a. needn't sit b. might still sit c. must still be sitting d. should have sat
30. Jane often wears beautiful new clothes. She _______ be very rich.
a. must b. could c. might d. needn’t
Choose a, b, c, or d that best fills in the blank.
31. I have done this math problem at least twenty times, but my answer is wrong according to
the answer key. _______
a. The answer in the book should be wrong!
b. The book needn't have a wrong answer.
c. There is a wrong answer in the book.
d. The answer in the book must be wrong!
32. When I was a child, as we were having dinner, my grandmother always used to say,
“_______.”
a. One must not eat with one's mouth open
b. You should have eaten with your mouth open.
c. Open your mouth and eating
d. One needn't open his mouth to eat
33. _______ We have still got plenty of food.
a. You should have bought some more to eat.
b. You needn't have gone to the supermarket.
c. We must have bought some more food.
d. May I go to the supermarket?
34. John passed his exam with a distinction. _______.
a. He was too lazy to succeed b. He can't have studied very hard
c. He must have studied very hard d. He needs studying harder
35. _______. We got there far too early.
a. We needn't have hurried b. We should hurry up
c. Hurry up or we will be late d. We must have walked hurriedly
By the year 2025, the Earth could lose as many as one fifth of all species known to exist
today. In recent centuries, hundreds of species have disappeared, almost always as a result of
human activities. The passenger pigeon, one familiar example, was a source of food until
excessive hunting and habitat loss caused its extinction in 1914. The North American bison,
whose populations were decimated by settlers and market hunters in the 1800s, came close to
sharing the same fate. Bison survive today only because of the efforts of early conservationists.
Today, species require such efforts more urgently than ever. An essential task that falls to
present-day conservationists is to determine which species are most, endangered, so that
conservation resources' can be applied where action is needed most. Species are categorized
120
by the degree to which their survival in the wild is threatened. World Wildlife Fund offers a
sampling of animals and plants that fall mainly within the two most serious categories of- threat:
critically endangered and endangered. What threatens these species' existence? Some of the
top threats are habitat destruction by unsustainable logging and ever-encroaching human
settlement; pollution of water, soil, and air by toxic chemicals; unnatural climate changes due to
fossil fuel use; unmanaged fishing that exhausts fish stocks; and illegal hunting to supply the
demand for skins, hides, traditional medicines, food, and tourist souvenirs. The list which
conservationists presents only a fraction of the species at risk of extinction today and does not
include thousands of species whose status we do not yet know. Hundreds of species without
common names have been left out, which means that while many mammals are on this list, only
a few insects and mollusks are included.
Species listed here range from the largest animal on Earth, the blue whale, to the majestic
tiger, to the humble thick-shell pond snail. Large or small, beautiful or ugly, all species play a
role in the complex circle of life. All of us depend on the natural resources of our planet. Each
time a species is lost, the complexity, natural balance, and beauty of our world is diminished.
And what threatens plants and animals ultimately threatens people as well.
36. According to the first paragraph _______.
a. species extinction is only caused by hunting
b. human beings protect wife life much more than they do harm to them
c. the main cause of species extinction is human activities
d. we can stop radically species extinction by 2025
37. The North American bison _______.
a. was completely extinct in 1800s
b. was not the aim of human hunting
c. was raised by settlers in 1800s
d. has escaped from extinction thanks to conservationists
38. Species are categorized _______.
a. to prevent hunting b. to provide food
c. to destroy their habitats d. to give preferential right to conserve
39. Which sentence is true?
a. Medicine is not a factor to cause species extinction.
b. The list which conservationists present does not include all kinds of species.
c. Pollution does nothing to species extinction.
d. Conservationists have good knowledge of all kinds of mollusks.
40. According to the last paragraph, _______.
a. species extinction has no relationship to human beings
b. what threaten plants and animals can do nothing to human beings
c. human beings depend on natural resources to survive
d. not every, species has a role in the circle of life.
Nearly 200 of the 1500 native plant species in Hawaii are at risk of going extinct in the near
future because they have been (41) _____ to such low numbers. Approximately 90 percent of
Hawaii's plants are found nowhere else in the world but they are (42) _____ by alien invasive
species such as feral goats, pigs, rodents and non- (43) _____ plants.
The Hawaii Rare Plant Restoration Group is striving to (44) _____ the extinction of the 182
rare Hawaiian plants with fewer than 50 individuals remaining in the (45) _____. Since 1990,
(46) _____ a result of their 'Plant Extinction Prevention Program', sixteen species have been
brought into (47) _____ and three species have been reintroduced. Invasive weeds have been
removed in key areas and fencing put up in order to (48) _ plants in the wild.
In the future the Hawaii Rare Plant Restoration Program aims (49) _____ collecting genetic
material from the remaining plants in the wild for storage as a safety net for the future. They
also aim to manage wild populations and where possible reintroduce species into (50) _____
41. a. disappeared b. reduced c. increased d. developed
42. a. guarded b. invested c. conserved d. threatened
43. a. nation b. native c. national d. nationally
44. a. prevent b. encourage c. stimulate d. influence
121
45. a. wild b. atmosphere c. hole d. sky
46. a. so b. due c. as d. but
47. a. contamination b. production c. cultivation d. generation
48. a. derive b. vary c. remain d. protect
49. a. at b. for c. with d. on
50. a. shelters b. reserves c. gardens d. halls
Unit 11: BOOKS

TEST 1
1. a. entertainment3 b. information3 c. difficulty1 d. understanding3
2. a. swallow b. subject1 c. digest1 d. enough2
3. a. imagine b. important2 c. example2 d. wonderful1
4. a. different b. carefully1 c. holiday1 d. reviewer2
5. a. knowledge1 b. forever2 c. journey1 d. action1
6. Which subject is this book ________?
a. for b. on c. of d. up
7. Francis Bacon lived ________ about the same time as Shakespeare.
a. at b. for c. in d. over
8. People enjoy a book ________ different ways.
a. on b. with c. upon d. in
9. This book is not really ________. It is a waste of money buying it.
a. inform b. information c. informative d. informatively
10. Sometimes it is ________ to find suitable books for our children.
a. difficult b. difficulty c. difficultly d. difficulties
11. A book may be evaluated by a reader or professional writer to create a book ________.
a. review b. reviewing c. reviewer d. reviewed
12. As for me, I consider reading ________ important part of ________ life.
a. an / Ø b. the / a c. Ø / the d. an / a
13. Anne says that she reads about half ________ hour a day, at least.
14. Different people like specific types of books, and some people just like ________ literature in
general.
15. ____ books are ones in which the story is told or illustrated with pictures.
a. Comic b. Thriller c. Romantic d. Science
16. Boy, stop reading. ________ the book down and go to bed.
a. Take b. Put c. Set d. Pick
17. A book may be studied by students as the ________ of a writing and analysis exercise in the
form of a book report.
a. limit b. time c. subject d. interest
18. It is a good book. I think it is interesting enough for you to ________.
a. put down b. swallow c. look up d. understand
19. A ________ is a report in a newspaper or magazine in which a writer gives his opinion of a
book, a film, or a play.
a. page b. subject c. review d. journey
20. If you ________ a book, you have a brief look at it without reading or studying it seriously.
a. dip into b. put away c. pick up d. put down
21. Those letters ________ now. You can do the typing later.
a. need typing b. needn't be typed c. need to type d. needn't typing
22. The museum is open to everybody. It ________ between 9am and 5pm.
a. visits b. visited c. can visit d. can be visited
23. The train ________ by bad weather. I am not sure.
a. might delay b. might be delaying
122
c. might have delayed d. might have been delayed
24. The room ________ once a day.
a. should clean b. should be cleaning
c. should be cleaned d. should have cleaned
25. Two tablets ________ twice a day to have you recover from the illness quickly.
a. must take b. must be taken c. must have taken d. must be taking
26. Theresa walked past me without saying a word. She ________ me.
a. can't have seen b. can't see
c. can't have been seen d. can be seen
27. I think the match ________. Everybody's gone into the stadium and you can hear them
cheering.
a. was started b. will be started c. must started d. must have started
28. We found the exam extremely easy. We ________ so hard.
a. needn't study b. needn't be studying
c. needn't have studied d. needn't have been studied
29. There is plenty of money in our account so those cheques ________ to the bank today.
a. needn't be taken b. needn't be taking c. needn't take d. needn't taking
30. The picnic ________ because Peter has just had a traffic accident.
a. will cancel b. will be cancelling
c. will be cancelled d. will have cancelled
31. Too much television can has negative effects on young minds
A
because of higher levels of television viewing correlate with lowered
B C
academic performance, especially reading scores. (because)
D
32. Neil Postman, an author of some great books, pointed out that reading
A B
teaches us to think in a logically connected way, and cultivating a
C D
sustained attention span. (cultivates)
33. Reading cannot make your life longer, but reading really makes your
A B C
life more thicker. (thicker)
D
34. It is really sad how many people have the misconception that reading.
A B C
is bored . (boring)
D
35. There are many benefits that we may be gained by actually taking the
A B
time to read a book instead of sitting in front of the TV or doing some
C D
other forms of mindless entertainment. (may gain)
Reading, as you know, is a continuous and never ending process. If you do very little
reading, or if you read only material that offers no challenge to your comprehension, your
reading will be of very little use. Once we reach a certain age, or once our formal schooling is
completed, many of us become so restricted in our choice of .reading that we rarely read any
new type of reading experience. We tend to read only books in our professional or business
field, or only inspirational books, or only our favorite newspapers every morning, or only one
magazine for which we have developed a preference. And the trouble starts here. You should
neither read only for entertainment nor only for information but you should also read for
intellectual growth, for mental stimulation, for enriching your background of knowledge, for
wisdom, and for broader outlook and mature understanding. What kind of books should you
123
read to continue your intellectual growth, to gain a background for opinion and for judgment?
The answer is simple one: Read books in fields you have little or no acquaintance with, books
that will open for you new horizons of learning, books that will help you explore new areas of
knowledge and experience, books that will make the world and people more understandable to
you. Sadly, more and more people today are giving up the printed word in favor of being
entertained and informed by watching TV, a popular entertainment ,device present at almost
homes. More and more children are being subjected to TV programming, perhaps as a
babysitter. More than two hours of TV time per day are now a part of children development,
generating physiological and mental problems that are of growing concern among experts.
36. Reading ________.
a. completely stops when we finish our schooling c. is of little use
b. is an endless process d. should be done a little
37. According to the text, ________.
a. new type of reading experience often interests most of us .
b. we should only read for entertainment
c. reading for intellectual growth is necessary
d. we should not read for mental stimulation
38. What kind of books is recommended?
a. Books in fields you have little or no acquaintance with
b. Books that will help you explore new areas of knowledge and experience
c. Books that will open for you new horizons of learning
d. All are correct
39. We can learn from the text that today ________.
a. people spend more time watching TV than reading books
b. more and more people enjoy reading
c. most babysitters prefer watching TV
d. most children spend less than 2 hours a day watching TV
40. The writer ________.
a. does not approve of reading process c. prefers watching TV to reading
b. advises us to read as little as possible d. appreciates reading
If you want to prepare yourself for great achievement and have more to (41) ______ to your
education or your work, try reading more books. (42) ______ up some of the interestingly
informative books and search for well-researched material that can help you grow.
We should (43) ______ our children to read more books and (44) ______ less time
watching TV. Some people have commented that this is inconsistent. "Why is the written word a
superior way to get information than television?" That is (45) ______ interesting point of view
worth further (46) ______. Reading is a skill that is in much greater demand than the demand
for watching TV. There are no jobs that (47) ______ a person to be able to watch TV but
reading is an integral part of many jobs. The written word is an incredibly flexible and efficient
way of communication. You can write something down and, in no time, it can be (48) ______ to
many different people. Not only that, we can (49) ______ vast amounts of information through
reading in a very short time. A good reader can acquire more information in reading for two
hours than someone watching TV can acquire in a full day. You are able to gain a lot of
information quickly because you are a fast reader with good (50) ______ skills. It will save you
massive amounts of time and you will be able to assimilate vast quantities of information.
41. a. contribute b. gather c. collect d. gain
42. a. Make b. Set c. Take d. Pick
43. a. discuss b. encourage c. suggest d. define
44. a. spend b. apply c. train d. waste
46. a. explore b. explorer c. exploration d. explorative
47. a. inquire b. tell c. require d. ask
48. a. submitted b. handed c. sent d. communicated
49. a. inhale b. breathe c. eat d. digest
50. a. apprehension b. enjoyment c. comprehension d. entertainment
124
TEST 2
1. a. picture b. action c. question d. future
2. a. swallow b. below c. slowly d. allow
3. a. enough b. loud c. about d. amount
4. a. reading b. easy c. pleasure d. please
5. a. killed b. enjoyed c. described d. digested

6. It is important ________ students to read as many books as possible.
a. up b. about c. to d. for
7. Who does the book belong ________?
a. for b. to c. on d. through
8. He picked ________ the book and turned page after page.
a. up b. on c. away d. in
9. Read the book ________ and you can find the information you need.
a. care b. careful c. carefulness d. carefully
10. Not many people find reading more ________ than watching TV.
a. interest b. interested c. interesting d. interestingly
11. To become a novelist, you need to be ________.
a. imagine b. imagination c. imaginative d. imaginarily
12. A ________ is a story long enough to fill a complete book, in which the characters and
events are usually imaginary.
a. pleasure b. novel c. page d. review
13. A ________ is the story of a person's life written by somebody else.
a. romance b. fiction c. biography d. science
14. When a reader reads an interesting book slowly and carefully, he ____ it
a. reviews b. chews and digests c. swallows d. dips into
15. Since their appearance, books are a previous ________ of knowledge and pleasure.
a. source b. pile c. amount d. sum
16. Many teenagers are not much ________ in reading books, except for what they are made to
read at school
a. excited b. important c. slow d. interested
17. This book ________ to Peter. It is not mine.
a. possesses b. owns c. has d. belong
18. Have you ever read ________ "Oliver Twist", ________ interesting novel written by Charles
Dickens?
a. the / the b. Ø / an c. Ø / Ø d. an / the
19. I like ________ books better than ________ films.
a. Ø / Ø b. the / the c. Ø / the d. the / Ø
20. The room is too dirty. It ________ now.
a. should clean b. should have cleaned
c. should be cleaning d. should be being cleaned
21. The situation ________ to continue.
a. cannot allow b. cannot be allowed
c. cannot have allowed d. cannot be allowing
22. The machine ________ on by pressing this switch.
a. can turn b. can be turned c. must turn d. should be turning
23. Everybody agrees that no more staff ________.
a. should employ b. should not be employed
c. will not be employed d. will he employed
24. Things ________ clear to them so that they can do the work in the way that you have told
them.
a. are making b. ought to be made c. have made d. needn't be made
25. Cigarettes ________ at a bakery.
125
a. most buy b. cannot buy c. cannot be bought d. should not buy
26. The next meeting ________ in May.
a. will hold b. will be held c. will be holding d. will have held
27. ________ in simpler words?
a. Has this issue expressed b. Can't this issue express
c. Can this issue express d. Couldn't this issue be expressed
28. All traffic laws ________.
a. is observed b. must be observed
c. must have observed d. had better observe
29. Tomatoes ________ before they are completely ripe.
a. can be picked b. can pick c. needn't pick d. should be picking
30. This letter ________, not handwritten.
a. should be typing b. should be typed
c. needn't type d. needn't be typed
Choose the best clause or phrase to complete the following sentence.
31. The Old Man and the Sea is a novel of just over 100 pages in length by Ernest Hemingway,
________.
a. who should have written it and published it in 1952
b. it was written in Cuba in 1951 and it was published in 1952
c. which must have written and published in 1952
d. written in Cuba in 1951 and published in 1952
32. The story centers upon Santiago, ________.
a. he is the main character, an aging Cuban fisherman, he struggles with a giant marlin far
out in the Gulf Stream.
b. the main character, an old Cuban fisherman, to struggle with a giant marlin far out in the
Gulf Stream.
c. who was a Cuban old fisherman struggles with a giant marlin off the Gulf Stream.
d. an aging Cuban fisherman who struggles with a giant marlin far out in the Gulf
Stream.
33. ________. Two days and nights' pass in this manner, during which the old man bears the
tension of the line with his body.
a. The fish is too huge to pull his boat
b. The fish is so huge that it pulls his boat
c. The fish is very huge pulling his boat
d. The huge fish it pulls his boat
34. When he reaches the coast, there is only the skeleton of the fish left because a pack of
sharks follow the trail to Santiago's boat ________.
a. so that the marlin is bitten largely by each of them
b. it is taken an enormous bite by each shark
c. and each shark takes an enormous bite out of the marlin
d. but each shark takes the marline an enormous bite
35. The Old Man and the Sea is noteworthy in twentieth century fiction, reaffirming Hemingway's
worldwide literary prominence
a. as well as being a significant factor in his selection for the Nobel Prize in Literature
in 1954
b. he was a significant factor in his selection for the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1954
c. a significant factor because of he was selected for the Nobel Prize in Literature in1954
d. but to be a significant factor in his selection for the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1954
It is often said that books are always a good friends and reading is an active mental
process. Unlike TV, books make you use your brain. By reading, you think more and become
smarter. Reading improves concentration and focus. Reading books takes brain power. It
requires you to focus on what you are reading for long periods. Unlike magazines, Internet
posts or e-Mails that might contain small pieces of information. Books tell the whole story".
Since you must concentrate in order to read, you will get better at concentration. Many studies
show if you do not use your memory; you lose it. Reading helps you stretch your memory
126
muscles. Reading requires remembering details, facts and figures and in literature, plot lines,
themes and characters.
Reading is a good way to improve your vocabulary. Do you remember that when you were
at elementary school you learned how to infer the meaning of one word by reading the context
of the other words in the sentence? While reading books, especially challenging ones, you will
find yourself exposed to many new words.
Reading is a fundamental skill builder. Every good course has a matching book to go with it.
Why? Because books help clarify difficult subjects. Books provide information that goes deeper
than just classroom discussions By reading more books you become better informed and more
of an expert on the topics you read about. This expertise translates into higher self-esteem.
Since you are so well-read, people look to you for answers. Your feelings about yourself can
only get better.
Books give you knowledge of other cultures and places. The more information you have
got, the richer your knowledge is. Books can expand your horizons by letting you see what other
cities and countries have to offer before you visit them.
36. Books have great influence on ________.
a. TV b. friendship c. brain d. muscles
37. When you are reading a book, ________.
a. you have to read small pieces of information
b. you use your brain in concentration and focus
c. you have to read during a very long time
d. you lose your memory
38. A challenging book ________.
a. helps you to improve your vocabulary b. is only for primary pupils
c. can translate all new words d. contains a lot of difficult vocabulary
39. Books ________.
a. are compulsory in every course
b. are not needed in most of course
c. contain less information than class discussions
d. make a sick patient feel better
40. Books cannot give you ________.
a. knowledge b. information c. self-esteem d. muscles
When a child learns to read and write, he must access the schema developed in his (41)
______. As he reads, the child creates pictures in his mind and uses (42) _____ and points of
reference to put the story (43) ____. Television images do not go through a complex symbolic
transformation. The mind does not have to decode and manipulate during the television
experience. Watching television and playing video games do not (44) ______ a child's skills in
word recognition, decoding, vocabulary, spelling or high-level thinking. The connection between
television's effects (45) ______ children's reading abilities and the (46) ______ in their writing
skills is clear: there is no question in the minds of educators that a student who cannot read with
the true comprehension will never learn to write well. Writing, after (47) ______, is book talk,
and you only learn book talk by reading. It has been shown that reading stimulates brain
activity. While reading, we imagine settings, characters and we become part of the world of the
story. (48) ______, it has been shown that watching television prevents brain activity. Children
who watch too much television are less socially developed and have problems maintaining (49)
______. Reading, (50) ______ of watching television, enriches our lives, develops the
imagination, and intellect, and is less brain deadening. Reading is good for us, it makes one a
better person.
41. a. brain b. heart c. forehead d. hand
42. a. imagine b. imaginative c. imaginary d. imagination
43. a. one another b. other c. together d. each other
44. a. digest b. chew c. advance d. develop
45. a. with b. on c. for d. at
46. a. decline b. stop c. harm d. discouragement
47. a. that b. it c. all d. whole
127
48. a. Conversely b. Successfully c. Totally d. Unhappily
49. a. education b. explanation c. concentration d. exploration
50. a. because b. instead c. consisting d. in spite
TEST 3
1. a. book b. too c. who d. lose
2. a. fewer b. wonderful c. swallow d. chew
3. a. tasting b. subject c. sleep d. pleasure
4. a. source b. resource c. course d. colour
5. a. advice b. pick c. might d. kind

6. Many people are not interested ________ reading books as much as seeing films.
a. in b. with c. for d. about
7. We spend more time watching TV than reading books. But ________ fact. TV has not kill
reading.
a. for b. upon c. at d. in
8. Books are a wonderful source ________ knowledge and pleasure.
a. with b. of c. in d. about
9. After leaving school, many of us only read for ________.
a. please b. pleasant c. pleasure d. pleasing
10. Mary enjoys reading ________, adventure, and whatever else she can either buy or borrow.
a. romance b. romantic c. romanticize d. romanticism
11. The novel has had a tremendous impact on ________ and publishing markets.
a. entertain b. entertainer c. entertainment d. entertainingly
12. Please give me some advice to buy suitable books for my ten-year-old girl.
a. recommendation b. information c. fiction d. interest
13. Tommy likes the books that he borrowed from the school library very much. He has read
them with ________.
a. entertainment b. romance c. tasting d. pleasure
14. The reviewer ________ Mathew's new novel as a new style of modern science fiction.
a. chewed b. digested c. described d. drew
15. I have nearly finished reading the book. There are only a few ______ left.
a. pieces b. pages c. slices d. sheets
16. Can you ________ what it would be like to live without books?
a. imagine b. advise c. describe d. understand
17. A ________ is a book, film, or play that tells an exciting fictional story about something such
as criminal activities or spying.
a. non-fiction b. science c. thriller d. romance
18. Peter enjoys ________ science fictions, ________ type of book based on imagined scientific
discoveries in the future.
a. Ø / Ø b. the / Ø c. Ø / a d. the / the
19. Different people never read a book in ________ same way.
20. Before eating, ________ thoroughly with soap and clean water.
a. you should wash your hands b. your hands should be washing
c. you need washing your hands d. Your hands need washed
21. Fruits ________ in a freezer.
a. should not put b. should not be put
c. must put d. must be putting
22. The fire ________ by lightning.
a. must cause b. must be causing
c. must have caused d. must have been caused
23. The last decision ________.
a. will be made by the manager b. needn't be finished / will be having
128
c. that will be made by the manager d. must be finished / can have
24. This work ________ today so that we ________ a holiday tomorrow.
a. will finish / are having b. that the manager will be made
c. should finish / can be had d. will be making by the manager
25. I wish I ________ many times.
a. will not be interrupted b. would not be interrupted
c. will not have interrupted d. would not have been interrupted
26. The package ________ carefully before it ________.
a. must be wrapped / is posted b. needs wrapping / will be posted
c. should wrap / is going to be posted d. will be wrapping / needs posting
27. The weather forecast says that ________ tomorrow.

a. it will snow b. it will be snowed
c. it needs snowing d. it must be snowed
28. The car ________ by Karen. The keys are still on the table.
a. must have taken b. must have been taken
c. can't have been taken d. can't have taken
29. The garden ________. It has just started raining.
a. needn't water b. needn't be watered
c. needn't be watering d. needn't have watered
30. - I saw Grace this morning at the bank.
- It ________ Grace. She has been to Paris on her honeymoon.
a. can't be b. must be c. can't have been d. must have been
Choose the best sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one.
31. It wasn't obligatory to submit my assignment today.
a. My assignment must have been submitted today.
b. I needn't have submitted my assignment today.
c. My assignment was required to submit by today.
d. I mustn't submit my assignment today.
32. It's time we left for the disco.
a. We may leave for the disco now.
b. We needn't leave for the disco now.
c. We should leave for the disco now.
d. We must have leave for the disco now.
33. It was a mistake of you to lose your passport.
a. You shouldn't have lost your passport.
b. There must be a mistake in your passport.
c. You needn't have brought your passport.
d. Your passport must be lost.
34. My car keys are possibly in the kitchen.
a. My car keys should be put in the kitchen.
b. My car keys cannot be in the kitchen.
c. I do not know whether my car keys are in the kitchen.
d. My car keys might be in the kitchen.
35. Is it possible for me to come to your house at about 7pm?
a. Must I come over to your house at about 7pm?
b. Could I be come to your house at about 7pm?
c. Can I come to your house at about 7pm?
d. Will I come to your house at about 7pm?
Have you ever written a book report? First of all, you have to read the book. Your next step
will be to organize what you are going to say about it in your report. Writing the basic elements
down in an outline format will help you to organize your thoughts. What will you include in the
outline? Follow whatever instructions your teacher has given you. If you are on your own,
however, the following guidelines should help.
129
Let's assume for the moment that you have chosen a work of fiction. We will start with a
description of the book. The description should include such elements as:
1. The setting: Where does the story take place? Is it a real place or an imaginary one? If the
author does not tell you exactly, where the story is set, what can you tell about it from the
way it is described?
2. The time period: Is the story set in the present day or in an earlier time period? Perhaps it
is even set in the future! Let your reader know.
3. The main characters: Who is the story mostly about? Give a brief description. Often, one
character can be singled out as the main character, but some books will have more than
one.
4. The plot: What happens to the main character? Warning! Be careful here. Do not fall into
the boring trap of reporting every single thing that happens in the story. Pick only the most
important events. Here are some hints on how to do that. First, explain the situation of the
main character as the story opens. Next, identify the basic plot element of the story - Is the
main character trying to achieve something or overcome a particular problem? Thirdly,
describe a few of the more important things that happen to the main character as he/she
works toward that goal or solution. Finally, you might hint at the story's conclusion without
completely giving away the ending.
The four points above deal with the report aspect of your work. For the final section of your
outline, give your reader a sense of the impression the book made upon you. Ask yourself what
the author was trying to achieve and whether or not he achieved it with you. What larger idea
does the story illustrate? How does it do that? How did you feel about the author's style of
writing, the setting, or the mood of the novel? You do not have to limit yourself to these areas.
Pick something which caught your attention, and let your reader know your personal response
to whatever it was.
36. When you write a book report, you can organize your thoughts by writing the basic elements
down in an outline format.
37. The background of the story, place and time, is not necessary in a book report.
38. Each book has only one main character.
39. In your book report, only important events are told.
40. When you report a non-fiction work, you needn't express your impression on the book.
Making time to read is something we all know we (41) ______ do, but who schedules book
reading time every day? There are very few. That is why adding book reading to your daily
schedule and sticking to it can improve discipline.
Books are (42) ______. You can take them almost anywhere. As such, you can learn
almost anywhere too.
By reading more books and exposing yourself (43) ______ new and more complete
information, you will also be able to come up with more (44) ______ ideas. When you have read
so many books on the subject, you can combine lessons from all of them into new (45) ______.
Reading gives you something to talk about. Have you ever (46) ______ out of things to talk
about with your best friend, wife or husband? This can be uncomfortable. It (47) ______ even
make married couples wonder if their marriage is in trouble. (48) ______, if you read a lot of
books, you will always have something to talk about. You can discuss various plots in the
novels you read, you can discuss the things you are learning in the business books you are
reading as well. The possibilities of sharing are endless.
Bocks are inexpensive (49) ______ to help you reduces stress. Many readers relax by
reading. Compared with the person who gets home from work and immediately (50) ______ on
the TV news, you are going from work stress to crime stress. TV as a source of relaxation is too
full of loud commercials and fast moving violent images. If relaxation is something you want,
turn off the TV or computer and pick up a book.
130
41. a. should b. mustn't c. needn't d. might
42. a. durable b. portable c. changeable d. capable
43. a. for b. with c. on d. to
44. a. disapproved b. dull c. creative d. required
45. a. solutions b. problems c. troubles d. difficulties
46. a. put b. had c. walked d. run
47. a. should b. might c. need d. must
48. a. So b. Therefore c. However d. Although
49. a. entertainment b. tension c. machinery d. media
50. a. gets b. turns c. takes d. makes
Unit 12: WATER SPORTS

TEST 1
1. a. interfered b. allowed c. visited d. played
2. a. water b. swimming c. between d. rowing
3. a. lie b. goalie c. achieve d. belief
4. a. punch b. synchronized c. March d. touching
5. a. caps b. meters c. swimmers d. lines

6. How many players are there in _______ water polo team?
7. _______ swimming is considered to be good way of losing weight.
a. Ø / a b. The / a c. A / the d. The / the
8. They are going to _______ the pool to 1.8 meter.
a. deep b. depth c. deepen d. deeply
9. The referee had no hesitation in awarding the visiting team a _______.
a. penalty b. penalize c. penal d. penalization
10. The crowd cheered as the goalkeeper deflected the _______.
a. shoot b. shooting c. shooter d. shot
11. _______ defense, the players work to regain possession of the ball and prevent a goal
a. About b. Over c. Without d. On
12. Players can move the ball by throwing it _______ a teammate or swimming while pushing
the ball in front of them.
a. for b. into c. to d. from
13. Shots usually succeed when the goalie is out _______ position.
a. into b. for c. of d. off
14. In water polo, a shot is successful if the ball completely passes between the goal posts and
underneath the _______.
a. net b. crossbar c. ball d. goalie
15. A defensive player may only hold, block or pull a / an _______ who is touching or holding
the ball.
a. audience b. referee c. goalie d. opponent
16. If a defender _______ a foul within the five meter area that prevents a likely goal, the
attacking team is awarded a penalty throw or shot.
a. commits b. interferes c. punches d. touches
17. The more' goals the players _______, the more exciting the match became.
a. marked b. made c. scored d. sprinted
18. After a tie, there are two overtime periods of three minutes each.
a. penalty b. draw c. score d. goal
19. The goalkeeper can also be ejected for twenty seconds if a major foul is committed.
a. advanced b. sprinted c. played d. excluded
131
20. A goalie who aggressively fouls an attacker in position to score can be charged with a
_______ shot for the other team.
a. penalty b. preventing c. scoring d. ranging
21. _______ is a sport in which people or teams race against each other in boats with oars.
a. Rowing b. Windsurfing c. Swimming d. Water polo
22. I have never taken part in any water sports _______ I cannot swim.
a. because b. because of c. due to d. partly because of
23. Many people do not like scuba diving _______.
a. because it is dangerous b. because of it is dangerous
c. because its danger d. due to it is dangerous
24. New Zealand _______ 1,000 miles southeast of Australia.
a. lies about b. is lain c. is lying d. is laid about
25. John _______ across the lawn.

a. danced wildly b. was wildly danced
c. was dancing wild d. was being danced wildly
26. John _______ every summer.
a. plays softball and tennis b. plays with softball and tennis
c. is played softball and tennis d. is played with softball and tennis
27. The eagle _______ higher and higher in the sky.
a. soar b. soared c. is soared d. was soared
28. The ship _______ during the night.
a. has remained the harbor b. was remained the harbor
c. remained the harbor d. remained in the harbor
29. The baby _______.
a. was sleeping depth b. was slept deeply
c. slept in depth d. was sleeping deeply
30. They _______ by the sea.
a. are staying at a hotel b. are staying a hotel
c. are being stayed a hotel d. are being stayed at a hotel
31. Windsurfing, which is a water sport combining elements of surfing and
A B
sailing first developeds in the United States in 1968 and also called boardsailing. C (was
first developed) D
32. The windsurfer stands on a board that is propelled and steering by
A B (steered)
means of a sail attached to a mast that is articulated at the foot.
C D
33. Since 1984 the sport has included in the Olympic Games as part of the
A B C D
yachting events. (has been included)
34. The sport was became very popular in Europe and by the late 70's
A B
there was windsurfing fever in Europe with one in every three
C
households having a sailboard. (became)
D
35. The first world championship of windsurfing held in 1973. Windsurfing
A B C (was help)
first became an Olympic sport in 1984 for men and 1992 for women.
D
There is very little documentation about the origins of water polo. It is known, however, that
the sport originated in the rivers and lakes of mid-19th century England as an aquatic version of
rugby. Early games used an inflated rubber ball that came from India known as a "pulu" (the
132
single Indian word for all "balls"). Pronounced "polo" by the English, both the game and the ball
became known as "water polo." To attract more spectators to swimming exhibitions, the London
Swimming Association designed a set of water polo rules for indoor swimming pools in 1870. At
first, players scored by planting the ball on the end of the pool with both hands. A favorite trick
of the players was to place the five-to-nine inch rubber ball inside their swimming suit and dive
under the murky water, they would then appear again as close to the goal as possible. The
introduction of the rules by Scottish players changed the nature of water polo. It became a
game that emphasized swimming, speed and passing. Scottish rules moved from a rugby
variant to a soccer style of play. Goals became a cage of 10x 3 feet and a goal could be scored
by being thrown. Players could only be tackled when they "held" the ball and the ball could no
longer be taken under water. The small rubber ball was replaced by a leather soccer ball. If the
player came up too near the goal, he was promptly jumped on by the goalie, who was permitted
to stand on the pool deck. Games were often nothing more than gang fights in the water as
players ignored the ball, preferring underwater wrestling matches that usually ended with one
man floating to the surface unconscious. Water polo was first played in the USA in 1888. The
game featured the old rugby style of play which resembled American football in the water.
"American style" water polo became very popular and by the late 1890's was played in such
venues as Madison Square Garden and Boston's Mechanics Hall, attracting 14,000 spectators
to national championship games.
a. the origins of water polo are written thoroughly in a lot of documents
b. water polo is an aquatic version of rugby
c. water polo first appeared somewhere outside England
d. people have played water polo since the early 19th century.
37. The present rules of water polo were invented _______.
a. by Scottish players b. by Indian players
c. the London Swimming Association d. in 1870
38. In water polo, the players score a goal by _______.
a. swimming b. passing c. catching d. throwing
39. The present water polo ball is made of _______.
a. rubber b. leather c. bone d. wood
40. Water polo became popular in America in _______.
a. the middle of the 19th century b. in 1870
c. in 1888 d. by the late 1890's
Rowing is a sport in which athletes race' against each other on river, lakes or on the ocean,
(41) _____ on the type of race and the discipline. The boats are propelled by the reaction forces
on the oar blades (42) _____ they are pushed against the water. The sport can be both
recreational, focusing (43) _____ learning the techniques required, and competitive where
overall fitness plays a large role. It is also one of (44) _____ oldest Olympic sports. In the United
States, Australia and Canada, high school and collegial rowing is sometimes referred to as
crew.
(45) _____ rowing, the athlete sits in the boat facing backwards, towards the stern, and
uses the oars which are held in (46) _____ by the oarlocks to propel the boat forward, towards
the bow. It is a demanding sport requiring strong core balance as well as physical (47) _____
and cardiovascular endurance.
Since the action of rowing (48) _____ fairly popular throughout the world, there are many
different types of (49) _____. These include endurance races, time trials, stake racing, bumps
racing, and the side-by-side format used in the Olympic Games. The many different formats are
a result of the long (50) _____ of the sport, its development in. different regions of the world,
and specific local requirements and restrictions.
41. a. depending b. creating c. interesting d. carrying
42. a. but b. because c. as d. as soon as
43. a. of b. on c. with d. about
45. a. Over b. Of c. During d. While
133
46. a. area b. sight c. part d. place
47. a. strong b. strongly c. strength d. strengthen
48. a. was become b. has become c. is become d. is becoming
49. a. competition b. examination c. test d. round
50. a. work b. history c. period d. race
TEST 2
1. a. water b. football1 c. begin2 d. meter1
2. a. personal1 b. penalty1 c. defensive2 d. vertical1
3. a. award2 b. prevent2 c. visit 1 d. except2
4. a. goalie1 b. advanced2 c. above2 d. depend2
5. a. overtime1 b. decision2 c. period1 d. penalize1
6. Water polo is played in _______ pool 1.8 meters deep.

7. The goalie tried to catch _______ ball, but he failed.
8. The final I _______ was 3-0.
a. score b. scoring c. scorer d. scores
9. The referee's _______ is the most important in any sport competition.
a. decide b. decisive c. decision d. decider
10. _______ players are not allowed to interfere with the opponent's movements unless the
player is holding the ball.
a. Defense b. Defensive c. Defender d. Defensively
11. _____ the start of each period, both teams line up on their own goal line.
a. In b. For c. From d. At
12. A water polo ball is constructed of waterproof material to allow it to float _______ the water.
a. upon b. over c. above d. on
13. There are six field player positions and a goalkeeper ______ each team.
a. on b. with c. from d. for
14. _______ is a sport in which two or more people perform complicated and carefully planned
movements in water in time to music.
a. Rowing b. Windsurfing c. Diving d. Synchronized swimming
15. If the tie is not broken after two overtime _______, a penalty shootout will determine the
winner.
a. opponents b. waves c. parts d. periods
16. Minor _______ occur when a player impedes or otherwise prevents the free movement of an
opponent including swimming on the opponent's shoulders, back or legs.
a. penalties b. shots c. fouls d. motions
17. _______ is a game played in a swimming pool in which two teams of swimmers try to score
goals with a ball.
a. Water polo b. Rowing c. Swimming d. Water skiing
18. Offensive players may be called for a foul by pushing off a defender to provide space for a
_______ or shot.
a. pass b. crossbar c. box d. goal
19. A penalty shot is _______ when a major foul is committed inside the 5-meter line.
a. prevented b. awarded c. committed d. ranged
20. A dry pass, meaning the ball does not _______ the water is thrown a few inches above the
head of the catching player.
a. catch b. hold c. swim d. touch
21. _______ is a sport in which you move along the surface of the sea or a lake on a long
narrow board with a sail on it.
a. Water polo b. Diving c. Windsurfing d. Scuba diving
22. Water polo balls _______ with a special texture so it will not slip from the hands of a player.
134
a. cover b. are covered c. are being covered d. covered
23. Alexis _______ next week.
a is swimming in the state championship
b. is swimming the state championship
c. is swum the state championship
d. is swum the state championship
24. The news of war _______ and the world.
a. was shocked the nation b. was shocked by the nation
c. shocked the nation d. shocked by the nation
25. The player _______.
a. will reward for his hat-trick b. will be rewarded for his hat-trick
c. will reward his hat-trick d. will be rewarded his hat-trick
26. Before the end of the term, I _______ all the required reading.
a. was finished by b. had been finished by
c. had finished d. had been finished
27. The player was ejected because he committed a foul.

a. as b. due to c. despite d. provided
28. John could not continue the match _______ his badly injured leg.
a. because b. since c. as d. because of
29. They cancelled the match _______ his badly injured leg.
a. due to it rained heavily b. because of the heavy rain
c. because of it rained heavily d. because the heavy rain
30. You need proper shoes to go hiking in the mountains, _______ the ground is rough and
hard.
a. though b. due to c. because of d. because
31. He could escape from hurt because he was wearing protective clothes.
a. Thanks to his protective clothes, he could escape from hurt.
b. His protective clothes made him hurt.
c. Due to his protective clothes, he was hurt.
d. His being hurt made his unable to wear protective clothes.
32. We were unable to type the contract because the computer malfunctioned.
a. Despite a computer malfunction, we managed to finish typing the contract.
b. The computer malfunction helped us complete the contract.
c. The fact that the computer malfunction prevented us from typing the contract.
d. Thanks to the computer malfunction, we could type the contract.
33. The roads were slippery because it snowed heavily.
a. It snowed too heavily to make the roads slippery.
b. The heavy snow prevented the roads from-being slippery.
c. Thanks to the slip of the roads, it snowed heavily.
d. The heavy snow made the roads slippery.
34. The accident happened because she was careless.
a. The accident was prevented due to her carelessness.
b. Her carelessness was responsible for the accident.
c. It was the accident that made her careless.
d. The more careless she was, the less accident happened.
35. I did not understand what the lecturer was saying because I had not read his book.
a. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me to understand.
b. The lecturer's book which I had not read was difficult to understand.
c. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in his book.
d. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read his book.
Water sports are as challenging as they are fun. Although water sports are not as popular
as basketball or football, activities such as parasailing, water skiing, water polo, wakeboarding,
135
jet skiing and competitive swimming interest many people. Ail water sports have an element of
danger involved, which is why it is important to follow these safety tips before you dive in.
Step 1: Learn how to swim. Sure, it seems obvious, but it is also extremely important. Do
not even think about skiing, tubing, wakeboarding or water polo if you cannot stay afloat in
water deeper than your height.
Step 2: Check your equipment and your life safety tools. Count your life vests and have
floatation devices nearby. If you are engaging in a sport that requires a lot of equipment, such
as wakeboarding, go over every piece to ensure proper functioning.
Step 3: Be physically fit. Put your pride aside and get in shape. Most water sports are
incredibly strenuous and require the player to have physical endurance. It can be dangerous to
participate in a water sport, such as water skiing or wakeboarding, when your body isn't ready.
Step 4: Save the tricks for the professionals. If you are an amateur, do not attempt water
sport tricks. It is tempting to push to the next level with sports like skiing and sailing, but train
heavily first.
Step 5: Recruit a spotter. When you do water sports, always have an extra person on hand
to spot for you. This includes indoor sports like' water polo, diving and competitive swimming.
36. Water sports are much more popular than basket ball and football.
37. Sometimes it is dangerous to playa water sport.
38. The first thing you have to do is to learn how to swim if you want to take up a water sport.
39. You need to have a boat right beside all the time if you want to take up a water sport.
40. There are tricks which amateur players cannot play.
Sailing or boating may seem to be very interesting with the high level of technical elements
(41) _____ in the sport. Whether you choose a small (42) _____ or a catamaran, whether you
choose lake or ocean sailing, there are (43) _____ number of things you need to master before
you can start enjoying the pure (44) _____ of being on the water.
Getting the sailing skills which you need to start sailing your own boat is easy if you just sign
up with a sailing school. You can learn to sail (45) _____ any age. There are no (46) ____. The
best schools and instructors will teach you all you need to know about sailing in a friendly and
pleasant manner. As with all sports, sailing will get you into (47) _____ with new friends. There
is a closeness that develops out at sea, however, (48) _____ not many other sports have. Being
on the water in any capacity demands a healthy outlook and way of life. Sailing and boating are
two sports that (49) _____ all our senses to be at their peak. Sailing calls upon physical
strength, intelligence and intuition. It is one sport that allows you to leave all your daily concerns
and (50) _____ back on the land and to be off with only your bare self.
41. a. invented b. consisted c. involved d. contained
42. a. fleet b. submarine c. ferry d. boat
44. a. please b. pleasure c. pleasant d. pleasantly
45. a. with b. at c. in d. for
46. a. investment b. disappearance c. discoveries d. restrictions
47. a. allowance b. pace c. contact d. keeping
48. a. which b. that c. when d. whom
49. a. ask b. say c. tell d. demand
50. a. cultures b. habits c. traditions d. customs
TEST 3
1. a. sprint b. line c. divide d. ride
2. a. swimming b. post c. decision d. score
3. a. style b. penalty c. pretty d. typical
4. a. pool b. good c. look d. book
136
5. a. foul b. house c. amount d. adventurous

6. Where can people play _______ water polo?
7. No _______ water polo player except _______ goalie can hold the ball with both hands.
a. a / the b. the / Ø c. the / a d. Ø / the
8. The main task of a defender in a sport game is to _______ the opponents from scoring.
a. prevent b. preventing c. prevention d. preventable
9. Many young men prefer scuba-diving because it is _______.
a. adventure b. adventurous c. adventurously d. adventurist
10. I _______ think that scuba diving is more of danger than adventure.
a. person b. personal c. personally d. personalize
11. What kind of sport one chooses to play mostly depends _______ his preference and health.
a. with b. for c. in d. on
12. Most referees often wears _______ black.
a. in b. for c. with d. on
13. In water polo game, only the goalie can hold the ball _______ two hands.
a. at b. in c. with d. from
14. If the score is tied at the end of regulation play, two _______ periods of three minutes each
are played.
a. half b. halftime c. quarter d. overtime
15. A water polo cap is used to ____ the players' heads and to identify them.
a. tie b. penalize c. protect d. move
16. lf a defender _______ with a free throw, holds or sinks an attacker, he is excluded from the
game for twenty seconds.
a. punches b. passes c. plays d. interferes
17. Water polo is a team water game, with six field players and one goalie in each team. The
winner of the game is the team that scores more _____.
a. nets b. goals c. plays d. balls
18. As all field players are only allowed to touch the ball with one hand at a time, they must
develop the ability to catch and _______ the ball with either hand.
a. throw b. point c. score d. cross
19. _______ is the activity of swimming underwater using special breathing equipment.
a. Synchronized swimming b. Rowing
c. Water polo d. Scuba diving
20. When the offense takes possession of the ball, the strategy is to _______ the ball down the
field of play and to score a goal.
a. create b. ride c. advance d. eject
21. The referee signals with a whistle and by lowering his arm, and the player taking the penalty
_______ must immediately throw the ball with an uninterrupted motion toward the goal.
a. arm b. shot c. net d. goal
22. Some of the students began to fall asleep _______ the lecture was boring and irrelevant.
a. as b. due to c. because of d. on account of
23. Tommy joined the English Club _______ to increase his circle of friends.
a. because his desire b. because of his desire
c. because of he desired d. due to he desired..
24. _______, I do not consider this composition acceptable.
a. Because of so many errors b. Because of there were so many errors
c. On account of there were so many errors d. As so many errors
25. The prisoner was given a harsh sentence ______ the nature of his crime.
a. since b. as c. because d. due to
26. The burglar _______.
a. has been disappeared with the cash b. disappeared the cash
c. disappeared with the cash d. was disappeared with the cash
137
27. Ellen _______ and sang her song.
a. nodded to the audience b. nodded the audience
c. was nodding the audience d. was nodded to the audience
28. Our teacher _______ to take the exam.
a. gave another chance each of us
b. was given each of us by another chance
c. gave each of us another chance
d. was given each of us another chance
29. If Charlie _______, he could have been injured.
a. had been run the street b. had been run into the street
c. had run the street d. had run into the street
30. The turtle _______ of Arizona.
a. may be lived a small area b. may be lived in a small area
c. may live in a small area d. may live a small area
Choose the best that can completes the following.
31. _______, consisting of swimmers performing a synchronized routine of elaborate and
dramatic moves in the water, accompanied by music.
a. Synchronized swimming is a hybrid of swimming, gymnastics, and dance
b. Synchronized swimming which a water sport, a hybrid of swimming, gymnastics, and
dance
c. Synchronized swimming, a hybrid of swimming, gymnastics, and dance
d. Synchronized swimming, it is a hybrid of swimming, gymnastics, and dance.
32. Synchronized swimming demands some water skills, and requires incredible strength,
endurance, flexibility, grace, artistry and precise timing, _______.
a. while upside down underwater with exceptional breath control
b. because of exceptional breath control while upside down underwater
c. also exceptional breath control is required while upside down underwater
d. as well as exceptional breath control while upside down underwater
33. Developed in the early 1900s in Canada, synchronized swimming is a sport performed
almost exclusively by women. _______.
a. As for its early form, sometimes it was called "water ballet"
b. In its early form, it was sometimes known as "water ballet"
c. Since its early form, sometimes it knew as "water ballet"
d. With its early form, "water ballet" was sometimes known
34. When performing routines, competitors will typically wear a nose-clip. _______, to reflect the
type of music to which they are swimming.
a. The competitors who wear custom swimsuits and headpieces, usually elaborately
decorated
b. They also wear custom swimsuits and headpieces, usually elaborately decorated
c. They also wear custom swimsuits and headpieces, which are usually elaborately
decorating.
d. Usually elaborately decorated, the competitors also wear custom swimsuits and
headpieces
35. In synchronized swimming, the costume and music are not judged directly, _______.
Underwater speakers ensure that swimmers can hear the music at all times.
a. with factors into the overall performance and "artistic impression"
b. as a result they are factors into the overall performance and "artistic impression"
c. but they are factors into the overall performance and "artistic impression"
d. because they are factors into the overall performance as well as "artistic impression"
Recreational diving or sport diving is a type of diving that uses scuba equipment for the
purpose of leisure and enjoyment. In some diving circles, the term "recreational diving" is used
in contradistinction to "technical diving", a more demanding aspect of the sport which requires
greater levels of training, experience and equipment.
Recreational scuba diving grew out of related activities such as snorkeling and underwater
hunting. For a long time, recreational underwater excursions were limited by the amount of
138
breath that could be held. However, the invention of the aqualung in 1943 by Jacques-Yves
Cousteau and its development over subsequent years led to a revolution in recreational diving.
However, for much of the 1950s and early1960s, recreational scuba diving was a sport limited
to those who were able to afford or make their own kit, and prepared to undergo intensive
training to use it. As the sport became more popular, manufacturers became aware of the
potential market, and equipment began to appear that was easy to use, affordable and reliable.
Continued advances in' SCUBA technology, such as buoyancy compensators, modern diving
regulators, wet or dry suits, and dive computers, increased the safety, comfort and convenience
of the gear encouraging more people to train and use it.
Until the early 1950s, navies and other organizations performing professional diving were
the only providers of diver training, but only for their own personnel and only using their own
types of equipment. There were no training courses available to civilians who bought the first
scuba equipment. Professional instruction started in 1959 when the non-profit National
Association of Underwater Instructors was formed.
Further developments in technology have reduced the cost of training and diving. Scuba-
diving has become a popular leisure activity, and many diving locations have some form of dive
shop presence that can offer air fills, equipment and training. In tropical and sub-tropical parts of
the world, there is a large market in holiday divers, who train and dive while on holiday, but
rarely dive close to home. Generally, recreational diving depths are limited to a maximum of
between 30 and 40 meters (100 and 130 feet), beyond which a variety of safety issues make it
unsafe to dive using recreation diving equipment and practices, and specialized training and
equipment for technical diving are needed.
36. Recreational diving _______.
a. requires more equipment than technical diving ,
b. are taken up by many people for leisure and entertainment
c. needs no equipment
d. requires more experience than technical diving
37. Recreational underwater excursions used to be limited _______.
a. as underwater hunting was banned
b. because the necessary amount of breath was too expensive to afford
c. because divers could not take enough amount of breath with them
d. because the necessary amount of breath was too heavy to bring
38. According to the second paragraph, in the 1950s and early 1960s, recreational scuba diving
was a sport limited because _______.
a. divers did not like to take part in any intensive training courses
b. there were not any intensive training courses for divers
c. there were not enough kit for many divers
d. kit and intensive training were too expensive for many people to afford
39. These following sentences are true EXCEPT _______.
a. In the early 1950s anyone who wanted to dive could be professionally trained.
b. In the early 1950s there were no training courses available to civilians who bought the first
scuba equipment.
c. As recreational diving became more popular, manufacturers have made more and more
diving equipment.
d. Advances in scuba technology encourage more and more people to train and use it.
40. Holiday divers _______.
a. do not like to dive in tropical and sub-tropical parts
b. can dive as deep as they like because of safety
c. are those who go away from home to dive
d. are limited in tropical and sub-tropical parts
Water polo is a rapidly growing sport in the United States and internationally as (41)
______. For anyone involved in playing or being a spectator, it is important to understand the
rules of the game.
Each team (42) ______ of one goalie and six field players. Each field player plays both
offense and defense, and the goalie is not allowed on the other half of the pool. There are many
139
different arrangements of players in front of the goal. The (43) ______ of the players depends
on the play that is being run, similar to basketball or hockey.
One important rule is that the ball can only be handled by one hand at a time. If a player
(44) ______ the ball, which is the size of a volley ball, yellow and with rubber grip, with both
hands, the referee calls a turnover and the possession of the ball goes to the opposing team.
The playing time, (45) ______ on the rules of play and the level of competition. Usually,
men play four 7-minute quarters while women play four 6-minute quarters. Teams are usually
allowed 2 time outs per game, but this may vary. (46) ______ consist of swimsuits for both men
and women, as well as a cap on the head with plastic ear protectors and the player's number on
both sides. Visiting teams wear lighter color caps, while home wears the darker color. In (47)
______, one point is given for each time the ball is thrown into the goal, and in some leagues
there is a 2-point line several meters out of the goal. Each quarter begins with a (48) ______ in
which the fastest members of each team race toward the ball, which is placed at the halfway
point on the water by the referee.
Water polo is an (49) ______, challenging, and fun sport. It is full contact and its
competitiveness cannot be underestimated. The game is great to watch and (50) ______ better
to play. You may not imagine what goes on underwater that no one, especially not the referee,
can see. Water polo is a growing sport for good reason, and it may soon be one of the leading
sports for both men and women's athletics.
41. a. well b. too c. so d. also
42. a. contains b. includes c. consists d. involves
43. a. situation b. location c. position d. attention
44. a. fetches b. clutches c. shakes d. holds
45. a. takes b. depends c. interests d. attracts
46. a. Suits b. Dresses c. Costumes d. Uniforms
47. a. scoring b. marking c. getting d. penalizing
48. a. jog b. sprint c. walk d. run
49. a. excite b. excitement c. exciting d. excited
50. a. as b. even c. than d. more
Unit 13; THE 22nd SEAGAMES

TEST 1
1. a. events b. spirit c. Asian d. silver
2. a. gold b. region c. organize d. game.
3. a. trained b. proved c. impressed d. performed
4. a. competitor b. medal c. level d. development
5. a. honor b. high c. host d. hold

6. In _______ 22nd SEA Games, Vietnam won 158 _______ gold medals.
a. Ø / the b. the / Ø c. a / the d. the / the
7. _______ logo of the 22nd SEA Games is the stylization of Lac bird, the ancient bird pictured
of the face of Ngoc Lu kettledrum, _______ most special and typical relic of the ancient
Vietnamese culture.
a. A / the b. The / the c. Ø / Ø d. The / Ø
8. _______ symbol of the SEA Games Federation is to emphasize the solidarity, friendship,
and nobility.
9. The host country, Laos, is expected to announce official sports for 25th SEA Games
_______ November 2008.
a. on b. in c. during d. from
10. Vietnam recommended archery, vovinam, billiards-snooker and canoeing _______ official
sports at the games.
a. at b. with c. as d. in
140
11. The Party and State leaders, delegates, domestic arid international guests, and 11 sports
delegations _______ Southeast Asian countries to the 22nd SEA Games were warmly
welcomed.
a. over b. at c. for d. from
12. Johnny used to be one of the most _______ athletes in my country.
a. succeed b. success c. successful d. successfully
nd
13. The 22 SEA Games consisted of athletes from eleven _____ countries.
a. participate b. participant c. participation d. participating
14. _______, the athlete broke the world's record with two attempts.
a. Surprise b. Surprised c. Surprising d. Surprisingly
15. On behalf of the referees and athletes, referee Hoang Quoc Vinh and shooter Nguyen Manh
Tuong swore to an oath of "_______, Honesty and Fair Play".
a. Performance b. Delegation c. Participation d. Solidarity
16. The ASEAN Para-Games are hosted by the same country where the SEA Games took
place.
a. organized b. impressed c. participated d. defended
17. The ASEAN Para-Games is a biannual multi-sport _______ held after every Southeast
Asian Games for athletes with physical disabilities.
a. games b. event c. work d. situation
18. In beach volleyball, Indonesia defeated Thailand in straight sets to take men's gold _______.
a. present b. award c. medal d. reward
nd
19. The 22 SEA Games was the first time when Vietnam finished top of the medal _______.
a. standings b. events c. spirits d. programs
20. Viet Nam's successful hosting of the 22nd SEA Games is considered a/an _____ example
for other countries to follow, particularly in honesty, consistence and organizing method.
a. festival b. peaceful c. energetic d. outstanding
21. _______ you study for these exams, _______ you will do.
a. The harder / the better b. The more / the much
c. The hardest / the best d. The more hard / the more good,
22. My neighbor is driving me mad! It seems that _______ it is at night, _______ he plays his
music!
a. the less / the more loud b. the less / less
c. the more late / the more loudlier d. the later / the louder
23. Thanks to the progress of science and technology, our lives have become _______.
a. more and more good b. better arid better
c. the more and more good d. gooder and gooder
24. The Sears Tower is _______ building in Chicago.
a. taller b. the more tall c. the tallest d. taller and taller
25. Petrol is _______ it used to.
a. twice as expensive as b. twice expensive more than
c. twice more than expensive d. more expensive than twice
26. Peter is _______ John.
a. younger and more intelligent than
b. more young and intelligent than
c. more intelligent and younger than
d. the more intelligent and younger than
27. San Diego is town in Southern California.
a. more nice and nice b. the nicer c. the nicest d. nicer and nicer
28. It gets _______ when the winter is coming.
a. cold and cold b. the coldest and coldest
c. colder and colder d. more and more cold
29. Robert does not have _______ Peter does.
a. money more than b. as many money as
c. more money as d. as much money as
30. The Mekong Delta is _______ deltas in Vietnam.
a. the largest of the two b. the more larger of the two
141
c. one of the two largest d. one of the two larger
31. The Southeast Asian Games, also knowing as the SEA Games, is a
A (known)
biennial multi-sport event involving participants from the current eleven
B C
countries of Southeast Asia.
D
32. The SEA Games are under regulation of the Southeast Asian Games
A (is) B
Federation with supervision by the International Olympic Committee
C D
and the Olympic Council of Asia.
33. The proposed rationale was that a regional sports event will help
A B
promote cooperative, understanding and relations among countries in.
C (cooperation) D
the Southeast Asian region
34. The first SEA Games were held in Bangkok, Thailand, from 12 to 17
A B
December,1959 comprising more and more 527 athletes and officials
C D (more than)
from Southeast countries participating in 12 sports competitions.
35. The next host for the SEA Games is Laos. It is Laos' the first time as
A B C (first)
the host for the biannual- games.
D
The 22nd SEA Games, hosted this year by Vietnam, has joined the international movement
to rid sports of tobacco. For the first time, the regional sporting event will be tobacco-free under
a landmark cooperative agreement signed in April 2003 between the World Health Organization
(WHO), the 22nd SEA Games Organizing Committee and the Vietnamese Ministry of Health.
Hanoi Health Department has organized a press seminar to celebrate and raise awareness
about the tobacco-free SEA Games.
The 22nd SEA Games is the first games hosted by Vietnam and 10 countries from the
Southeast Asian region with nearly 8,000 athletes and coaches will participate. It will be the first
tobacco-free international sporting event in Vietnam, joining other international tobacco-free
sporting events such as the FIFA World Cup 2002, and the Winter Olympic Games 2002.
The 22nd SEA Games will ban all sales, advertising and other promotion of tobacco
products, and restricts smoking in all Games venues. The aim is to protect spectators, athletes,
event staff, media and other visitors from the serious health hazards of second-hand tobacco
smoke, as well as to change public attitudes about the social acceptability of smoking.
Madame Pascale Brudon, WHO Representative in Vietnam, stated, "Vietnam has
established 3 years ago a comprehensive, ambitious national tobacco control policy and a
national tobacco control program. The tobacco-free 22nd SEA Games will be yet another area
where Vietnam is leading the way for other countries in the region and the world in protecting its
citizens from the debilitating and disastrous consequences of tobacco use."
WHO has provided funding and technical assistance to the SEA Games Organizing
Committee and Vietnamese Ministry of Health to train of over 4,000 SEA Games organizers and
volunteers on the implementation of the tobacco-free policy. An international team of trainers
from the Ministry of Health, International Organization for Good Temper (lOGT), WHO and
International Development Enterprises (IDE) began a series of national training workshops for
volunteers in April, 2003.
The tobacco-free SEA Games are an inspiration and a model for other sport events, big and
small, not only in Vietnam but also in the Southeast Asian and Western Pacific Region.
36. In the 22nd SEA Games _______.
142
a. there will be the attendance of athletes from the World Health Organization
b. smoking is not allowed
c. smoking is only for the leader, not any athletes
d. is held by the Vietnamese Ministry of Health
a. Vietnam has ever organized several tobacco-free sport events before the 22 nd SEA
Games
b. the tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam has not been approved by any world
organizations
c. the tobacco-free SEA Games is not announced to newspapers and magazines
d. the tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam has been encouraged and supported by
many world organizations
38. According to the third paragraph, _______.
a. tobacco companies can have an advertising campaign during the SEA Games
b. second-hand tobacco smoke cannot cause any harm to the athletes in the 22 nd SEA
Games
c. cigarettes are not allowed to sell in the 22nd SEA Games venues
d. everyone can buy cigarettes in the 22nd SEA Games venues except the athletes
39. One of the aims of the tobacco-free SEA Games is
a. to sell more and more tobacco during the event
b. to change public attitudes about the social acceptability of smoking
c. to reduce the production of tobacco
d. to help athletes to solve the problems of the serious health hazards
a. Vietnam itself has to pay a lot for the volunteers on the implementation of the
tobacco-free policy.
b. The tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam get great support from several world
organizations
c. The tobacco-free SEA Games is considered a model for other sport events.
d. There are national training workshops for volunteers in April, 2003 for the tobacco-free
SEA Games.
That is a program of Ho Chi Minh City Youth Union to (41) _____ individuals, domestic and
foreign organizations buy and use bicycles during the time (42) _____ they enjoy the SEA
Games 22 in Ho Chi Minh City then donate the bicycles to poor children.
Preparing (43) _____, this program, the Organizing Committee has signed a (44) _____
with Martin - a bicycle-making firm - to purchase 1,000 bicycles, at prices from 850,000 to
1,000,000 VND per bicycle -10% (45) _____ than market prices, with nearly 20 different
models. In the mid of November, The Organizing Committee will announce, promote, and (46)
_____ the program "SEA Games Iron Horses - For Poor Children" through (47) _____ at airport,
on buses, taxis, at information desks, posters, banners, newspapers, and websites of city Youth
Union. Besides 1,200 volunteers (48) _____ the SEA Games 22, the Organizing Committee
also recruits 100 active volunteers for this program to handle the handover and receiving bikes,
instructing participating tourists, giving (49) _____ to questions through hot lines.
This program both conveys practical significance and helps international friends to
understand further the nation and people of Viet, Nam as well as strengthen the friendship and
(50) _____ among nations.
41. a. require b. contribute c. encourage d. raise
42. a. where b. which c. that d. when
43. a. for b. on c. of d. about
44. a. document b. contract c. letter d. report
45. a. low b. lower c. the lower d. the lowest
46. a. public b. publicly c. publicizing d. publicize
47. a. book b. tickets c. leaflets d. sheets
48. a. serving b. taking c. running d. hosting
49. a. enquiries b. letters c. responses d. demands
143
50. a. cooperation b. participation c. achievement d. success
TEST 2
1. a. enthusiast2 b. successfully c. competitor2 d. participation3
2. a. spirit 1 b. impress2 c. event d. perform2
3. a. development2 b. cooperation1 c. surprisingly2 d. facility2
4. a. festival1 b. badminton1 c. participant2 d. organize1
5. a. solidarity3 b. energetic3 c. excellently1 d. combination3
6. Vietnam was _______ host country of the 22nd SEA Games.
7. The 22nd SEA Games Mascot is _______ Golden Buffalo.
8. To prepare for the 22nd SEA Games, Vietnam carried out _______ intensive program for
the athletes.
nd
9. How many _______ took part in the 22 SEA Games?
a. compete b. competitors c. competition d. competitor
nd
10. The second part of the program in the 22 SEA Games opening ceremony was named
"_______ for Peace".
a. Cooperate b. Cooperation c. Cooperative d. Cooperatively
11. The _______ wanted to reduce the breadth of the games, with many events currently having
small fields and weak competition.
a. organize b. organization c. organizable d. organizers
12. In 2006, Viet Nam made a deep impression ______ other countries in the region by
successfully hosting the Southeast Asian Student Sport Festival.
a. with b. for c. in d. on
13. The Southeast Asian Student Sport Festival is the biggest sport event _______ the youths in
the region.
a. for b. on c. in d. of
14. At his last attempt the athlete was successful _______ passing the bar.
a. in b. for c. with d. on
15. The number of Vietnamese sport officials and referees of international standard taking part
in regional tournaments has increased rapidly.
a. hosting b. participating c. achieving d. succeeding
16. At the 23rd SEA Games, Viet Nam proved its position in the region by ____ third behind the
host - the Philippines and second-ranked Thailand.
a. finishing b. playing c. preparing d. performing
17. In the 22nd SEA Games in 2003, the country _______ the competition with 340 medals,
including 156 golds, 91 silvers and 93 bronzes.
a. defended b. cost c. topped d. ranked
18. To improve its athletes' _______, Viet Nam has regularly exchanged delegation of sport
officials, coaches, referees and athletes with other countries.
a. team b. competitor c. appearance d. performance
19. _______ is the activity of doing special exercises regularly in order to make your muscles
grow bigger.
a. Wrestling b. Bodybuilding c. Weightlifting d. Badminton
20. He is a great sports _______. He rarely misses any sport games although he was busy.
a. enthusiast b. player c. energy d. programmer
21. As she did so, her parents became _______.
a. the angriest b. the most angry
c. the more angry d. angrier and angrier
22. People should eat ____ and do ____ to reduce the risk of heart disease.
a. less fat / more exercise b. less and less fat / the more exercise
144
c. the less fat / the more exercise d. fatter / more exercise
23. He spent a year in India and loves spicy food. _______ the food is, _______ he likes it.
a. The hotter / the more and more b. The hotter / the more
c. The more and more hot / the more d. The hottest / the most
24. Of course you can come to the party. _______.
a. The more the merrier b. The more and the merrier
c. The more and merrier d. The more and more merrier
25. I feel _______ I did yesterday.
a. much more tired than b. many more tired than
c. as many tired as d. as more tired as
26. She is _______ a spectator.
a. more an athlete than b. more of an athlete than
c. an athlete more than d. an athlete of more than
27. His house is _______ mine.
a. twice as big as b. as twice big as
c. as two times big as d. as big as twice
28. ____ live in Ho Chi Minh City than in the whole of the rest of the country.
a. As much as people b. More people
c. As many as people d. People more
29. It gets _______ to understand what the professor has explained.
a. the more difficult b. more difficult than
c. difficult more and more d. more and more difficult
30. You must drive slower in built up areas. _______ you drive in the city, it is _______ that you
will have an accident.
a. The faster and faster / the more
b. The faster / the more probable
c. The more and more fast / the more and more probable
d. The more fastly / the probable
31. There are more sports competed in this SEA Games than in last SEA Games.
a. The sports competed ill this SEA Games are the same as those in last SEA Games.
b. Not as many sports were competed in last SEA Games as in this SEA Games.
c. In the last SEA Games there were some sports which were not competed.
d. In this SEA Games, there are less sports competed than in last SEA Games.
32. No one in the team can play better than John.
a. John plays well but the others play better.
b. John as well as other players of the team plays very well.
c. Everyone in the team, but John, plays very well.
d. John is the best player of the team.
33. He only feels happy whenever he does not have much work to do.
a. The more he works, the happier he feels.
b. The less he works, the happier he feels:
c. His work makes him feel happy.
d. He feels happier and happier with his work.
34. More petrol is consumed nowadays than ten years ago.
a. Not so much petrol was consumed ten years ago as nowadays.
b. Petrol consumption is going down nowadays.
c. We had more petrol ten years ago than we do nowadays.
d. We should consume as much petrol as possible.
35. I learn a lot but I cannot remember anything.
a. I learn more and more and remember more and more.
b. The less I learn, the more I remember.
c. The more I learn, the less I remember.
d. I remember not only what I have learnt.
145
The 25th SEA Games is scheduled to be held in Vientiane, Laos in 2009. This will be the
first time the country has ever held a Southeast Asian Games. If Laos failed to meet
qualifications to hold the event in time, the games would be moved to Singapore. It will also
commemorate the 50 years of the SEA Games.
Because of the limited sports facilities in Vientiane, only 25 sports will be in competition.
Among the sports will be missing from competition are cycling, gymnastics, hockey, rowing and
weightlifting. The 'games will retain events like tenpin bowling, petanque, billiards, 'dragon' boat
racing, sepak takraw, wushu, Muay Thai and pencak silat, and will resume the sport of juggling
a shuttlecock with feet. The cutback is partly due to the land-locked country - with no sailing,
windsurfing or triathlon and also lack of facilities in Vientiane.
Laos will host the games with a budget of $80 million, with the help of China who is building
a new stadium to be used as the main venue on a 182-hectare lot in the Vientiane suburb of
Saythani district. The stadium will be the biggest in the country and will be able to accommodate
over 20,000 spectators. Vietnamese government official has affirmed that Vietnam will help
Laos successfully organize the 25th SEA Games. Under the cooperation program, Vietnam will
train Lao coaches and athletes, provide equipment and 'send experts to Laos to help it
successfully organize the sporting event.
36. The 25th SEA Games in Vientiane, Laos in 2009 also commemorates the 50 years of the
SEA Games.
37. Laos reduces some sport games due to the lack of facilities.
38. Wushu will not be competed in the 25th SEA ,Games.
39. Laos has not any help from foreign countries.
40. All Laotian athletes are being trained in Vietnam.
The 24th Southeast Asian Games was (41) _____ in Thailand from December 6 to
December 16, 2007. The Thai Olympic Committee was (42) _____ the event to coincide with
the commemoration of 80th birthday of King Bhumibol Adulyadej. Officials were studying the
possibility of doing the events in multiple venues (43) _____ what had been done in Vietnam
and the Philippines. It was (44) _____ sixth time Thailand hosted the SEA Games. Thailand
hosted the 1959, 1967, 1975, 1985 and 1995 SEA Games.
On 24 February 2006, northeast Thailand's Province authorities met to (45) _____ the 2007
SEA Games schedule, and progress on the province's under-construction US$65 million sports
complex. The meeting provided an overview of (46) _____, and ended with reassurances that
everything would be ready (47) _____ SEA Games in 2007.
The sports (48) __ included a 5,000-seater indoor stadium and 16 tennis court facilities
among other facilities scheduled to be finished on June 2007.
The 2007 SEA Games featured (49) _____ than 400 events in 45 sports. The 24th edition
of the games had the highest number of sporting events in the entire (50) _____ of the SEA
Games, more events than the Asian Games and the Olympic Games.
41. a. held b. met c. seen d. committed
42. a. winning b. competing c. fighting d. planning
43. a. such as b. as c. likely d. like
45. a. talk b. discuss c. tell d. quarrel
46. a. facilities b. tools c. materials d. furniture
47. a. at b. on c. with d. for
48. a. places b. halls c. venues d. homes
49. a. rather b. more c. better d. as
50. a. history b. ancient c. former d. time
TEST 3
146
1. a. games b. teams c. medals d. events
2. a. success b. enthusiast c. support d. surprise
3. a. southern b. athlete c. both d. enthusiasm
4. a. compose b. propose c. purpose d. suppose
5. a. organize b. spirit c. title d. surprising

6. The 22nd SEA Games was launched by _______ impressive opening ceremony at Hanoi's
My Dinh National Stadium, in front of over 40,000 spectators.
7. The opening ceremony of the 22nd SEA Games began at 7 pm with _______ song "Vietnam
- Our Fatherland".
8. On behalf of _______ host country; Prime Minister Phan Van Khai declared the 22nd SEA
Games opening ceremony.
9. Before the 22nd SEA Games, Vietnam had made a good _______ in every aspect.
a. prepare b. preparation c. preparative d. preparer
10. ASEAN press praised the great _______ of Vietnamese athletes at the 22nd SEA Games.
a. sports b. sportsman c. sporting d. sportsmanship
11. The success of the 22nd SEA Games had a great contribution of many _______ volunteers.
a. support b. supporter c. supportive d. supportively
12. The delegation to the SEA Games was composed _______ top competitors of the country.
a. on b. of c. for d. among
13. All the audience was quite surprised _ the success of that young athlete.
a. on b. at c. to d. off
14. Thanks to the encouragement and support, all Vietnamese athletes competed _______ high
spirits.
a. for b. of c. on d. in
15. Since its rejoining in the Southeast Asian arena in 1989, Viet Nam's sports have made great
_______, particularly in recent SEA Games.
a. success b. invention c. host d. game
16. The athlete had tried his best to _______ his SEA Games title and records.
a. carry b. perform c. defend d. support
17. Viet Nam is now willing to _______ part in the 24th SEA Games hosted by Thailand by the
end of 2007 with a total of 958 athletes.
a. play b. lose c. take d. enjoy
18. _______ is a game in which two teams hit a large ball with their hands backwards and
forwards over a high net. If you allow the ball to touch the ground, the other team wins a
point.
a. Volleyball b. Water polo c. Basket ball d. Badminton
19. He became Jamaica's first Olympic gold medalist when he won the 400-meter _______ in
1948.
a. distance b. title c. runner d. sport
20. She won the race in _______ time and got the gold medal.
a. included b. durable c. rank d. record
21. The party was _______ I had expected.
a. more a hundred times fun than b. a hundred times fun more than
c. a hundred times more fun than d. more fun than a hundred times
22. He finds physics _______ other science subjects.
a. far more difficult than b. many more difficult than
c. too much more difficult than d. more much difficult than
23. _______ he drank, _______ he became.
a. More / more violent b. The most / the most violent
c. The more / the more violent d. The less / less violent
147
24. Mary was _______ of the two sisters.
a. the clever b. as clever as c. the cleverer d. the cleverest
25. French is a _______ language to learn than English is.
a. difficult b. more difficult
c. most difficult d. more and more difficult
26. The cuisine of France is _______.
a. more famous than that of England
b. famous than the cuisine of England
c. more famous than which of England
d. as famous than that of England
27. Earning money has always been the thing that pleases him most. _______ he becomes, he
is.
a. The more rich / the more happy b. The richest / the happiest
c. The richer / the happier d. Richer and richer / happier and happier
28. The fast we finish, _______.
a. the sooner we can leave b. we can leave sooner and sooner
c. the sooner can we leave d. we can leave the sooner
29. Of all athletes, Alex is _______.
a. the less qualified b. the less and less qualified
c. the more and more qualified d. the least qualified,
30. The climber was seventy miles in the wrong direction and got _______.
a. more panicked b. the more panicked
c. more than panicked d. more and more panicked
31. the Euro Cup 2008/ Zurich / Tuesday, 17 June / Italy / beat / France / advance into the
quarterfinals
a. With the Euro Cup 2008 in Zurich on Tuesday, 17 June it was Italy beating France to
advance into the quarterfinals.
b. For the Euro Cup 2008 in Zurich on Tuesday, 17 June when Italy beat France and
advanced into the quarterfinals.
c. In the Euro Cup 2008 in Zurich on Tuesday, 17 June, Italy beat France to advance
into the quarterfinals.
d. It was in the Euro Cup 2008 in Zurich on Tuesday, 17 June, Italy beat France to advance
into the quarterfinals.
32. the world champion Italy / beat / France / 2-0 / eliminate / France / the European
championship
a. The world champion Italy, it beat France 2-0 to eliminate France from the European
championship.
b. The world champion Italy beat France 2-0 to eliminate France from the European
championship.
c. The world champion Italy beat France 2-0 and so eliminate France from the European
championship.
d. The world champion Italy beating France 2-0 and eliminated France from the European
championship.
33. Italy / open its account (the 25th minute / Andrea Pirlo / convert the penalty into goal
a. Italy opened its account in the 25th minute and with Andrea Pirlo converted the penalty
into goal.
b. Italy opened its account in the 25th minute when Andrea Pirlo converting the penalty into
goal.
c. Italy opened its account in the 25th minute, Andrea Pirlo who converted the penalty into
goal.
d. Italy opened its account in the 25th minute, with Andrea Pirlo converting the
penalty into goal.
34. the French / unable to open their account / Italy's Daniele de Rossi / score / Italy's second
goal in the 62nd minute
148
a. While the French were unable to open their account and Italy's Daniele de Rossi scored
Italy's second goal in the 62nd minute.
b. The French were unable to open their account, therefore, Italy's Daniele de Rossi scored
c. The French were unable to open their account while Italy's Daniele de Rossi scored
d. If French were unable to open their account while Italy's Daniele de Rossi would scored
35. for France / unsuccessful match / lose / the key man Franck Ribery / serious injury / only
after seven minutes
a. For France, it was an unsuccessful match as it lost the key man Franck Ribery due
to serious injury only after seven minutes.
b. For France an unsuccessful match was when it lost the key man Franck Ribery for serious
injury in only after seven minutes.
c. For France had an unsuccessful match with losing the key man Franck Ribery because of
serious injury only after seven minutes.
d. For France was an unsuccessful match and it lost the key man Franck Ribery because
serious injury only after seven minutes.
The 23rd Southeast Asian Games were held in the Philippines from November 27th to
December 5th in 2005. The games were participated by the eleven nations of Southeast Asia.
This was the first time that the opening and closing ceremonies were held in a large open field,
despite the fact that Manila has many stadiums. The organization decided to hold the games at
an open space to accommodate the large number of participants and spectators. As a result,
the 2005 SEA Games ranked as having the largest audience - 200,000 people – during the
opening and closing ceremonies. These games were also noted for having the most number of
delegates in the history of the SEA Games. In the end, all participating countries received
medals.
Events in men's football actually started on November 20th, prior to the opening ceremony.
Water polo events began on November 21st, women's football on November 23rd, sailing on
November 26th, and tennis on November 26th;
The first gold medal of the games was awarded to Singapore on November 25th when their
water polo team came out undefeated during the round-robin tournament round. The Philippine
team took the silver medal in that event, and Malaysia brought home the bronze.
The Games were also considered a valuable opportunity for athletes to gain competition
experience and preparation for the upcoming Asian Games and Olympic Games. It was
purposely created to strengthen friendship, solidarity and understanding among neighboring
countries in the region.
This was the third SEA Games to be hosted by the Philippines. The last two times the
Philippines hosted the games were in 1981, and again in 1991.
There were 1,461 medals awarded, 444 of which were gold, 434 were silver, and 583 were
bronze.
36. Up to now, the Philippines has hosted the SEA Games _______ times.
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5
37. According to the first paragraph, _______.
a. the opening and closing ceremonies were hold in the stadiums of Manila
b. only four of eleven participating countries got medals
c. the 23rd SEA Games had been over by the end of November, 2005
d. the number of audience in the 23rd SEA Games was about 200,000 people
38. Which sport was first competed in the 23rd SEA Games?
a. Water polo b. Tennis c. Men's football d. Sailing
39. Which was not mentioned in the 23rd SEA Games?
a. Peace b. Friendship c. Solidarity d. Understanding
40. Which country got the first gold medal in the 23rd SEA Games?
a. Vietnam b. Singapore c. The Philippines d. Malaysia
149
Among the total of 1,200 volunteers serving the SEA Games 22 in Ho Chi Minh City, nearly
1,000 are students (41) _____ universities, colleges, technical schools. Besides that, 6,000
cheer people are also in the training session to serve the SEA Games
SEA Games 22 will (42) ____ from the end of November, beginning with football, to nearly
the middle of December. This is also the time (43) _____ students to do revision and (44) _____
for their first semester test. In order to provide advantageous (45) _____ to volunteers and
students to (46) _____ on their tasks in SEA Games 22, City Youth Union is trying to solve this
problem. At present, the volunteers are both studying and participating in the training sessions
to prepare themselves for SEA Games 22 at (47) _____ same time. However, at the peak of
late November and mid December, the organizers will have plans to assist them and suggest
schools and universities offer the time priority to the volunteers helping them serve the Games
(48) _____ efficiently. Schools and universities really have the concern -on this matter and will
(49) _____ the examination schedules for volunteers till the end of the SEA Games. (50) _____
the time being, the volunteers can assure their time in class and at technical training session,
mainly on every Saturday and Sunday. It is hopeful that the volunteers will have comfort to
serve SEA Games 22 wholeheartedly.
41. a. at b. in c. for d. into
42. a. host b. commence c. enjoy d. participate
43. a. where b. which c. that d. when
44. a. prepare b. carry c. take d. gain
45. a. achievements b. promotions c. conditions d. circumstances
46. a. intend b. focus c. contribute d. attend
48. a. more b. as c. the most d. most
49. a. keep away b. go up c. take on d. put off
50. a. On b. For c. At d. In
Unit 14: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

TEST 1
1. a. civilian2 b. official2 c. temporary1 d. tsunami2
2. a. colleague2 b. appall2 c. devote2 d. victim1
3. a. initiate2 b. medical1 c. rapidly1 d. possible
4. a. volunteer 3 b. wherever2 c. example2 d. disaster2
5. a. injured1 b. famine c. earthquake1 d. result2
6. According to the Red Cross 1998 had been _______ worst year for natural disasters in
modern times.
7. During the flood, Army helicopters came and tried to evacuate _______ injured.
8. Africa has always had a large migratory population because of war and _______ famine.
9. The International Red Cross helps people in need without any discrimination based on
_______, race, religion, class or political opinions.
a. national b. nationally c. nationality d. native
10. The International Committee of the Red Cross is a private _______ institution founded in
1863 in Geneva, Switzerland.
a. human b. humanity c. humanization d. humanitarian
11. In former days, after the battles soldiers on both sides died or were left wounded on the field
without any _______ attendance and basic care.
a. medicine b. medical c. medication d. medically
12. The International Red Cross has about 97 million volunteers whose main _______ is to
protect human life and health.
150
a. mission b. experience c. organization d. rule
13. The International Red Cross helps to ensure respect for the human being, and to prevent
and relieve human _______.
a. protection b. enjoyment c. wealthy d. sufferings
14. The International Committee Red Cross has about 12,000 staff members worldwide, about
800 of them working4in its Geneva _______.
a. factories b. companies c. headquarters d. buildings
15. The Red Cross on white background was the original protection _______ declared at the
1864 Geneva Convention.
a. poster b. billboard c. symbol d. signal
16. The Red .Cross is an international organization that helps people who are suffering from the
results of war, diseases or _______.
a. victims b. disasters c. opportunities d. conditions
17. An international medical conference initiated by Davison resulted in the birth of the League
of Red Cross Societies in 1991.
a. started b. helped c. treated d. dedicated
18. In times of war, the Red Cross is dedicated to reducing the sufferings of wounded soldiers,
civilians, and prisoners of war.
a. mounted b. excited c. devoted d. interested
19. _______ is a situation in which large numbers of people have little or no food, and many of
them die.
a. Disaster b. Famine c. Poverty d. Flood.
20. Go _______ this book because it has the information you need.
a. over b. by c. off d. on
21. Helen has gone out and she will not be _______ till midnight.
a. off b. along c. back d. away
22. Everything is _______ you. I cannot make _______ my mind yet.
a. out off / on b. up to / up c. away from / for d. on for / off
23. There is no food left. Someone must have eaten it _______.
a. out b. up c. off d. along
24. The explorers made a fire to _______ off wild animals.
a. get b. keep c. take d. go
25. If something urgent has _______ up, phone me immediately and I will help you.
a. picked b. come c. kept d. brought
26. The passengers had to wait because the plane ______ off one hour late.
a. took b. turned c. cut d. made
27. Be careful! The tree is going to fall.
a. Look out b. Look up c. Look on d. Look after
28. The organization was established in 1950 in the USA.
a. come around b. set up c. made out d. put on
29. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assume the
duties and responsibilities of a national relief society.
a. take on b. get off c. go about d. put in
30. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt.
a. put on b. went off c. got out d. kept up
31. UNICEF uses the term 'child protection' to refer fors preventing and
responding to violence, exploitation and abuse against children and teenagers. (to)
32. UNICEF's child protection programs also aim at those children who are uniquely
vulnerable to the abuses, so ass when living without parental
care, in remote areas, or in very poor family. (such as)
33. Violations of the child's right to protection take place in every country and bes massive.
(are)
151
34. Children subjected to violence, exploitation, abuse and neglect are ins risk of death, poor
physical and mental health, HIV/AIDS infection, and educational problems. (at)
35. Among many other programs, UNICEF also supports the international Child Rights
Information Network. (programs)

On Monday, May 12, 2008 a violent earthquake, measuring 8.0 on the Richter scale,
happened in southwestern China's Sichuan Province. Hundreds of aftershocks followed in the
area. The earthquake destroyed thousands buildings, roads, schools and hospitals, as well as
infrastructure like communication networks and electrical towers. Thousands of people died or
are missing, and more than 45 million people were affected by the earthquake, which has been
the worst natural disaster to hit China for 30 years.
The American Red Cross has contributed $20 million to support the relief and recovery
efforts of the Red Cross Society of China. These funds will be used to assist survivors through
the purchase and distribution of relief supplies, coordination of logistics and transportation of
disaster workers to the hardest hit areas. The American Red Cross has also sent relief experts
to the affected area to help monitor and coordinate the response efforts. On June 6, the
American Red Cross co-hosted a forum to address the U.S. response and recovery efforts
following the earthquake. More than 30 representatives from humanitarian organizations, the
business companies and the government participated in the event.
More than 35,000 staff and volunteers with the Red Cross Society of China responded to
the disaster by distributing food, water, tents and other essential items. The International
Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies are providing 100,000 tents to help those
in need.
The Red Cross Society of China is a very strong organization with extensive experience
responding to disasters. The American Red Cross has long history of working with the Red
Cross Society of China, going to back to famines in 1906 and including severe storms earlier
this year. There has been a close contact between the Red Cross Society of China and the
International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies, arid they have been ready
to provide additional support such as disaster workers, relief supplies or financial assistance.
Concerned family and friends in the United States may have difficulty contacting their loved
ones because telecommunication has been out of work by this disaster. If they are trying to
reach relatives living in China or those who are citizens of China, the American Red Cross
suggests them keep calling or try contacting other family members who live nearby.
36. The earthquake on May 12, 2008 in China _______.
a. left no aftershocks
b. destroyed everything except communication networks
c. caused no human loss
d. had effects on more than 45 million people
37. According to the second paragraph, _______.
a. the American Red Cross helped the Red Cross Society of China to recover from the
earthquake
b. the American Red Cross owed the Red Cross Society of China $20 million
c. the victims of the earthquake were not helped to buy necessary things
d. disaster workers were not sent to the hardest hit areas because of the aftershocks
a. There are more than 30 representatives from humanitarian organizations, the business
companies and the government in the US helping the Chinese earthquake victims.
b. The American government did not do anything to help the earthquake victims in
China.
c. The American Red Cross has contributed $20 million to help the earthquake victims in
China.
d. The American Red Cross has also sent relief experts to help the earthquake victims in
China.
152
39. Which is not mentioned about the Red Cross Society of China?
a. It is a strong organization.
b. It gets on well with the American Red Cross.
c. It supplied the earthquake victims a lot of things except tents.
d. It has extensive experience responding to disasters.
40. After the earthquakes _______.
a. it has been difficult to contact with the resident in the ,attacked area
b. the American Red Cross advised people not to keep contact with the victims
c. contacting with the victims was not a problem
d. everything has been in order soon
The United Nations Children's Fund, or UNICEF, was (41) _____ by the United Nations
General Assembly on December 11, 1946, to provide emergency Food and (42) _____ to
children in 'countries that had been devastated by World War II. In 1953, UNICEF became a
permanent part of the United Nations System and its name was shortened from the (43) _____
United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund but it has continued to be known by
the popular acronym based on this old name. (44) _____ in New York City, UNICEF provides
long-term humanitarian and developmental assistance to' children and mother in developing
countries. UNICEF is currently focused (45) _____ five primary priorities: Child Survival and
Development, Basic Education and Gender Equality, including girl's education, Child protection
from (46) _____, exploitation, and abuse, HIV/AIDS and children, and Policy advocacy and
partnerships for children's rights. Related areas of UNICEF action include early childhood
development, adolescence development and participation; life skills based education and child
rights all over the world.
A (47) _____ funded agency, UNICEF relies on contributions from governments and private
(48) _____. Its programs emphasize developing community-level services to promote the health
and well-being of children. Recently, UNICEF has begun partnerships with world-class athletes
and teams to promote the organization's work and to (49) _____ funds. UNICEF greeting cards
are sold worldwide to support efforts on behalf of children creating a better world where children
are happy, healthy and live in dignity. UNICEF selects suitable paintings for reproduction from
contemporary artists. Total income to UNICEF for 2006 was $2,781,000,000.
UNICEF was (50) _____ the Nobel Peace Prize in 1965 and Prince of Asturias Award of
Concord in 2006. UNICEF is present in 190 countries and territories around the world.
41. a. taken off b. set up c. paid on d. pushed back
42. a. instrument b. projects c. work d. healthcare
43. a. original b. ancestor c. old d. relatives
44. a. Managed b. Led c. Headquartered d. Committed
45. a. at b. with c. on d. in
46. a. violence b. fun c. excitement d. entertainment
47. a. volunteer b. volunteered c. voluntary d. voluntarily
48. a. persons b. patients c. donors d. victims
49. a. rise b. raise c. lift d. heighten
50. a. complimented b. awarded c. won d. taken
TEST 2
1. a. catastrophe b. propose c. become d. survive
2. a. treatment b. struggle c. initiate d. total
3. a. symbol b. emergency c. poverty d. qualify
4. a. appalled b. dedicated c. designed d. injured
5. a. society b. delegate c. president d. protection
153
6. She sustained severe head _______ after being thrown from her horse.
a. injure b. injured c. injuries d. injurious
7. According to World Bank figures, 41 per cent of Brazilians live in absolute _______.
a. poor b. poorer c. poorly d. poverty
8. Up until the middle of the 19th century, there were no _______ and well established army
nursing systems for casualties.
a. organize b. organized c. organizational d. organizers
9. The AIDS _______ continues to spread around the world. Up to 4,000 people are infected
with the HIV virus every single day.
a. treatment b. epidemic c. tsunami d. damage
10. During World War II, the Red Cross organized relief assistance for _______ and wounded
soldiers and administered the exchange of messages regarding prisoners and missing
persons.
a. civilians b. governments c. authorities d. members
11. A _______ is a very large wave, often caused by an earthquake, that flows onto the land
and destroys things.
a. famine b. catastrophe c. tsunami d. flood
12. By the end of World War II, 179 _______ of the Red Cross had conducted 12,750 visits to
POW (prisoner of war) camps in 41 countries.
a. conferences b. symbols c. missions d. delegates
13. We oppose this war, as we would do any other war which created an environmental
catastrophe.
a. pollution b. disaster c. convention d. epidemic
14. The first relief assistance mission organized by the League was an aid mission for the
_______ of a famine and subsequent typhus epidemic in Poland.
a. leaders b. authorities c. victims d. organizers
15. The 1923 earthquake in Japan killed about 200,000 people and left countless wounded and
homeless.
a. poor b. imprisoned c. suffered d. injured
16. In 2004 more than 40 national societies have worked with more than 22,000 _______ to
bring relief to the countless victims of the earthquake.
a. actions b. volunteers c. founders d. nations
17. The International Red Cross works as _______ impartial, neutral, and independent
organization.
18. In 2005 _______ budget of the ICRC amounts to about 970 million Swiss Francs.
19. The International Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement is _______ world’s largest
humanitarian network.
20. They had to delay their trip because of the bad weather.
a. get through b. put off c. keep up with d. go over
21. It took me a very long time to recover from the shock of her death.
a. turn off b. take on c. get over d. keep up with
22. He did not particularly want to play any competitive sport.
a. use up b. do with c. take up d. go on
23. I am tired because I went to bed late last night.
a. stayed up b. kept off c. put out d. brought up
24. She got _______ her car to pick _______ some wild flowers.
a. from / on b. in / at c. off / up d. out / for
25. The customer had tried ____ some blouses but none of them suited her.
a. at b. with c. in d. on
26. If I get this report finished I will knock _______ early and go to the pub for some drink.
154
a. up b. over c. on d. off
27. Boy! _______ away all your toys and. go to bed right now.
a. Come b. Lie c. Put d. Sit
28. I have been trying to ring him up all day and I could not ______ through.
a. get b. take c. look d. hang
29. The water supply of the building was ______ off because the pipes burst.
a. handed b. held c. cut d. paid
30. How are you _______ on with your work? - It is OK.
a. calling b. getting c. laying d. looking
31. Mary says that when her drugs budget was exhausted she turned to the Swedish Red
Cross.
a. Mary says that she was tired with the voluntary work for the Swedish Red Cross.
b. Mary says that she gave all her money to the Swedish Red Cross.
c. Mary says that the money she bought drugs was given to the Swedish Red Cross.
d. Mary says that when she ran out of money for her drugs, she asked the Swedish
Red Cross for help.
32. I find it difficult to get rid of my smoking habit.
a. As for me, stopping my smoking habit is quite difficult.
b. I have difficulty smoking cigarettes.
c. My smoking habit has caused me a lot of difficulties.
d. I will quit smoking someday.
33. You can look up this word in the dictionary.
a. There are a lot of words in the dictionary for you to look at.
b. You can find the meaning of this word in the dictionary.
c. The dictionary contains a lot of words except the one you need.
d. You should buy this dictionary to find the word you need.
34. That car is beyond my means.
a. That car is cheap enough for me to buy.
b. That car is too expensive for me to buy.
c. I am really interested in that car.
d. I really do not like that car.
35. The doctor advised Mr. Pike to take up a new hobby.
a. The doctor said, "A new hobby is not good for Mr. Pike."
b. The doctor wanted Mr. Pike not to have any new hobby.
c. The doctor said, "You should start a new hobby, Mr. Pike."
d. The doctor said to Mr. Pike, "You should stop your present hobby."
The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) is an international non-governmental organization
for the conservation, research, and restoration of the environment, which remains its official
name in the United States and Canada. It is the, world's largest independent conservation
organization with over 5 million supporters worldwide, working in more than 90 countries,
supporting 100 conservation and environmental projects around the world. It is a charity, with
approximately 9% of its funding coming from voluntary donations by private individuals and
businesses. The group says its main mission is "to halt and reverse the destruction of our
environment". Currently, much of its work focuses on the conservation of three biomes that
contain most of the world's biodiversity: forests, freshwater ecosystems, oceans, and coasts.
Among other issues, it is also concerned with endangered species, pollution, and climate
change. The organization runs more than 20 field projects worldwide in any given year.
The organization was formed as a charity trust on' 11 September, 1961, in Morges, in
Switzerland, under the name World Wildlife Fund. It was an initiative of Julian Huxley and Max
Nicholson.
Since its appearance the organization has conserved the world's fauna, flora, forests,
landscape, water, soils and other natural resources by the management of land, research and
investigation, and publicity, coordination of efforts, cooperation with other interested parties and
all other appropriate means.
155
In the last few years, the organization set up offices and operations around the world. The
initial focus of its activities was the protection of endangered species. As more resources
became available, its operations expanded into other areas such as the preservation of
biological diversity, sustainable use of natural resources, and the reduction of pollution and
wasteful consumption.
36. The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) is an international organization, which were formed
and managed by the governments of the United States and Canada.
37. The main mission of the organization is "to halt and reverse the destruction of our
environment".
38. The fund of the organization is mainly supported by the governments of the United States
and Canada.
39. The World Wide Fund for Nature designed a project to change the present climate.
40. The organization has established offices and operations around the world.
UNICEF (The United Nations Children’s Fund) is mandated by the United Nations General
Assembly to advocate for the (41) _____ of children's rights, to help meet their basic needs and
to expand their opportunities to reach their full potential. UNICEF is guided by the Convention
on the Rights of the Child and (42) _____ to establish children's rights as enduring ethical
principles and international standards of (43) _____ towards children. UNICEF (44) _____ that
the survival, protection and development of children are universal development. UNICEF
mobilizes political will and material (45) _____ to help countries, particularly developing
countries, ensure a "first call for children" and to, build their capacity to form appropriate policies
and (46) _____ services for children and their families. VNICEF is committed to ensuring
special protection for (47) _____ most disadvantaged children - victims of war, disasters,
extreme poverty, all forms of violence and (48) _____ and those with disabilities. UNICEF
responds in emergencies to protect the rights of children. In coordination with United Nations
partners and humanitarian agencies, UNICEF makes its unique facilities for rapid response
available to its partners to (49) _____ the suffering of children and those who provide their care.
UNICEF is non-partisan and its cooperation is free from discrimination. In everything it does, the
most disadvantaged children and the countries in greatest need have priority. UNICEF (50)
_____, through its country programs, to promote the equal rights of women and girls and to
support their full participation in the political, social, and economic development of their
communities.
41. a. protest b. destruction c. protection d. achievement
42. a. admits b. suggests c. adopts d. tries
43. a. poverty b. behavior c. medicine d. injure
44. a. insists b. devotes c. treats d. mounts
45. a. sources b. mines c. budgets d. funds
46. a. care b. appeal c. supply d. react
48. a. exploit b. exploited c. exploiter d. exploitation
49. a. rise b. relieve c. increase d. lower
50. a. throws b. looks c. aims d. points
TEST 3
1. a. disaster2 b. prisoner1 c. agency1 d. family
2. a. international b. federation3 c. society2 d. dedication3
3. a. catastrophe b. emergency2 c. conventional2 d. vulnerable1
4. a. suffering1 b. president1 c. protection2 d. conference1
5. a. involve2 b. propose c. improve2 d. soldier1
156
6. All payments to the ICRC are _______ and are received as donations.
a. volunteer b. voluntary c. voluntarily d. voluntariness
7. The Red Cross organizes and leads relief assistance missions after ______, such as natural
disasters, man-made disasters, and epidemics.
a. emergent b. emergencies c. emergently d. emergence
8. One of the tasks of the Red Cross is also to support local _ care projects.
a. health b. healthy c. healthful d. healthily
9. The World Health Organization is the United Nations specialized agency for _______ health.
10. The International Red Cross started over 135 years, inspired by _______ Swiss
businessman, Jean Henri Dunant.
11. When was _______ United Nations established?
12. One of the core tasks of the Red Cross is to organize nursing and _____ for those who are
wounded on the battlefield.
a. care b. attention c. victim d. catastrophe
13. The International Red Cross and Red Crescent _______ occurs once every four years.
a. Globe b. Society c. Conference d. Nations
14. The mission of the Red Cross is also to supervise the _______ of prisoners of war.
a. education b. encouragement c. treatment d. runaway
15. The total number of national Red Cross societies from all over the world has mounted to
186.
a. protected b. devoted c. increased d. aimed
16. Henri Davison, president of the American Red Cross war Committee proposed forming a
federation of these National Societies.
a. took b. dedicated c. carried d. suggested
17. Fifty per cent of road accidents results in head injuries.
a. examines b. heals c. causes d. treats
18. Jean Henri Dunant was appalled by the almost complete lack of care for wounded soldiers.
a. dedicated b. shocked c. interested d. excited
19. The mission statement of the International Movement as formulated in the "Strategy 2010"
document of the Federation is to improve the lives of vulnerable people by mobilizing the
power of humanity.
a. weak and unprotected b. wealthy and famous
c. poor and disabled d. deaf and mute
20. Did your son pass the university entrance examination?
a. make up b. get along c. go up d. get through
21. What may happen if John will not arrive in time?
a. go along b. count on c. keep away d. turn up
22. Johnny sometimes visits his grandparents in the countryside.
a. calls on b. keeps off c. takes in d. goes up
23. They decided to postpone their journey till the end of the month because of the epidemic.
a. take up b. turn round c. put off d. do with
24. The stranger came ___ me and asked, "Is there a post office near here?"
a. on to b. away from c. out of d. up to
25. Frankly speaking, your daughter does not take _______ you at all.
a. after b. along c. up d. over
26. She is not really friendly. She does not get on well ____ her classmates.
a. from b. with c. for d. to
27. I would be grateful if you kept the news _______ yourself. Do not tell anyone about it.
a. from b. to c. for d. at
28. I do not use those things any more. You can _______ them away.
a. get b. fall c. throw d. make
157
29. They were late for work because their car _______ down.
a. got b. put c. cut d. broke
30. The authority _______ down that building to build a supermarket.
a. knocked b. came c. went d. fell
Choose the best that can complete the following.
31. The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) _______ that leads international efforts to
defeat hunger.
a. it is a specialized agency in the United Nations
b. as it is a specialized agency by the United Nations
c. is a specialized agency of the United Nations
d. a specialized agency of the United Nations
32. _______, FAO acts as a neutral forum where all nations meet as equals to negotiate
agreements and debate policy.
a. Serving both developed and developing countries
b. Although it serves both developed and developing countries
c. Served both developed and developing countries
d. As it was served both developed ,and developing countries
33. FAO helps developing countries to improve agriculture, forestry and fishery practices,
_______.
a. as though it ensures good nutrition and food security for all
b. but it ensures good nutrition and food security for all
c. for ensuring good nutrition and food security for all
d. and ensure good nutrition and food security for all
34. FAO was founded on 16 October, 1945 in Quebec, Canada, _______.
a. In 1951 when its headquarters were moved to Rome, Italy
b. Since its headquarters were moved to Rome, Italy, in 1951
c. In 1951 its headquarters were moved to Rome, Italy
d. Its headquarters moved in 1951 to Rome; Italy
35. _______, which meets every two years to review the work carried out by the organization
and approve a Program of Work and Budget for the next biennium.
a. Governed by the Conference of Member Nations, FAO
b. FAO is governed by the Conference of Member Nations
c. FAO, it is governed by the Conference of Member Nations
d. Because FAO governed by the Conference of Member Nations
The World Health Organization (WHO) is a specialized agency of the United Nations that
acts as a coordinating authority on international public health. Established on 7 April, 1948, and
headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, the agency inherited the mandate and resources of its
predecessor, the Health Organization.
The WHO's constitution, states that its objective is "the attainment by all peoples of the
highest possible level of health." Its major task is to combat diseases, especially key infectious
diseases, and to promote the general health of the people of the world. The WHO also sponsors
programs to prevent and treat serious epidemics such as SARS, malaria, and AIDS. The WHO
supports the development and distribution of safe and effective vaccines, pharmaceutical
diagnostics, and drugs. After over 2 decades of fighting smallpox, the WHO declared in 1980
that the disease had been eradicated - the first disease in history to be eliminated by human
effort.
The WHO is nearing success in developing vaccines against malaria and aims to eradicate
polio within the next few years. The organization has already endorsed the world's first official
HIV/AIDS Tool kit for Zimbabwe making it an international standard. In addition to its work in
eradicating disease, the WHO also carries out various health-related campaigns, for example,
to boost the consumption of fruits and vegetables worldwide and to discourage tobacco use.
Experts met at the WHO headquarters in Geneva in February, 2007, and reported that their
work on pandemic influenza vaccine development had achieved encouraging progress. More
than 40 clinic trials have been completed or are ongoing. Most have focused on healthy adults.
Some companies, after completing safety analyses in adults, have initiated clinical trials in the
158
elderly and in children. All vaccines so far appear to be safe arid well-tolerated in all age groups
tested.
36. The World Health Organization (WHO) _______.
a. works on international public health
b. has no relation to the United Nations
c. only takes care of Swiss people
d. has no predecessor
37. Which is not mentioned in the second paragraph 'as the tasks of the World Health
Organization?
a. to promote the general health of everyone in the world
b. to support pharmaceutical diagnostics, and drugs
c. To combat diseases
d. To supply food for patients.
38. According to the text, which disease has been eradicated?
a. Malaria b. AIDS c. SARS d. Smallpox
39. According to the third paragraph, the World Health Organization ______.
a. has not developed vaccines against malaria yet
b. is trying to eradicate polio
c. is not concerned about polio
d. also carries out various health-related campaigns
40. Influenza vaccine _______.
a. has only been used for adults
b. cannot be used for children
c. has appeared to be safe in all age groups tested
d. causes bad effects on children and elderly people

Under the global "health for all" strategy, WHO (the World Health Organization) and its
members have placed special emphasis (41) _____ the developing countries. Nevertheless, the
benefits of WHO's international health work are benefited by all countries, including the most
developed ones. For example, all nations have benefited from their contributions to the WHO
programs that led to the global (42) _____ of smallpox and to better and cheaper ways of
controlling tuberculosis.
(43) _____ is a key word in WHO's programs. The organization believes that immunization,
(44) _____ prevents the six major diseases of childhood-diphtheria, measles, poliomyelitis,
tetanus, tuberculosis, and whooping cough-should be (45) _____ to all children who need it.
WHO is leading a worldwide campaign to provide effective immunization for all children in (46)
_____ with UNICEF. Provision of safe drinking water for all is one of the objectives of the
International Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation Decade proclaimed by the UN General
Assembly in 1980 and (47) _____ by WHO. WHO is also active in international efforts to
combat the diarrheal diseases, killers of infants and young children. The widespread
introduction of oral rehydration salts, together with improved drinking water supply and
sanitation will greatly reduce childhood mortality from diarrhea.
WHO's program for primary health (48) _____ comprises eight essential elements:
1.education concerning prevalent health problems and the methods of preventing and
controlling them;
2.promotion of food supply and proper nutrition;
3.maintenance of (49) _____ adequate supply of safe water and basic sanitation;
4.provision of maternal and child health care, including family planning;
5.immunization against the major (50) _____ diseases;
6.prevention and control of locally endemic diseases;
7.appropriate treatment of common diseases and injuries; and
8.provision of essential drugs.
These eight elements were defined in the Declaration of Alma-Ata, which emerged from the
International Conference, on Primary Health Care in 1978.
41. a. on b. in c. for d. epidemic
159
42. a. Prevent b. Prevention c. Preventable d. Prevented
43. a. whom b. whose c. that d. which
44. a. prepared b. concerned c. interested d. available
45. a. organization b. establishment c. cooperation d. protection
46. a. supported b. related c. treated d. attracted
47. a. attention b. care c. medicine d. danger
49.a. infect b. infected c. infectious d. infection
Unit 15: WOMEN IN SOCIETY
TEST 1
1. a. involvement b. employment2 c. social1 d. important2
2. a. position2 b. family1 c. century1 d. politics1
3. a. philosopher2 b. discriminate2 c. individual3 d. significant2
4. a. ability2 b. equality2 c. enlightenment2 d. naturally1
5. a. status b. argue1 c. basis1 d. against2
6. A child receives his early ________ from their parents.
a. educate b. education c. educator d. educative
7. Birth control methods have ________ women from the endless cycle of childbearing and
rearing.
a. free b. freely c. freedom d. freed
8. Thanks to the women's liberation women can take part in ____ activities.
a. social b. society c. socially d. socialize
9. In some most Asian countries women are undervalued and they never have the same
________ as men.
a. formality b. basis c. limit d. status
10. ________ is the study or creation of theories about basic things such as the nature of
existence, knowledge, and thought, or about how people should live.
a. Politics b. Physics c. Business d. Philosophy
11. Mrs. Pike is a feminist, who ________ that women should be offered the same job
opportunities as men.
a. varies b. advocates c. leads d. votes
12. It is against the law to __ on the basis of sex, age, marital status, or race.
a. suit b. discriminate c. believe d. gain
13. Women's status ________ in different countries and it depends on the cultural beliefs.
a. varies b. employs c. fixes d. establishes
14. Women's contribution to our society has been ______ better these days.
a. differently b. naturally c. intellectually d. significantly
15. Many of young people between the ages of 16 and 18 who are neither in education nor
________ are in danger of wasting their lives.
a. power b. ability c. nature d. employment
16. On 18 December 1979, the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination
against Women was adopted by ________ United Nations General Assembly.
17. When they are at ________ work, employed men work about an hour more than employed
women.
18. The women's movement has brought light to ________ areas in which women do not have
equality with men.
19. My husband spends far more time helping our three kids ________ homework and studying
for tests than I do.
a. on b. to c. with d. in
160
20. My husband and I take turns cleaning ________ the kitchen depending ________ who gets
home from work earlier.
a. away / to b. from / in c. up / on d. with / for
21. The efforts for the advancement of women have resulted ________ several respectively
achievement in women's life and work.
a. at b. with c. for d. in
22. The women's movement has affirmed women's rights to non-discrimination ________
education, employment and economic and social activities.
a. in b. of c. from d. about
23. The small white flowers are my favorite. They give off a wonderful honey smell that scents
the entire garden.
a. release b. stop c. end d. melt
24. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent.
a. stand b. understand c. write d. interrupt
25. I'm sorry. I didn't mean to interrupt you. Please, go on and finish what you were saying.
a. talk b. quit c. continue d. stop
26. The firefighters fought the blaze while the crowd was looking on it.
a. blowing b. watering c. preventing d. watching
27. I cannot believe Peter and Mary ________ up last week. They have been married for almost
fifteen years. I hope they get back together.
a. went b. gave c. looked d. broke
28. It took us over twelve hours to hike over the mountain. By the time we got back to our
campsite, I was completely ________ out.
a. worn b. went c. put d. knocked
29. If you don't have the telephone number now, you can ________ me up later and give it to
me then.
a. call b. stop c. give d. hold
30. What does "www" ________ for? Is it short for “world wide web?”
a. sit b. stand c. lie d. point
31. Several years ago it was even difficult to imagine people talking ins
A B (about) C
women's rights and the situations they faced in traditional society,
D
32. In traditional society women played only the role of wives and Housewifes and did not get
exposed to the outside world. (housewives)
33. Women's movements ensure the full education, develops and advancement of women.
(development)
34. Women's movements work for the purpose of guaranteeing women the enjoyment of
human rights and fundamental freedoms on a basis of equals with men. (equality)
35. Education to raise awareness of gender equity should receive more than sconsideration
so that men are encouraged to understand and share their wives' burdens. (more)

Today, more and more women are actively participating in social activities both in urban and
rural areas. Specifically, they have shined brightly in even many fields commonly regarded as
the man's areas such as business, scientific research and social management. In some areas,
women even show more overwhelming power than men. The image of contemporary
Vietnamese women with creativeness, dynamism, success has become popular in Vietnam's
society. The fact reveals that the gender gap has been remarkably narrowed and women enjoy
many more opportunities to pursue their social careers and obtain success, contributing to
national socio-economic development. According to Ms, Le Thi Quy, Director of the Gender/and
Development Research Centre under the University of Social Sciences and Humanities, Hanoi
161
National University, gender equity in Vietnam has reached a high level over the past decade.
The rate of Vietnamese women becoming National Assembly members from the 9th term to the
11th term increased 8.7%, bringing the proportion of Vietnamese women in authority to 27.3%,
the highest rate in Southeast Asia. There is no big gap in the level of literacy and schooling
between men and women. Women account for about 37% of university and college graduates,
19.9% of doctoral degree holders and 6.7% of professors and associate professors.
The legitimate rights of women and children are ensured more than ever before with more
complete legal documents including laws, conventions and national action plans, among which
the laws on "gender equity" mark a turning-point in the empowerment of women.
Mass media also highlights the continued success of women in every field and honors their
great importance in modern society, helping to do away with outdated perceptions about
traditional women's duties. Many projects on reproductive health care, children protection, and
family income improvement jointly conducted by various mass organizations, state agencies
and non-governmental organizations have created favorable conditions for women to become
involved.
36. The text is about ________.
a. the changes in the status of Vietnamese women
b. the Vietnamese women's liberation
c. the Vietnamese sex discrimination
d. the discrimination that Vietnamese women have to face
37. Which adjective is not used to describe Vietnamese women?
a. successful b. creative c. narrow d. dynamic
38. According to the data in the text, ________.
a. Vietnamese women do not take part in authority
b. the level of literacy and schooling between men and women in Vietnam is the same
c. there are more women in authority in Vietnam than those in any other countries in
Southeast Asia .
d. there are no female professors in Vietnam
39. Vietnamese women ________.
a. have few opportunities to develop their intellectual ability
b. have only shined brightly in doing housework
c. cannot do any scientific research
d. are ensured their rights with laws, conventions and national action plans
40. Which is not mentioned in the text as a project to create condition for Vietnamese women?
a. Traditional women's duties b. Reproductive health care
c. Children protection d. Family income improvement
(41) _____ history, women have always aimed for a recognized place in (42) _____. Guided
by their own (43) _____ of knowledge and expertise, women like Marie Curie in science, Mary
Wollstonecraft in literary writing, Simone de Beauvois in philosophical existentialist debate, and
Marie Stopes, in medicine, to name a few, have brought about (44) _____ awareness of the role
of women in any walks of life. These women have helped redefine and (45) _____ the nature of
women's place in society. Today the (46) _____ of global women's organizations and the impact
of women's contributions (47) _____ society show that progress has been made and the
progress in furthering the role of women in society has been some benefit to the (48) _____
woman. It is true to say that not all women have the same need. The need of the woman who
stays at home and (49) _____ children will differ widely from the woman who works outside.
Nonetheless, in the extensive field of equal opportunities, it would be good to know that access
is given to both with equal measure according to the true value of respective abilities. It also
would be good to know that the woman at home is recognized as a valued (50) _____ of society
just as much as the one who deals on business outside the home.
41. a. Among b. Throughout c. During d. Upon
42. a. society b. social c. socialize d. socialist
43. a. region b. farm c. field d. path
45. a. gain b. encourage c. force d. consolidate
162
46. a. right b. belief c. limit d. spread
47. a. on b. for c. to d. at
48. a. own b. private c. individual d. personal
49. a. rises b. raises c. increases d. lift
50. a. party b. competitor c. partner d. member
TEST 2
1. a. women b. men c. led d. intellectual
2. a. throughout b. although c. right d. enough
3. a. history b. significant c. philosophy d. pioneer
4. a. power b. wife c. allow d. known
5. a. believed b. considered c. advocated d. controlled

6. To preserve that ________, it was necessary to preserve the people that had created it.
a. civil b. civilize c. civility d. civilization
7. The Prime Minister is to consider changes to sexually ________ laws to enforce equal
opportunities.
a. discriminate b. discrimination c. discriminatory d. discriminated
8. In former days, women were considered not to be suitable for becoming a ________.
a. politics b. political c. politically d. politician
9. At any competition, everyone is ________.
a. the same b. equal c. common d. significant
10. If you have the ________ in an election, you have the legal right to indicate your choice.
a. status b. individual c. vote d. equality
11. When a women works outside the home and makes money herself, she is ________
independent from her husband.
a. financially b. politically c. philosophically d. variously
12. Not all women can do two jobs well at the same time: rearing children and working at office.
a. educating b. taking care of c. homemaking d. giving a birth
13. There have been significant changes in women's lives since the women's liberation
movement.
a. controlled b. economic c. important d. natural
14. Childbearing is the women's most wonderful role.
a. Giving birth to a baby b. Having no child
c. Bring up a child d. Educating a child
15. The forces behind the women's liberation movement vary from culture to culture, from
individual to individual.
a. advocate b. equalize c. power d. change
16. Many people still think that women should stay at ________ home and do housework.
17. It is considered women are suited for ________ childbearing and homemaking rather than
social activities.
18. Farming had been invented by women, not by men, and ________ agriculture remained the
women's responsibility.
a. a b. an c. the d. no article
19. Before we had kids, I used to do more housework than my husband did, but he was working
thirteen hour days at the office compared ________ my eight-hour ones.
a. with b. about c. for d. on
20. Thomas has often boasted ________ his son's golfing ability.
a. on b. to c. about d. over
21. Although I did not totally agree ________ feminist's policies, I certainly admired their
audacity, dedication and courage.
a. for b. with c. along d. up
163
22. A woman's role in society was defined by the Feminists on whether they were contributors
________ society or not.
a. upon b. to c. off d. away
23. Alice opened the door and found that it ________ to a small passage.
a. led b. showed c. cut d. pointed
24. I didn't get to see the end of that mystery movie on TV last night. How did it ________ out?
a. go b. make c. bring d. turn
25. Jack is having his lawyer ________ up the contract to make sure that all of the legalities are
properly dealt with.
a. go b. look c. get d. draw
26. When you are finished using the computer, can you please ______ it off.
a. take b. turn c. do d. go
27. When the alarm went off, everyone proceeded calmly to the emergency exits.
a. fell b. exploded c. called d. rang
28. Look out. There is a rattlesnake under the picnic table!
a. Listen b. Be careful c. Go d. Watch
29. Mrs. Jones's husband passed away fast Friday. We are all shocked by the news.
a. got married b. divorced c. died d. were on business
30. If you do not understand the word "superstitious," look it up in the dictionary.
a. find its meaning b. write it c. draw it d. note it
31. It is really important to have friends whom you can count on.
a. You should have reliable friends whom you can trust.
b. You should not contact with friends who make use of you.
c. Some friends may make your feelings hurt.
d. Do not believe in any friends.
32. We will set off tomorrow.
a. We will have to postpone our trip tomorrow.
b. Tomorrow will be a good day for us to go
c. We will leave the place tomorrow.
d. We will arrive home tomorrow.
33. Despite her age, she gets about easily.
a. She is too old to do anything easily.
b. Because she is old, she cannot go anywhere.
c. Although she is old, she can travel easily.
d. Her age prevents her from going from place to place.
34. "I will ring you up after I get home." Peter said to Mary.
a. Peter promised to give Mary a wedding ring after he got home.
b. Peter asked Mary to pay him a visit after he' got home.
c. Peter promised to visit Mary after he got home.
d. Peter promised to telephone Mary after he got home.
35. The criminals got away in spite of the efforts of the police.
a. Without the efforts of the police, the criminals would have escaped.
b. Even though the police made their efforts, the criminals escaped.
c. Thanks to the efforts of the police, the criminals were imprisoned.
d. The criminals were caught because of the efforts of the police.
For approximately the last 100 years women have been fighting for the same rights as men,
especially around the turn from 19th to 20th century with the struggle for women's suffrage and
in the 1960s with second-wave feminism and radical feminism, and were able to make changes
to the traditionally accepted feminine gender role. However, most feminists today say there is
still work to be done.
Numerous studies and statistics show that even though the situation for women has
improved during the last century, discrimination is still widespread: women earn a smaller
percentage of income than men, occupy lower-ranking job positions than men and do most of
the housekeeping work. However, there may be some reason for this, as some studies have
164
indicated that many jobs which are perceived to be male-dominated usually have longer hours,
necessitate long periods of exposure to the elements, are higher risk and require a fair amount
of physical strength.
When feminism became a conspicuous protest movement in the 1960's, critics often argued
that women who wanted to follow a traditional role would be discriminated against in the future
and forced to join, the workforce. Many women, especially single parents are denied this choice
due to economic necessity. In theory, feminism is the belief that a woman should have the right
to make her own decisions. Those women who choose to pursue careers and higher education
are more and more appreciated.
36. After a long time of struggling, women have got a quite equality to men in every aspect so
far.
37. According to some studies and statistics, men spend more time doing housework than
women do.
38. Thanks to the equality between men and women, women can earn as much money as men
do.
39. Jobs which require a fair amount of physical strength are usually male-dominated.
40. The amount of women who get higher education has outgrown that of men.
In the 1960s the women's liberation movement (41) _____ suddenly into the public
consciousness and quickly grew into (42) _____ largest social movement in the history of the
United States. Women's liberation movement was a continuation of the 19 th-century women's
rights movement. The movement's major (43) _____ has included not only legal, economic, and
political gains (44) _____ also has changed the ways in which people live, dress, dream of their
future, and (45) ___ a living. About health, for example, many male physicians and hospital
have made major improvements in the (46) _____ of women; more and more women have
become doctors and succeeded (47) _____ their medical research; and diseases such as
breast cancer, which affects many women, now receive better funding and treatment, thanks to
women's (48) ___. Feminists have insisted that violence against women become a political
issue. The women's liberation movement has also made changes in education: curricula and
(49) _____ have been written to promote equal opportunity for girls and women; more and more
female students are admitted to universities and professional schools.
The women's liberation movement brought about a radical change in society (50) _____ it
took a decade for the movement to reach women's awareness.
41. a. dated b. originated c. introduced d. burst
43. a. achievement b. civilization c. status d. power
44. a. with b. either c. and d. but
45. a. put b. make c. get d. take
46. a. vote b. employment c. position d. treatment
47. a. in b. to c. for d. with
48. a. role b. limit c. efforts d. ability
49. a. textbooks b. novels c. picture books d. magazines
50. a. because b. if only c. as d. although
TEST 3
1. a. deny2 b. legal1 c. women1 d. limit1
2. a. human1 b. mother1 c. struggle1 d. belief2
3. a. opportunity3 b. economic3 c. society2 d. intellectual3
4. a. history b. natural1 c. pioneer2 d. business1
5. a. advocate1 b. consider2 c. cultural1 d. period1
165
6. Western women are more ________ than Asian women.
a. depend b. dependent c. independent d. independently
7. In some communities a husband's ________ over his wife is absolute.
a. power b. powerful c. powerfully d. powered
8. I think that up to now there has not been a real ________ between men and women.
a. equal b. equally c. equality d. equalize
9. Most people consider it women's ________ to take care of children and do housework.
a. limit b. relationship c. responsibility d. respect
10. A ________ problem, feeling, or belief is difficult to change because its causes have been
there for a long time.
a. deep-seated b. significant c. dependent d. intellectual
11. In our modern time, the _______ of women has shifted from homemaker to outside worker.
a. role b. period c. right d. pay
12. Cultural ________ are the commonly held norms and moral standards of a culture, the
standards of right and wrong that set expectations for behavior.
a. facts b. changes c. diversities d. beliefs
13. Women are considered to be better suited for childbearing and homemaking rather than for
involvement in the public life of business or politics.
a. education b. advocate c. participation d. recognition
14. Women's taking part in politics has got widespread objections from male statesmen in many
parts of the world.
a. intensive b. extensive c. inside d. slight
15. Girls must all be sent to school because ________ will provide better opportunities.
a. education b. beliefs c. rights d. politics
16. In earlier times when the family depended on the hunter for food, woman's role, because she
was gatherer, was secondary.
17. Education is recognized as ________ essential need for achieving equality in most walks of
life.
18. It is estimated that about 640 women remain illiterate in ________ world, mostly in
developing countries.
19. It is generally accepted that in today's society women have access ________ education and
can promote themselves much more easily than years ago.
a. to b. up c. on d. for
20. It took women a long time to struggle ________ the right to vote.
a. for b. with c. against d. upon
21. I think women are suited ________ many important things, besides childbearing and
homemaking.
a. of b. on c. for d. about
22. Women are increasingly involved ________ the public life.
a. of b. in c. with d. from
23. If you have an old blanket, ________ it along so that we have something to sit on at the
beach.
a. bring b. go c. put d. keep
24. Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they ________ on walking.
a. stopped b. kept c. took d. put
25. Before the plane ________ off, the flight attendant told everyone to fasten their seat belts
and put their chairs in an upright position.
a. woke b. brought c. kept d. took
26. Don't forget to ________ your gloves on. It is cold outside.
a. let b. make c. put d. fix
27. If you don't pay your rent, your landlord is going to kick you out!
166
a. lend you some money b. play football with you
c. give you a kick d. force you to leave
28. Yesterday I ran into Sam at the grocery store. I had not seen him for years.
a. met b. visited c. said goodbye to d. made friends with
29. Let's go over that report again before we submit it.
a. dictate b. print c. read carefully d. type
30. I will not stand for your bad attitude any longer.
a. like b. tolerate c. mean d. care
Choose A, B, C, or D to complete the following sentences.
31. Women still do the majority of the household chores, ________.
a. as their increased participation in the labor market
b. when they participate in the labor market increasingly
c. because they are increasingly participating in the labor market
d. despite their increased participation in the labor market
32. 70-80 percent amount of the total domestic work done by Vietnamese wives ________.
a. regardless of their social status
b. in case they get high social status
c. if they get higher and higher social status
d. that is the reason for their social status
33. Women spend nearly 3 hours a day on average on housework _______.
a. as much as shopping and childcare
b. together with they go shopping and childcare
c. excluding shopping and childcare
d. and they do shopping and childcare
34. Nowadays, ________ both single and married women do less housework than they used to
twenty years ago.
a. the more labor-saving devices there are
b. labor-saving devices force
c. thanks to labor-saving devices
d. if there were labor-saving devices
35. In the U.S., women put in additional five hours a week in housework ________, while
marriage does not significantly affect the number of hours men do.
a. once they are married b. since their marriage
c. as soon as their married d. if only they are married
It has been thought that women are the second class in citizen, and men are the first. There
is not a real equality of opportunity for men and women. Years ago, people were living in a man-
dominated society. Women had to obey their husbands and fathers absolutely. Women's place
was in the kitchen and women's work was housework. In many places, women were not even'
allowed to go to school. Women had no rights, even the right to choose husband for
themselves. Men usually occupied high positions in society so they thought they were more
intelligent than women. Men often considered women as their property. Sometimes, they were
mistreated by their husbands and suffered the problem as a fate. Many parents did not even
want to daughters.
Despite the progress, there remain outdated beliefs about women's roles, traditionally
passed down from generation to generation. Men are commonly seen as the strong bodies,
bread-winners in the family and key leaders in society, while women are restricted to being
housewives and child bearing and care, and housework such as washing and cooking.
According to social surveys, many women in the 21st century still have to work over 12
hours a day including working in offices and doing countless household chores without any help
from their husbands. In some regions, the labor of women is not recognized despite the
hardships they endure to support the whole family. Moreover, women are the direct victims of
family violence, especially in rural areas.
Thanks to the women's liberation movement, nowadays women have proved that they are
equal to men in every aspect. An average woman has weaker muscles than an average man
167
but she may be as intelligent as he is. Women can do everything that men can, and women can
do one thing that no man can: they produce children.
36. Which is not women's role in the former days?
a. Working in authority b. Doing housework
c. Doing cooking d. Bearing and rearing children
37. Years ago, women are pot allowed ________.
a. to work in the kitchen b. to go to school
c. to do housework d. to stay at home with their parents
38. What did women have to suffer?
a. Good schooling b. Choosing a husband themselves
c. Enjoy their housework d. Illiteracy
39. The outdated 'beliefs about women's roles ________.
a. have been eradicated completely
b. disappeared soon after the women's liberation movement
c. still exist at present .
d. was forced to change after the women's liberation movement
40. According to the text, women in the 21st century ________.
a. do not have to do housework any more
b. are still the victims of family violence in some rural areas
c. get help from their husbands with all housework
d. spend less than 12 hours working outside the home and doing housework
Years ago, in their private family role, women quite often dominate the male members of the
household. Women were quite (41) _____ to their families. However, the public role of women
has changed (42) _____ since the beginning of World War II.
During the war, men were away from home to the battle. As a (43) ____, women were in
complete control of the home. They found themselves doing double and sometimes triple (44)
_____. They began to take over the work of their absent husbands and to work outside. They
accounted for 73% of the industrial labor force. Women were forced by economic realities to
work in the factories. The women who worked there were (45) _____ low wages, lived in
crowded and small dormitories. (46) _____, they found themselves a place as active members
of society. Women, although they were ruthlessly exploited, became the key to the country's
success.
The feminist movement seems to have been (47) _____ important part in the demands (48)
_____ women Equal Rights. The movement tends to have a way of changing men and women
and their roles in society. It often redefines the role of women in society. Inventions, too, bring
progress in society as (49) _____ as to the individual's life. In the late nineteenth century the
invention of the typewriter gave women a new skill and a. job outside the home. The
Suffragettes in the turn of the century has become a (50) _____ for most women to be engaged
in equality.
41. a. fascinated b. worried c. dedicated d. interested
42. a. unfortunately b. approximately c. nearly d. dramatically
43. a. change b. result c. success d. opportunity
44. a. duty b. job c. requirement d. career
45. a. made b. paid c. created d. delivered
46. a. Because b. Therefore c. However d. So
48. a. for b. in c. with d. against
49. a. much b. long c. soon d. well
50. a. present b. souvenir c. symbol d. role
Unit 16;THE ASSOCIATION OF
SOUTHEAST ASIAN NATIONS
TEST 1
1. a. association3 b. original2 c. stability2 d. accelerate2
2. a. domestic2 b. estimate1 c. statistics2 d. relation2
168
3. a. language1 b. diverse2 c. promote2 d. combine2
4. a. economic3 b. integration3 c. development2 d. transportation3
5. a. service1 b. rural1 c. region1 d. include2
6. ASEAN remains ready to further cooperate with _______ United Nations in the ongoing
humanitarian efforts for the victims of Cyclone Nargis in Myanmar.
7. _______ UN leaders appreciate the support, cooperation and leadership that ASEAN has
shown in helping the victims of disasters.
8. The organization hosts cultural activities in _______ attempt to further integrate the region.
9. ASEAN also works for the _______ of peace and stability in the region.
a. promote b. promotion c. promotional d. promoter
10. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, commonly referred to as ASEAN, is a geo-
political and _______ organization.
a. economy b. economic c. economics d. economical
11. The motivations for the birth of ASEAN were the desire for a _______ environment.
a. stable b. stability c. stably d. stabilize
12. ASEAN was founded on 8 August, 1967 with five : Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia,
Singapore, and the Philippines.
a. members b. competitors c. leaders d. statesmen
13. ASEAN is an organization on the Southeast Asian region that aims to _______ economic
growth, social progress, and cultural development.
a. account b. include c. accelerate d. respect
14. The Association of Southeast Asia which consists of 10 countries located in Southeast Asia
was _______ on August 8, 1967 by Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and
Thailand.
a. found b. founded c. invented d. discovered
15. The aims of the Association of Southeast Asia include the evolvement of economic growth,
social progress, cultural development among its members, and the promotion of regional
peace.
a. goals b. organizations c. missions d. plans
16. Southeast Asia is a region of diverse cultures.
a. same b. adopted c. various d. respected
17. ASEAN has emphasized cooperation in the "three pillars" of security, socio cultural and
economic _______ in the region.
a. organization b. production c. integration d. establishment
18. The ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA) is an agreement by the member nations of ASEAN
concerning local manufacturing in all ASEAN countries.
a. progressing b. producing c. combining d. aiming
19. ASEAN has planned equitable economic development and reduced poverty and _______
disparities in year 2020.
a. socio-politic b. socio-cultural c. socio-linguistic d. socio-economic
20. The Governments of ASEAN have paid special attention _______ trade.
a. to b. on c. for d. with
21. The goal the ASEAN Vision 2020 aims _______ creating a stable, prosperous and highly
competitive ASEAN economic region.
a. for b. on c. at d. up
22. _______, I will give him the report.
a. When he will return b. When he returns
c. Until he will return d. No sooner he returns
23. _______ the firemen arrived to help, we had already put out the fire.
a. Until b. No sooner c. By the time d. After
24. I have earned my own living _______ I was seven.
169
a. since b. when c. while d. as soon as
25. We saw many beautiful birds _______ in the lake.
a when we are fishing b. while fishing c. while fished d. fishing
26. _______, Peter came to see me.
a. While having dinner b. While I was having dinner
c. When having dinner d. When lam having dinner
27. _______ my homework, I went to bed.
a. After I had finished b. After finished
c. Finished d. After had finished
28. _______ the dance, Jerry said good-bye to his girlfriend.
a. Before left b. Before he leaves
c. Before leaving d. Before he will leave
29. Jones _______ after everyone _______.
a. speaks / will eat b. will speak / has eaten
c. is speaking / eats d. has spoken / will have eaten
30. _______, Joe stays in bed and reads magazines.
a. Whenever raining b. As it will be raining
c. When it will rain d. Whenever it rains
31. Singapore is an island nation with 63 islands, located at the southern tip of the Malay
Peninsula. At 704.0 km2, it is as smallest country in Southeast Asia.(the)
32. The population of Singapore is approximately 4.59 million. Though Singapore is highly
cosmopolitan and diversitys, ethnic Chinese forms the majority of the population. (diverse)
33. Singapore has a highly developed market-based economy. Singapore, along with Hong
Kong, South Korea and Taiwan, ares one of the Four Asian Tigers. (is)
34. Singapore is a popularitys travel destination, making tourism one of its largest industries.
About 9.7 million tourists visited Singapore in 2006. (popular)
35. Singapore plays an active role in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, of thats
Singapore is a founding member.(which)
On 8 August 1967, five leaders - the Foreign Ministers of Indonesia, Malaysia, the
Philippines, Singapore and Thailand- sat down together in the main hall of the Department of
Foreign Affairs building in Bangkok, Thailand and signed a document. By virtue of that
document, the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) was born. The five Foreign
Ministers who signed it have been considered as the founders of probably the most successful
intergovernmental organization in the developing world today. The document that they signed
would be known as the ASEAN Declaration.
It is a short, simply-worded document containing just five articles. It declares the
establishment of an Association for Regional Cooperation among the Countries of Southeast
Asia to be known as the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and spells out the
aims and purposes of that Association. These aims and purposes are about the cooperation in
economy, society, culture, techniques, education and other fields, and in the promotion of
regional peace and stability through abiding respect for justice and the principles of the United
Nations Charter. It stipulates that the Association will be open for participation by all States in
the Southeast Asian region subscribing to its aims, principles and purposes. It proclaims
ASEAN as representing the collective will of the nations of Southeast Asia to bind themselves
together in friendship and cooperation and, through joint efforts and sacrifices, secure for their
peoples and for posterity the blessings of peace, freedom and prosperity. The goal of ASEAN,
then, is to create, not to destroy.
The original ASEAN logo presented five brown sheaves of rice stalks, one for each founding
member. Beneath the sheaves is the legend "ASEAN" in blue. These are set on a field of yellow
encircled by a blue border. Brown stands for strength and stability, yellow for prosperity and
170
blue for the spirit of cordiality in which ASEAN affairs are conducted. When ASEAN celebrated
its 30th Anniversary in 1997, the sheaves on the logo had increased to ten -representing all ten
countries of Southeast Asia and reflecting the colors of the flags of all of them. In a very real
sense, ASEAN and Southeast Asia will be one and the same, just as the founders had
envisioned.
36. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations ________.
a. consists of some Western nations
b. was established by the Philippines
c. was founded on 8 August 1967
d. was established by the Minister of the Department of Foreign Affairs of Thailand
37. The pronoun it in the first paragraph refers to ________.
a. the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
b. the most successful inter-governmental organization
c. Bangkok
d. the ASEAN Declaration
38. Which adjective can be used to describe the Association of Southeast Asian Nations?
a. successful b. illegal c. nongovernmental d. developing
39. Which does not belong to the purpose and aim of the Association of Southeast Asian
Nations?
a. friendship b. destruction c. creation d. cooperation
40. Up to 1997 how many countries there have been in ASEAN?
a. 5 b. 6 c. 8 d. 10
ASEAN Handicraft Promotion and Development Association (AHPADA) was established as
a result of a Workshop on Handicraft for Export which was (41) _____ by the Royal Thai
Government in February 1981 in Bangkok. AHPADA was formed as a forum for both the
government and private sectors that are concerned with meeting and complementing each
other in the promotion and development of handicrafts (42) _____. AHPADA is affiliated to the
ASEAN and the World Craft Council. The (43) _____ members were Thailand, Malaysia, the
Philippines and Indonesia. Singapore and Brunei join in a little (44) _____. Cambodia, Lao,
Myanmar and Vietnam joined in September 1999.
AHPADA's objectives are
1. To take common approach to develop and promote the marketing of crafts (45) _____ and
outside the ASEAN Region,
2. To operate as a main point of promotion of ASEAN handicrafts and raw (46) _____
required-for production, trade fairs and exhibitions,
3. To strengthen and improve the status of craftspeople,
4. To create employment opportunities especially in the rural areas,
5. To (47) _____ traditional craft skills within the context of conservation of cultural heritage,
6. To educate and create awareness and appreciation of the authentic handicrafts of ASEAN
Countries,
7. And to build up an archive of ASEAN CRAFT information.
With the recent economic downturn in (48) _____ ASEAN Countries, AHPADA's objectives
are more relevant than they have ever been before. Most producers are among the rural areas
and (49) _____ majority of them are very small entrepreneurs. AHPADA works at both national
level through the national focal points and at the international level through the Board of
AHPADA and the Regional Secretariat which is permanently based in Bangkok, Thailand. (50)
_____ 1981 AHPADA has been able to act as a catalyst and initiators in the promotion and
development of ASEAN CRAFTS through seminars, workshops and exhibitions, often in
partnership with several multinational and international organizations.
41. a. hosted b. joined c. promoted d. produced
42. a. acts b. actions c. acting d. activities
43. a. finding b. founding c. hiding d. later
44. a. within b. into c. onto d. away
45. a. machines b. equipment c. materials d. devices
46. a. save b. preserve c. store d. keep
171
47. a. most b. the most c. mostly d. the more
49. a. When b. While c. Since d. As
TEST 2
1. a. diverse b. admit c. science d. enterprise
2. a. growth b. although c. within d. southern
3. a. stable b. average c. population d. rate
4. a. combined b. planned c. recorded d. aimed
5. a. justice b. service c. practice d. advice

6. The ASEAN Security Community (ASC)aims to ensure that countries in the region live at
_______ with one another and in a democratic and harmonious environment.
a. peace b. peaceful c. peacefully d. peaceable
7. ASEAN's aims include the acceleration of economic growth, _______ progress, cultural,
development among its members, and the promotion of regional peace.
a. society b. social c. socially d. socialize
8. A combined gross domestic _______ of the member countries of ASEAN has grown at an
average rate of around 6% per year.
a. produce b. productivity c. production d. product
9. To build on the field of political and security cooperation, _______ ASEAN Leaders have
agreed to establish the ASEAN Security Community CASC).
10. On July 28, 1995, Vietnam became ______ seventh member of ASEAN.
11. ASEAN has _______ population of 575.5 million.
12. The population of ASEAN accounts _______ about 8.7% of the world's population.
a. of b. for c. in d. from
13. Laos and Myanmar were admitted _______ ASEAN in 1997.
a. for b. of c. to d. in
14. ASEAN also try to solve the problems of ethnic tensions which might lead _______ civil war.
a. into b. away c. off d. to
15. One of ASEAN's objectives is to help people think about peace and _______ and do
something about it.
a. origin b. justice c. statistics d. record
16. There are plenty of industrial _______ established in the area, which also makes the
government worried about pollution.
a. series b. goods c. enterprises d. relationships
17. Free _______ area is a designated group of countries that have agreed to eliminate tariffs,
quotas, and preferences on most goods among them.
a. trade b. cultural c. stable d. adopted
18. The ASEAN Investment Area aims to enhance the competitiveness of the region for
attracting direct investment which flows into and within ASEAN.
a. produce b. combine c. found d. improve
19. ASEAN has _______ a community of Southeast' Asian nations at peace with one another
and at peace with the world.
a. joined b. estimated c. established d. solved
20. ASEAN helps to _______ regional cooperation in Southeast Asia in the spirit of equality and
partnership
a. invest b. promote c. admit d. invest
21. Rice is the _______ exported product of Vietnam.
a. main b. free c. average d. rural
172
22. I am going to speak with the boss when the meeting _______.
a. will end b. ends c. is ending d. would end
23. _______ Peter gets here, we will congratulate him.
a. As soon as b. After c. No sooner d. Since
24. _______ I visit him, we talk about politics a lot.
a. Up to b. As far as c. Whenever d. Until
25. While she _______ breakfast, I set the table.
a. will make b. was making c. has made d. would be making
26. After Mariana _______ her exam, I _______ her out to eat.
a. was finishing / would take b. finished / had taken
c. will finish / have taken d. has finished / will take
27. Mrs. Pike _______ the door before the customers arrived.
a. had opened b. will open c. would open d. has opened
28. She went on crying, with her head sunk into a pillow, and cried and cried _______ the pillow
was wet through.
a. before b. after c. until d. while
29. _______ in Rome than he was kidnapped.
a. No sooner he arrived b. Had he no sooner arrived
c. No sooner had he arrived d. No sooner he had arrived
30. I have not seen my dog _______ the storm struck the community.
a. since b. while c. as soon as d. when.
31. As soon as you arrive, give me a call.
a. Give me a call immediately on arrival.b. Wait until I call you to arrive.
c. I will phone you on my arrival. d. Whenever you call me, I will arrive.
32. Lucy always reminds me of my youngest sister.
a. My youngest sister's name is Lucy.
b. Whenever I see Lucy, I think of my youngest sister.
c. It is Lucy who is my youngest sister.
d. I always think of Lucy, my youngest sister.
33. By the time we finished our work, Peter had already gone home.
a. Peter did not go home until we finished our work.
b. As soon as we finished our work, we would go home with Peter.
c. We finished our work before Peter went home.
d. Peter had gone home before we finished our work.
34. It has been years since I last ate fish.
a. I have not eaten fish for years.
b. For many years, I have eaten only fish.
c. I like eating fish for years.
d. It is fish that I have eaten for many years.
35. It will not be long until he is at the meeting.
a. It will take him a long time to attend the meeting.
b. He will be at the meeting soon.
c. The meeting will last for a long time.
d. He has been at the meeting for a long time.
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), regional alliance of ten independent
countries that promotes stability arid economic growth in Southeast Asia. The organization also
encourages cultural exchanges between its members. ASEAN was founded in August 1967 by
Malaysia, Thailand, and the republics of Indonesia, Singapore, and the Philippines. Brunei
joined the alliance after attaining independence from the United Kingdom in 1984. Vietnam was
admitted as the first communist member in 1995. Laos and Myanmar joined ASEAN in 1997,
and Cambodia became part of the alliance in 1999. The ASEAN secretariat, a central office that
administers the organization's activities, is located in Jakarta, Indonesia. Heads of governments
of member countries meet annually; there are also annual meetings of Prime Ministers and
regular meetings of economic ministers of member countries.
173
Its principal objectives, outlined in the Bangkok Declaration (1967), were to accelerate
economic growth and promote regional peace and stability. A joint forum with Japan was
established in 1977 and a cooperation agreement with the European Community (now
European Union) was signed in 1980. During the late 1980s and early 1990s, ABEAN played an
important role in mediating the civil war in Cambodia. In January 1992 ABEAN members agreed
to establish a free-trade area and to cut tariffs on nonagricultural goods over a 15-year period
beginning in 1993. However, different regulations and tariffs among member countries have
made that task difficult. Even so, ASEAN hoped to achieve economic integration by 2015.
36. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) consists of ten members up to now.
a. True b. False c. No information.
37. The nations in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations exchange cultures one another.
38. Brunei is one of the founding countries.
39. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations intends to admit some nations into the
organization.
40. Members of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations do not have to pay tariffs on
nonagricultural goods forever.
What is the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and what is its purpose? The
Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is a multilateral organization which was (41)
_____ to give Southeast Asian states a forum to communicate (42) _____ each other. Since the
region had a long colonial past and a history of endemic warfare, there has never been much
peaceful and constructive (43) _____ between kings, presidents and other officials. A neutral
forum was, (44) _____, a very useful development for all of those countries.
ASEAN was formed as a result of the Bangkok (45) _____ of 1967 and initially had five
members: Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, (46) _____ Philippines and Singapore. Brunei (47)
_____ joined in 1984 after it had won independence from Britain. Vietnam became the seventh
member of the group, officially joining in 1995. (48) _____ several years of negotiation,
Myanmar and Laos joined in 1997 and the final member of the ten, Cambodia, joined in 1999.
The only (49) state in Southeast Asia which is not a member of ASEAN is now East Timor. It is
still (50) _____ vulnerable and fragile to be able to participate for the foreseeable future.
41. a. created b. made c. done d. discovered
42. a. in b. on c. for d. with
43. a. interflow b. interaction c. interference d. intercommunity
44. a. nevertheless b. moreover c. therefore d. however
45. a. Entitle b. Requirement c. Independence d. Declaration
47. a. subsequently b. fortunately c. approximately d. surprisingly
48. a. Before b. After c. Since d. While
49. a. dependent b. independent c. independently d. independence
50. a. enough b. either c. also d. too
TEST 3
1. a. technology2 b. situation3 c. development2 d. establishment2
2. a. agriculture1 b. electronic3 c. population3 d. scientific3
3. a. justice1 b. admit2 c. adopt2 d. improve2
4. a. energy1 b. industry1 c. forestry1 d. investment2
5. a. series1 b. respect 2 c. interest1 d. action1
6. Throughout the 1970s, ASEAN embarked on a program of economic _______.
a. cooperate b. cooperation c. cooperative d. cooperatively
7. 2007 was the 40th anniversary of the _______ of ASEAN.
174
a. found b. founder c. foundation d. founding
8. Vietnam asked for _______ to ASEAN in 1995.
a. admit b. admission c. admissive d. admissible
9. Companies now can exploit the opportunities presented by _______ integrated market of
increasingly prosperous consumers in the region of ASEAN.
10. Among ASEAN's _______ greatest challenges are the integration of market diversity and the
transitional economies of its member countries.
11. Integrating with _______ world's economy, ASEAN finds itself facing important opportunities
and challenges.
12. They will campaign for the return of traditional lands and respect _______ national rights
and customs.
a. to b. with c. on d. for
13. Our country is trying its best to accelerate the rate ___ economic growth.
a. of b. at c. for d. from
14. Regional development activities have been carried out _______ ASEAN cooperation
a. under b. for c. into d. off
15. ASEAN economic cooperation _______ many areas, such as agriculture, industry, services,
transportations, and tourism.
a. creates b. contains c. consists d. covers
16. ASEAN bodies in addressing global and regional concerns such as food security, _______
and disaster management.
a. realization b. energy c. plan d. diversity
17. The 8th ASEAN Science and Technology Week is now being _______ in Manila from 1 to
11 July 2008.
a. held b. joined c. related d. combined
18. The ASEAN Science and Technology Week aims to promote science and technology
_______ in the region.
a. tourism b. solution c. forestry d. development
19. In economics, a country's _______ is the total value of goods and services produced within
a country in a year, not including its income from investments in other countries.
a. free trade area b. association
c. gross domestic product d. economic cooperation
20. He says the government must introduce tax incentives to encourage _______.
a. dedication b. growth c. unemployment d. investment
21. The local authority must face the _______ that they do not have enough conditions to
develop economy.
a. trade b. statistics c. encouragement d. realization
22. I have been learning English _______ I was twenty years old.
a. since b. as soon as c. while d. till
23. _______, can you tell him that I have a book for him, please?
a. When you will see Jason b. When will you see Jason
c. When do you see Jason d. When you see Jason
24. Since I _______ to the town, I _______ home.
a. moved / have not returned b. will move / will not returned
c. have moved / was not returning d. move / am not returning
25. I'm not leaving _______ I get an apology from you.
a. as far as b. no longer than c. after d. until
26. The teacher _______ before we arrived.
a. will leave b. was leaving c. has left d. had left
27. I flew for the first time last year _______ I went to Brazil.
a. as b. until c. no sooner d. till
28. _______ I realized where I was.
a. No sooner I have opened my eyes than
175
b. No sooner have I opened my eyes than
c. No sooner I had opened my eyes than
d. No sooner had I opened my eyes than
29. Mary will have finished all her work _______.
a. as soon as her boss returned b. until her boss will return
c. by the time her boss returns d. when he-r boss will return
30. _______ for my train the morning, I met an old school friend.
a. When I had been- waiting b. While I was waiting
c. As I will be waiting d. Until I had been waiting
Choose the best answer which can complete the following sentences.
31. _______ consists of thirteen states and three federal territories in Southeast Asia with a total
landmass of 329,847 square kilometers.
a. Malaysia, a country which b. Malaysia is a country that
c. Malaysia it is a country that d. Malaysia which is a country that
32. The population 'stands at over 25 million _______. Islam is the largest as well as the official
religion of the federation.
a. where the Malays form the majority of the population
b. the Malays who form the majority of the population
c. and the Malays form the majority of the population
d. the Malays forming the majority of the population
33. Malaysia is a founding member of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations _______.
a. and its participation in many international organizations such as the
United Nations
b. and participates in many international organizations such as the United Nations
c. participating in many international organizations, the United Nations
d. to participate in many international organizations as many as the United Nations
34. _______, Malaysia experienced significant economic growth.
a. While between the 1980s and the mid 1990s
b. Between the 1980s and the mid 1990s
c. It was until between the 1980s and the mid 1990s
d. No more than between the 1980s and the mid 1990s
35. There has been a shift from the agriculture-based economy to the economy based on
manufacturing and industry _______.
a. such as computers and consumer electronics
b. so many as computers and consumer electronics
c. too many computers and consumer electronics
d. with enough computers as well as consumer electronics
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations or ASEAN was established on 8 August 1967
in Bangkok by the five original Member Countries, namely, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines,
Singapore, and Thailand. Brunei joined on 8 January 1984, Vietnam on 28 July 1995, Lao PDR
and Myanmar on 23 July 1997, and Cambodia on 30 April 1999. The ASEAN Declaration states
that the aims and purposes of the Association are: to accelerate economic growth, social
progress and cultural development in the region and to promote regional peace and stability
through abiding respect for justice and the rule of law in the relationship among countries in the
region and adherence to the principles of the United Nations Charter.
In 2003, the ASEAN Leaders resolved that an ASEAN Community shall be established
comprising three pillars, namely, ASEAN Security Community, ASEAN Economic Community
and ASEAN Socio-Cultural Community.
The ASEAN Vision 2020, adopted by the ASEAN Leaders on the 30 th Anniversary of
ASEAN, agreed on a shared vision of ASEAN as a concert of Southeast Asian nations, outward
looking, living in peace, stability and prosperity, bonded together in partnership in dynamic
development and in a community of caring societies.
ASEAN Member Countries have adopted the following fundamental principles in their
relations with one another, as contained in the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast
Asia (TAC):
176
 mutual respect for the independence, sovereignty, equality, territorial integrity, and
national identity of all nations;
 the right of every State to lead its national existence free from external interference,
subversion or coercion;
 non-interference in the internal affairs of one another;
 settlement of differences or disputes by peaceful manner;
 renunciation of the threat or use of force; and
 effective cooperation among themselves.
36. According to the text, which nation is the last member to join The Association of Southeast
Asian Nations up to now.
a. Vietnam b. The Philippines c. Brunei d. Cambodia
37. The ASEAN Declaration is about _______.
a. the cultures of all the members of the organization
b. the development of all countries allover the world
c. the aims and purposes of the organization
d. the laws of the members of the organization
38. The third paragraph is about _______.
a. living in peace, stability and prosperity c. The ASEAN Vision 2020
b. the 30th Anniversary of ASEAN d. the ASEAN Leaders
39. The Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia _______.
a. is not accepted by ASEAN Member Countries
b. consists of fundamental principles in the relations of ASEAN Member Countries
c. is disapproved by ASEAN Member Countries
d. has two principles
40. Which principle does not belong to the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia?
a. interference in the internal affairs of member countries
b. effective cooperation
c. mutual respect
d. peaceful manner
The Philippines, officially known (41) _____ the Republic of the Philippines, is (42) _____ in
Southeast Asia with Manila as its capital city. The Philippine (43) ____ 7,107 islands in the
western Pacific Ocean, sharing borders with Indonesia, Malaysia, Taiwan, and Vietnam. The
Philippines is the world's 12th most populous country with a population approaching 90 million
people. Its national (44) _____ is the 37th largest in the world with a 2006 gross domestic
product (GDP) of over 117.562 billion USd. There are (45) _____ 11 million overseas Filipinos
worldwide. The Philippines became a Spanish colony in the 16th century and an American
territory at the (46) _____ of the 20th century. The Philippines won independence from Spain in
1896. The Philippines (47) _____ its independence from the United States on July 4, 1946 after
World War II. Spanish was (48) _____ official language of the Philippines until 1973. Since then,
the two official languages are Filipino and English. The Philippines had cultural ties with
Malaysia, Indonesia, and India in the ancient time, and trade (49) _____ with China and Japan
as early as the 9th century. The late 1960s and early 1970s its economic development was
second in Asia, (50) _____ to Japan. The Philippines is a founding and active member of the
United Nations and is a founding member of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
(ASEAN)/ The Philippines is also a member of the East Asia Summit (EAS) and an active
member in the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC).
41. a. as b. to c. with d. for
42. a. laid b. lay c. located d. put
43. a. compounds b. fixes c. consists d. comprises
44. a. economy b. economics c. economical d. economically
45. a. more b. more than c. rather than d. rather more
46. a. starter b. initiation c. first d. beginning
47. a. gathered b. collected c. gained d. earned
49. a. acts b. acquaintances c. relations d. concerns
177
50. a. next b. by c. beside d. on
178
179

48 Bai Tap Anh Van 12

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

48 Bai Tap Anh Van 12

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Unit 1; HOMELIFE

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

UNIT 2 : CULTURAL DIVERSITY

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

UNIT 3 :WAYS OF SOCIALISING

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.

Unit 4; SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM

38. Which is true?

Unit 5; HIGHER EDUCATION

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Unit 6; FUTURE JOBS

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Unit 7;ECONOMIC REFORMS

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.

Unit 8; LIFE IN THE FUTURE

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Unit 10: ENDANGERED SPECIES

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Unit 11: BOOKS

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

27. The weather forecast says that ________ tomorrow.

Unit 12: WATER SPORTS

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

25. John _______ across the lawn.

6. Water polo is played in _______ pool 1.8 meters deep.

27. The player was ejected because he committed a foul.

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Unit 13; THE 22nd SEAGAMES

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Unit 14: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.

2. a. treatment b. struggle c. initiate d. total

3. a. symbol b. emergency c. poverty d. qualify

4. a. appalled b. dedicated c. designed d. injured

5. a. society b. delegate c. president d. protection

Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.

Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

Choose a, b, c, or d that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the

You might also like